Table of Contents
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K
(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
OR
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended January 3, 2020
For the transition period from to
Commission File Number: 001-36040
Fox Factory Holding Corp.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in its Charter)
(State or Other Jurisdiction of Incorporation or Organization)
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
Delaware
26-1647258
6634 Hwy 53, Braselton GA 30517
(Address of Principal Executive Offices) (Zip Code)
(831) 274-6500
(Registrant’s Telephone Number, Including Area Code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class
Trading Symbol(s)
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered
Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share
FOXF
The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
(NASDAQ Global Select Market)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Table of Contents
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ý No ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ¨ No ý
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the
preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the
past 90 days. Yes ý No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation
S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ý No ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging
growth company. See the definitions of "large accelerated filer," "accelerated filer," "smaller reporting company," and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer
☒ Accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer
☐ Smaller reporting company
☐
☐
Emerging growth company ☐
If any emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes ☐ No ý
Based upon the closing price of the registrant's common stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on June 28, 2019 (the last business day of the registrant’s
most recently completed second fiscal quarter), the approximate aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was
approximately $1,991,818,000. As of February 28, 2020, there were 38,602,699 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Portions of the registrant’s Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission
pursuant to Regulation 14A not later than 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K are incorporated by reference in
Part III, Items 10-14 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Table of Contents
SPECIAL NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements, which are subject to the “safe harbor” created by Section 27A of the Securities Act of
1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). We may make forward-
looking statements in our U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission ("SEC") filings, press releases, news articles, earnings presentations and when we are
speaking on behalf of the Company. Forward-looking statements generally relate to future events or our future financial or operating performance that involve
substantial risks and uncertainties. In some cases, you can identify forward-looking statements because they contain words such as “may,” “might,” “will,”
“would,” “should,” “expect,” “plan,” “anticipate,” “could,” “intend,” “target,” “project,” “contemplate,” “believe,” “estimate,” “predict,” “likely,”
“potential” or “continue” or the negative of these words or other similar terms or expressions that concern our expectations, strategy, plans or intentions.
Forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are subject to numerous risks and uncertainties, including but not limited to risks
related to:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
our ability to develop new and innovative products in our current end-markets;
our ability to leverage our technologies and brand to expand into new categories and end-markets;
our ability to increase our aftermarket penetration;
our ability to accelerate international growth;
our exposure to exchange rate fluctuations;
the loss of key customers;
our ability to improve operating and supply chain efficiencies;
our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights;
our future financial performance, including our sales, cost of sales, gross profit or gross margins, operating expenses, ability to generate positive cash
flow and ability to maintain our profitability;
our ability to maintain our premium brand image and high-performance products;
our ability to maintain relationships with the professional athletes and race teams we sponsor;
our ability to selectively add additional dealers and distributors in certain geographic markets;
the growth of the markets in which we compete, our expectations regarding consumer preferences and our ability to respond to changes in consumer
preferences;
changes in demand for performance-defining products;
the loss of key personnel, management and skilled engineers;
our ability to successfully identify, evaluate and manage potential or completed acquisitions and to benefit from such acquisitions;
the outcome of pending litigation;
future disruptions in the operations of our manufacturing facilities;
our ability to adapt our business model to mitigate the impact of certain changes in tax laws including those enacted in the U.S. in December 2017;
changes in the relative proportion of profit earned in the numerous jurisdictions in which we do business and in tax legislation, case law and other
authoritative guidance in those jurisdictions;
products recalls and product liability claims; and
future economic or market conditions.
Table of Contents
You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. We have based the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K primarily on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our business, financial
condition, results of operations, and prospects and the outcomes of any of the events described in any forward-looking statements are subject to risks,
uncertainties, and other factors. In addition to the risks, uncertainties and other factors discussed above and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the
risks, uncertainties and other factors expressed or implied discussed in Item 1A. "Risk Factors" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K could cause or contribute to
actual results differing materially from those set forth in any forward-looking statement. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and challenging environment.
New risks and uncertainties emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all risks and uncertainties that could have an impact on the forward-
looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We cannot assure you that the results, events, and circumstances reflected in the forward-
looking statements will be achieved or occur. Actual results, events, or circumstances could differ materially from those contemplated by, set forth in, or
underlying any forward-looking statements.
For all of these forward-looking statements, we claim the protection of the safe harbor for forward-looking statements in Section 27A of the Securities Act and
Section 21E of the Exchange Act.
The forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K relate only to events as of the date on which the statements are made. We undertake no
obligation to update any forward-looking statements made in this Annual Report on Form 10-K to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Annual
Report on Form 10-K or to reflect new information or the occurrence of unanticipated events, except as required by law. We may not actually achieve the plans,
intentions, or expectations disclosed in our forward-looking statements and you should not place undue reliance on our forward-looking statements. Our forward-
looking statements do not reflect the potential impact of any future acquisitions, mergers, dispositions, joint ventures or investments we may make.
Fox Factory Holding Corp.
FORM 10-K
Table of Contents
PART I.
Item 1
Item 1A
Item 1B
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4
PART II.
Item 5
Item 6
Item 7
Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures
Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Item 7A
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Item 8
Item 9
Item 9A
Item 9B
PART III.
Item 10
Item 11
Item 12
Item 13
Item 14
PART IV.
Item 15
Item 16
Signatures
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services
Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
Financial Statements
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 3, 2020 and December 28, 2018
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
Page
1
11
29
29
30
30
31
33
35
52
53
53
53
54
54
54
55
55
55
56
56
60
62
63
67
68
69
70
71
72
Table of Contents
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Our company, Fox Factory Holding Corp., designs, engineers, manufactures and markets performance-defining products and systems for customers worldwide.
Fox Factory Holding Corp. is the holding company of Fox Factory, Inc. As used herein, "Fox Factory," "FOX," the "Company," "we," "our," and similar terms
refer to Fox Factory Holding Corp. and its subsidiaries, unless the context indicates otherwise. Our premium brand, performance-defining products and systems are
used primarily on bicycles ("bikes"), side-by-side vehicles ("Side-by-Sides"), on-road vehicles with and without off-road capabilities, off-road vehicles and trucks,
all-terrain vehicles ("ATVs"), snowmobiles, specialty vehicles and applications, motorcycles and commercial trucks. Some of our products are specifically
designed and marketed to some of the leading cycling and powered vehicle original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs"), while others are distributed to consumers
through a global network of dealers and distributors.
Fox Factory, Inc., our operating subsidiary, was incorporated in California in 1978. Fox Factory Holding Corp. was incorporated in Delaware on December 28,
2007. In October 2018, we announced the relocation of our corporate headquarters from Scotts Valley, California to Braselton, Georgia, which was effective on
December 31, 2018.
In August 2013, we completed an initial public offering ("IPO") of our common stock. Our common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market (the
"NASDAQ") under the symbol "FOXF."
Description of our business
We are a designer, manufacturer and marketer of performance-defining products and systems used primarily on bikes, Side-by-Sides, on-road vehicles with and
without off-road capabilities, off-road vehicles and trucks, ATVs, snowmobiles, specialty vehicles and applications, motorcycles, and commercial trucks. We
believe our products offer innovative design, performance, durability and reliability. Our brand is associated with high-performance and technologically advanced
products, by which we generally mean products that provide users with improved control and comfort while riding over rough terrain in varied environments, or
providing improved control and responsiveness for on-road only vehicles. We believe that the performance of our products has been demonstrated by, and our
brand benefits from, the success of professional athletes who use our products in elite competitive events, such as the Union Cycliste Internationale Mountain Bike
World Cup and the X Games. We believe the exposure our products receive when used by successful professional athletes positively influences the purchasing
habits of enthusiasts and other consumers seeking high-performance products. We believe that our strategic focus on the performance and racing segments in our
markets influences many aspiring and enthusiast consumers who we believe seek to emulate the performance of professional and other elite athletes. We believe
our products are generally sold at premium prices, which to us means manufacturer suggested retail sale prices that are generally in the upper quartile of their
respective product categories.
We design our products for, and market our products to, some of the world’s leading cycling and automotive OEMs and to consumers through the aftermarket
channel. Many of our OEM customers, including Giant, Pivot, Santa Cruz Bicycles, Specialized, Scott, Trek, Yeti Cycles and YT in Specialty Sports and BRP,
Ford, Honda, Jeep, Kawasaki, Polaris, Toyota, Triumph, and Yamaha in Powered Vehicles, are among the market leaders in their respective product categories,
and help shape, as well as respond to, consumer trends in their respective categories. We believe that OEMs often prominently display and incorporate our
products to improve the marketability and consumer demand for their performance models, which reinforces our brand image. In addition, consumers select our
products in the aftermarket channel where we market through a global network of dealers and distributors.
Industry
We participate in large global markets for bikes and powered vehicles used by recreational and professional users. Today, our products for bicycles are primarily
for mountain bikes, road bikes, and e-bikes. Our products for powered vehicles are used primarily on Side-by-Sides, on-road vehicles with and without off-road
capabilities, off-road vehicles and trucks, ATVs, snowmobiles, specialty vehicles and applications, motorcycles, and commercial trucks.
We focus on premium-priced products within each of these categories, which we consider to be the high-end segment because of their higher retail sale prices,
where we believe consumers prefer well-designed, performance-oriented equipment. We believe that performance-defining products, which include suspension
systems, as well as wheels, cranks, and other components, are critical to the performance of the bikes and powered vehicles in the product categories in which we
focus and that technical features, component performance, product design, durability, reliability, and brand recognition strongly influence consumer-purchasing
decisions.
1
Table of Contents
We believe the high-end segments in which we participate are well positioned for growth due to several factors, including:
•
•
increasing consumer appetite for performance-defining products;
increasing average retail sales prices, which we believe are driven by differentiated and feature-rich products with advanced technologies;
• continuing product cycle innovation, which we have observed often motivates consumers to upgrade and purchase new products for enhanced performance; and
•
increased sales opportunities for high-end bikes and powered vehicles in international markets.
As vehicles in our end-markets evolve and grow more capable, performance-defining products and systems have become, and we believe will continue to become,
increasingly more important for improved performance and control. Additionally, we believe there are opportunities to continue to leverage our technical know-
how of suspension products to provide solutions beyond our current applications and end-markets.
Our competitive strengths
Broad offering of performance-defining products across multiple consumer markets
Our performance-defining products enhance vehicle performance across multiple consumer markets. Through the use of adjustable suspension, position sensitive
damping, multiple air spring technologies, lightweight and rigid materials, and other technologies and methods, our products improve the performance and control
of the vehicles used by our consumers. We believe our reputation for performance-defining products is reinforced by the successful finishes in world class
competitive events by athletes incorporating our products in their vehicles.
Premium brand with strong consumer loyalty
We believe that we have developed a reputation for performance-defining products and that we own and license established trademarks, such as FOX®, FOX
RACING SHOX®, and RACE FACE® which are perceived as premium brands. As such, our performance-defining products are generally sold at premium prices.
We take great effort to maintain our brands in the eyes of consumers. For instance, our FOX® logo is prominently displayed on our FOX® branded products used
on bikes and powered vehicles sold by our OEM customers, which helps further reinforce our brand image. We believe that our brands have achieved strong
loyalty from our consumers. To support our brands, we introduce new products that we believe feature innovative technologies designed to improve vehicle
performance and enhance our brand loyalty with consumers.
Track record of innovation and new product introductions
Innovation, including new product development, is a key component of our growth strategy. Due to our experience in suspension engineering and design in
multiple markets and with a variety of vehicles, solutions we develop for use in one market can ultimately be deployed across multiple markets. For example, we
believe that our success in the high-end ATV category led to the widespread adoption of our suspension technology in the Side-by-Side market. Our innovative
product development and speed to market are supported by:
• our racing culture, including on-site technical race support of professional athletes, which provides us with unique real-time insights as to the evolving
performance-defining product needs of those participating in challenging world-class events and is an integral part of our research and development efforts;
• ongoing research and development through a team of full-time engineers and numerous other technicians and employees who spend at least part of their time
testing and using our products and helping develop engineering-based solutions to enhance our product offerings;
•
feedback from professional athletes, race teams, enthusiasts and other consumers who use our products;
• strategic and collaborative relationships with OEM customers, which furthers our ability to extend technologies and applications across end-markets; and
• our integrated manufacturing facilities and performance testing centers, which allow us to quickly move from concept to product.
Over the past several years, we have developed multiple new products, such as:
• Live Valve, our proprietary semi-active, electronic suspension that processes data from multiple vehicle sensors to adjust the suspension virtually
instantaneously to the demands of changing terrain. This technology is currently in use on Side-by-Sides, off-road capable, on-road trucks, and mountain bikes;
2
Table of Contents
• 32, 34 and 36 Factory Series FLOAT FIT4, which reduces overall fork weight, provides external adjustability with our fourth-generation FOX Isolated
Technology (FIT) closed-cartridge damper, and includes the self-adjusting negative chamber air spring for quieter operation and ease of adjustment;
• The GRIP2 fork damper, which is our next-evolution sealed cartridge FIT system, our highest performing gravity-focused damper. GRIP2 shares its roots with
the original GRIP architecture, but has been enhanced with all-new technology: four-way adjustability, VVC high-speed rebound circuit, high-performance mid-
valve, and overall friction-reducing treatments;
• X2 technology used in our Factory Series FLOAT and DH rear shocks, which allows the rider to independently tune high- and low-speed compression and high-
and low-speed rebound;
• DPX2 rear shock technology that combines the character of our DPS damping and X2 damping circuits to provide a lightweight trail-tuned adjustable shock;
• Rhythm series fork products developed to address a lower price point offering without compromising proven FOX performance;
• PODIUM Internal Bypass, introduced into the Side-by-Side market, which through its internal bypass technology, allows the vehicle to be plush on small bumps
and deliver excellent chassis control while providing progressive bottoming resistance with each increment of travel used;
• X2 technology used in our 2.5 PODIUM shocks for side-by-sides that feature high- and low-speed rebound adjustment, high- and low-speed compression
adjustment, and a dual-rate spring for the rear shocks to allow drivers to tune for many different terrain types and driving styles;
• Race Face Vault Hub, a new 120-point high-engagement mountain bike hubset featuring tool-free end caps that simplify conversion among all major axle
standards and is approved for e-bike applications;
• Race Face Next R31 Carbon Wheels featuring a single spoke length throughout and an offset rim design for improved spoke balance and strength; and
• Easton EC90 SL Crankset with Cinch Power Meter spindle, a versatile road bike crankset that allows quick conversion between 1x and 2x road and gravel
chainring configurations. The Cinch Power Meter spindle, through a one-time connection to a smart phone, automatically works with ride-recording and power-
measurement applications.
Strategic brand for OEMs, dealers and distributors
Through our strategic relationships, we are often sought out by our OEM customers and work closely with them to develop and design new products and product
enhancements. We believe our collaborative approach and product development processes strengthen our relationships with our OEM customers. We believe
consumers value our branded products when selecting performance bikes and powered vehicles, and as a result, OEMs purchase and incorporate our products in
their bikes and powered vehicles in order to increase the sales of their premium-priced products. In addition, we believe the inclusion of our products on high-end
bikes and powered vehicles reinforces our premium brand image which helps to drive our sales in the aftermarket channel where dealers and distributors sell our
products to consumers.
Experienced management team
We have an experienced senior management team led by Michael C. Dennison, our Chief Executive Officer. Many members of our management team and many of
our employees are avid users of our products, which further extends their knowledge of, and expertise in, our products and end-markets. We are able to attract and
retain highly trained and specialized employees who enhance our Company culture and serve as strong brand advocates.
3
Table of Contents
Our strategy
Our goal is to expand our leadership position as a designer, manufacturer and marketer of performance-defining products designed to enhance ride dynamics and
performance. We intend to focus on the following key strategies in pursuit of this goal:
Continue to develop new and innovative products in current end-markets
We intend to continue to develop and introduce new and innovative products in our current end-markets to improve ride dynamics and performance for our
consumers. For example, our patented position-sensitive damping systems provide terrain optimized ride characteristics across many of our product lines. We
believe that performance and control are important to our consumer base, and that our frequent introduction of products with innovative and improved technologies
increases both OEM and aftermarket demand as consumers seek out products for their vehicles that can deliver these characteristics. We also believe evolving
market trends, such as changing bike wheel and tire sizes and increasing adoption rates of off-road capable, on-road trucks should increase demand for vehicles in
our end-markets, which, in turn, should increase demand for our suspension products.
Leverage technology and brand to expand into new categories and end-markets
We believe we have developed a reputation as a leader in performance-defining products and that our reputation combined with our ability to improve vehicle
performance by incorporating performance suspension products and other components results in us frequently being approached by OEM product development
teams, athletes and others looking to improve the performance of their vehicles, including in end-markets in which we have not previously offered products. We
believe our performance-defining technologies have applications in end-markets in which we do not currently participate in a meaningful way, and we intend to
selectively develop products for and forge relationships with customers in additional markets. These markets may include military, recreational vehicles (RVs), and
"performance street" cars.
Opportunistically expand our business platform through acquisitions
Over the past several years, we have completed acquisitions that we believe enhance our business and strategically expand our product offerings. In 2014, we
acquired the business of Sport Truck, a full-service distributor of aftermarket suspension solutions. Sport Truck designs, markets, and distributes lift kit solutions
primarily through its brands, BDS Suspension and Zone Offroad Products. In 2014, we acquired the businesses of Race Face/Easton. Known for its unique carbon
technology, Race Face/Easton designs, manufactures, and distributes performance bike wheels and other performance cycling components including cranks, bars,
stems, and seat posts, globally to OEMs and the aftermarket. In 2015, we continued to expand our opportunities through the acquisition of certain assets of
Marzocchi’s bike product lines. In November 2017, through our subsidiary FF U.S. Holding Corp. d/b/a Tuscany Motor Company ("Tuscany") we acquired the
majority interest in the business of Flagship, Inc., a designer, manufacturer and distributor of premium aftermarket powered vehicle performance packages and
personal-use specialty vehicles based on OEM vehicle chassis. In May 2019, we acquired substantially all of the assets of Air Ride Technologies, Inc., d/b/a
Ridetech, a manufacturer of suspension systems that enhance the handling and ride quality of muscle cars, trucks, sports cars and hot rods. The Company believes
that this acquisition aligns with its focus on improving vehicle performance and provides it with an opportunity to enter the street performance market.
We also believe that our passionate customer base has a desire for other types of performance products beyond those that attach to a vehicle or bike. We believe
there is opportunity to expand our total available market by broadening our acquisition focus to include a more diverse range of performance products that add to
or increase our customers' enjoyment of their activities of choice.
Our business development group is responsible for identifying and assessing inorganic and organic potential growth opportunities of our ride dynamics platform
and other specialty sports technology platforms. Specifically, our business development group: (i) identifies and assesses potential acquisition opportunities; (ii)
aids the business in analyzing growth alternatives; and (iii) manages critical projects and programs as determined by senior management.
Increase our aftermarket penetration
We currently have a broad aftermarket distribution network of thousands of retail dealers and distributors worldwide. We intend to further penetrate the
aftermarket channel by selectively adding dealers and distributors in certain geographic markets, increasing our internal sales force and strategically expanding
aftermarket-specific products and services to existing vehicle platforms.
4
Table of Contents
Accelerate international growth
While a significant percentage of our current sales are to OEMs and dealers and distributors located outside the United States, we believe international expansion
represents a significant opportunity for us and we have, and intend to continue to, selectively increase infrastructure investments and focus on identified geographic
regions. We believe that rising consumer discretionary income in a number of developing markets and increasing consumer preferences for premium, performance
bikes and powered vehicles should contribute to increasing demand for our products. In addition, we believe increasing international viewership of racing and
extreme sports and other outdoor events, such as the X Games, is contributing to the growth of international participation in activities in which our products are
used. We intend to leverage the recognition of our brands to capitalize on these trends by globally increasing our sales to both OEMs and dealers and distributors,
particularly in markets where we perceive significant opportunities.
Improve operating and supply chain efficiencies
During 2017, we completed the process of moving all bike suspension component manufacturing to our facility in Taichung, Taiwan. In connection with this
move, we are using, and expect to continue to use, suppliers that are located closer to our Taichung, Taiwan facility for a number of materials and components.
This transition has shortened production lead times to our bike OEM customers, improved supply chain efficiencies, and reduced manufacturing costs. With the
transition of all of our bike suspension component manufacturing to Taichung, Taiwan, we have converted the Watsonville, California manufacturing facility to
exclusively manufacture powered vehicle suspension products. And during 2019, we also completed the process of relocating our Specialty Sports Group’s U.S.
aftermarket bike products distribution, sales, and service operations to Reno, Nevada.
In addition, we are currently constructing an approximately 336,000 square foot state-of-the-art facility in Hall County, Georgia to diversify our manufacturing
platform and provide additional long-term capacity to support growth in our Powered Vehicles Group.
Seasonality
Certain portions of our business are seasonal; we believe this seasonality is due to the delivery of new products. Generally, our quarterly sales have been the lowest
in the first quarter and highest in the third quarter of the year. For example, our sales in our first and third quarters of 2019 represented 22% and 28% of our total
sales for the year, respectively.
Competition
The markets for performance-defining products, including suspension components, wheels, and cranks, are highly competitive. We compete with other companies
that produce products for sale to OEMs, dealers and distributors, as well as with OEMs that produce their own line of products for their own use. Some of our
competitors may have greater financial, research and development or marketing resources than we do. Competition in the high-end segment of the performance-
defining market revolves around technical features, performance, product design, innovation, reliability and durability, brand, time to market, customer service and
reliable order execution. While the pricing of competing products is always a factor, we believe the performance of our products helps justify our premium pricing.
Within our markets, we compete with several large companies and numerous small companies that provide branded and unbranded products across many of our
product lines. These competitors can be divided into the following categories:
Powered Vehicles
Within the market for powered vehicle suspension components, we compete with several companies in different submarkets. In the snowmobile market we
compete with KYB (Kayaba Industry Co., Ltd.), Öhlins Racing AB (a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tenneco), Walker Evans Racing, Works Performance Products,
Inc., and Penske Racing Shocks / Custom Axis, Inc. In the ATV and Side-by-Side markets, outside of vertically-integrated OEMs, we compete with ZF Sachs (ZF
Friedrichshafen AG), Polaris, and Walker Evans Racing for OEM business and Elka Suspension Inc., Öhlins Racing AB, Works Performance Products, and Penske
Racing Shocks / Custom Axis, Inc. for aftermarket business.
Within the market for off-road and specialty vehicle suspension components, we compete with ThyssenKrupp Bilstein Suspension GmbH (commonly known as
Bilstein), and King Shock Technology, Inc. (commonly known as King Shocks), Icon Vehicle Dynamics, Sway-A-Way, Pro Comp USA Suspension, and Rancho
(Tenneco). In the market for suspension systems, or lift kits, we compete with TransAmerican Wholesale/Pro Comp USA, Rough Country Suspension Systems,
TeraFlex, ReadyLIFT Suspension, Tuff Country EZ-Ride Suspension, and Rusty’s Off-Road. In the market for up-fitted vehicles, we compete with SCA
Performance, Rocky Ridge Trucks, and DSI Custom Vehicles.
5
Table of Contents
Specialty Sports
Within the market for bike suspension components, we compete with several companies that manufacture front and rear suspension products, including RockShox
(a subsidiary of SRAM Corp.), X-Fusion Shox (a wholly owned subsidiary of A-Pro), Manitou (a subsidiary of HB Performance Systems), SR Suntour, DT Swiss
(a subsidiary of Vereinigte Drahtwerke AG), Cane Creek Cycling, DVO Suspension, Bos-Mountain Bike Suspensions, and Öhlins Racing AB. In the market for
other bike components, we compete with SRAM, Truvativ and Zipp (all subsidiaries of SRAM Corp.), DT Swiss (a subsidiary of Vereinigte Drahtwerke AG),
Mavic (a subsidiary of Amer Sports Corp.), and Shimano.
Our products
We design and manufacture performance-defining products, of which a significant portion is suspension products. These suspension products dissipate the energy
and force generated by bikes and powered vehicles while they are in motion. Suspension products allow wheels or skis (in the case of snowmobiles) to move up
and down to absorb bumps and shocks while maintaining contact with the ground for better control. Our products use adjustable suspension, position-sensitive
damping, electronically controllable damping, multiple air spring technologies, low weight and structural rigidity, all of which improve user control for greater
performance.
We use high-grade materials in our products and have developed a number of sophisticated assembly processes to maintain quality across all product lines. Our
suspension products are assembled according to precise specifications throughout the assembly process to create consistently high-performance levels and
customer satisfaction.
Powered Vehicles
In our powered vehicle product categories, we offer premium products under the FOX, BDS Suspension, Zone Offroad, JKS Manufacturing, RT Pro UTV, 4x4
Posi-Lok, Tuscany, and Ridetech brands for Side-by-Sides, on-road vehicles with and without off-road capabilities, off-road vehicles and trucks, ATVs,
snowmobiles, specialty vehicles and applications, motorcycles, and commercial trucks. In each of the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and
December 29, 2017, approximately 60%, 54% and 48%, respectively, of our sales were attributable to sales of powered vehicles related products.
Products for these vehicles are designed for use on roads, for trail riding, in racing, and to help provide performance and comfort. Our products have also been used
on limited quantities of off-road military vehicles and other small-scale select military applications. Our aftermarket truck suspension component products in the
powered vehicles category range from two-inch aluminum bolt-on shocks to our patented position sensitive internal bypass shocks. We also offer lift kits and
components with our shock products and aftermarket accessory packages for use in trucks. We up-fit trucks to be off-road capable, on-road vehicles with
components and products such as lift kits, shock products, superchargers, interior accessories, wheel, tires, lighting, and body enhancements. In addition, we
manufacture suspension systems that enhance the handling and ride quality of muscle cars, trucks, sports cars and hot rods.
Specialty Sports
As a result of our acquisitions in recent years, our bike product offerings have expanded and are used on a wide range of performance mountain bikes and road
bikes under the FOX, Race Face, Easton Cycling and Marzocchi brands. Given this wide range of bike products and brands, as well as the potential to expand our
offerings to include other types of performance-defining products, we have changed the name of the group from Bike Division to Specialty Sports Group. In each
of the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017, approximately 40%, 46% and 52%, respectively, of our sales were attributable to
sales of bike-related products. Primarily for the mountain bike market, we offer mid-end and high-end front fork and rear suspension products designed for cross-
country, trail, all-mountain, free-ride and downhill riding. Our mountain bike suspension products are sold in five series and under the Marzocchi brand: (i) our
Marzocchi BOMBER series, designed for a rider who values ease of use over adjustability; (ii) our FOX Rhythm series, designed to provide FOX performance at
the entry price point of the high-end mountain bikes segment; (iii) our FOX Performance series, designed for demanding enthusiasts; (iv) our FOX Performance
Elite series, designed for experienced and expert riders; and (v) our FOX Factory series, designed for maximum performance at a professional level.
We also offer mountain and road bike wheels and other performance-defining cycling components under the Race Face and Easton Cycling brands including
cranks, chainrings, pedals, bars, stems, and seat posts.
6
Table of Contents
Research and development
Research and development is at the core of our product innovation and market leadership strategy. We have a growing team of engineers and technicians focused
on designing innovative products and developing engineering-based solutions to enhance our product offerings. In addition, a large number of our other employees,
many of whom use our products in their recreational activities, contribute to our research and development and product innovation initiatives. Their involvement in
the development of new products ranges from participating in initial brainstorming sessions to test riding products in development. Product development also
includes collaborating with OEM customers across end-markets, field testing by professional athletes and sponsored race teams and working with enthusiasts and
other users of our products. This feedback helps us to develop innovative products that meet our demanding standards as well as the evolving needs of professional
and recreational end users and to quickly commercialize these products.
Our research and development activities are supported by state-of-the-art engineering software design tools, integrated manufacturing facilities and a performance-
testing center equipped to enhance product safety, durability and performance. Our testing center collects data and tests products prior to and after commercial
introduction. Suspension products undergo a variety of rigorous performance and accelerated life tests before they are introduced into the market. Research and
development expenses totaled approximately $31.8 million, $25.8 million and $20.2 million in fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Intellectual property
Intellectual property is an important aspect of our business. We rely upon a combination of patents, trademarks, trade names, licensing arrangements, trade secrets,
know-how and proprietary technology and we secure and protect our intellectual property rights.
Our intellectual property counsel diligently protects our new technologies with patents and trademarks and defends against patent infringement allegations. We
patent our proprietary technologies related to vehicle suspension and other products in the U.S. and various foreign patent offices. Our principal intellectual
property also includes our registered trademarks in the U.S. and a number of international jurisdictions, including the marks FOX®, FOX RACING SHOX® and
REDEFINE YOUR LIMITS®. Although our intellectual property is important to our business operations and constitutes a valuable asset in the aggregate, we do
not believe that any single patent, trademark or trade secret is critical to the success of our business as a whole. We cannot be certain that our patent applications
will be issued or that any issued patents will provide us with any competitive advantages or will not be challenged by third parties.
In addition to the foregoing protections, we generally control access to and use of our proprietary and other confidential information using internal and external
controls, including contractual protections with employees, OEMs, distributors and others.
Customers
Our OEM customers include market leaders in their respective categories, and they help define, as well as respond to, consumer trends in their respective
industries. These OEM customers include our products on a number of their performance models. We believe OEMs often use our products to improve the
marketability and demand of their own products, which, in turn, strengthens our brand image. In addition, consumers select our performance-defining products in
the aftermarket channel, where we market through a global network of dealers and distributors. We currently sell to more than 200 OEMs and distribute our
products to more than 5,000 retail dealers and distributors worldwide. In 2019, 63% of our sales resulted from sales to OEM customers and 37% resulted from
sales to dealers and distributors for resale in the aftermarket channel. No material portion of our business is subject to renegotiation of profits or termination of
contracts or subcontracts at the election of the U.S. government.
Sales attributable to our 10 largest OEM customers, which can vary from year-to-year, collectively accounted for approximately 44%, 43% and 42% of our sales in
2019, 2018 and 2017. Our sales to Ford, a powered vehicles OEM, accounted for approximately 11%, 8% and 8% in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively.
Although we refer to the branded bike OEMs that use our products throughout this document as "our customers," "our OEM customers" or "our bike OEM
customers," branded bike OEMs often use contract manufacturers to manufacture and assemble their bikes. As a result, even though we typically negotiate price
and volume requirements directly with our bike OEM customers, the contract manufacturer may place the purchase order and therefore assumes the payment
responsibilities.
7
Table of Contents
Our North American sales totaled $502.3 million, $388.7 million, and $280.9 million, or 67%, 63% and 59%, of our total sales in 2019, 2018 and 2017,
respectively. Our international sales totaled $248.8 million, $230.5 million and $194.8 million or 33%, 37% and 41% of our total sales in 2019, 2018 and 2017,
respectively. Sales attributable to countries outside the United States are based on shipment location. Our international sales, however, do not necessarily reflect the
location of the end users of our products, as many of our products are incorporated into bikes and powered vehicles that are assembled at international locations
and then shipped back to the United States. Additional information about our product revenues and certain geographical information is available in Note 2 -
Revenues of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Additional information regarding our sales, income, and total assets is available in Item 6. "Selected Financial Information."
Powered Vehicles
We sell our powered vehicle-suspension products to OEMs, including Arctic Cat, BRP, Ford, Honda, Indian Motorcycles, Jeep, Kawasaki, Polaris, Toyota, and
Yamaha. We also are continually nurturing and developing relationships with our existing and new OEMs, as the powered vehicles market continues to grow.
After incorporating our products on their powered vehicles, OEMs typically sell their powered vehicles to independent dealers, which then sell directly to
consumers.
In the aftermarket, we typically sell to dealers and distributors, both domestically and internationally. Our dealers sell directly to consumers. When we sell to our
distributors, they sell to independent dealers, which then sell directly to consumers.
Specialty Sports
We sell our bike suspension and components products to a broad network of domestic and international bike OEMs, including Cannondale, Canyon, Cube, Giant,
Lapierre, Merida, Pivot, Santa Cruz Bicycles, Scott, Specialized, Trek, Yeti Cycles and YT. We have long-standing relationships with many of the top bike OEMs.
After incorporating our products on their bikes, OEMs typically sell their bikes to independent dealers, which then sell directly to consumers.
In the aftermarket, we typically sell to U.S. dealers and through distributors internationally. Our dealers sell directly to aftermarket consumers. Our overseas
distributors sell to independent dealers, which then sell directly to consumers.
Sales and marketing
We employ specialized and dedicated sales professionals. Each sales professional is fully responsible for servicing either OEM or aftermarket customers within our
product categories, which ensures that our customers are in contact with capable and knowledgeable sales professionals to address their specific needs. We strongly
believe that providing a high level of service to our end customers is essential to maintaining our reputational excellence in the marketplace. Our sales
professionals receive training on the brands' latest products and technologies and attend trade shows and events to increase their market knowledge.
Our marketing strategy focuses on strengthening and promoting our brands in the marketplace. We strategically focus our marketing efforts on enthusiasts seeking
high-end, performance-defining products and systems through promotions at destination riding locations and individual and team sponsorships. We believe the
performance of our products has been demonstrated by, and our brands benefit from, the success of professional athletes who use our products in elite competitive
events such as the Union Cycliste Internationale Mountain Bike World Cup and the X Games. We also believe these successes positively influence the purchasing
habits of enthusiasts and other consumers seeking performance-defining products.
We believe that our strategic focus on the performance and racing segments in our markets, including our sponsorships of a number of professional athletes and
race teams, influences many aspiring and enthusiast consumers and enables our products to be sold at premium price points. In order to continue to enhance our
brand image, we will need to maintain our position in the suspension products industry and to continue to provide high-quality products and services.
We have also been able to develop long-term strategic relationships with leading OEMs. Our reputation for performance-defining products plays a critical role in
our aftermarket sales to consumers.
In addition to our web properties and traditional marketing channels, such as print advertising and tradeshows, we maintain an active social media presence,
including an Instagram feed, Facebook page, YouTube channel, Vimeo channel and Twitter feed to increase brand awareness, foster loyalty and build a community
of users. As strategies and marketing plans are developed for our products, our internal marketing and communications group works to ensure brand cohesion and
consistency.
8
Table of Contents
Manufacturing and backlog
We manufacture and complete final assembly on most of our products. By controlling the manufacturing process of our products, we can maintain our strict quality
standards, customize our machines and processes for the specific requirements of our products, and quickly respond to feedback we receive on our products in
development and otherwise. Furthermore, manufacturing our own products enables us to adjust our labor and production inputs to meet seasonal demands and the
customized requirements of some of our customers.
During 2018, we moved our corporate headquarters from Scotts Valley, California to our offices in Braselton, Georgia. We are also currently constructing an
approximately 336,000 square foot state-of-the-art facility in Hall County, Georgia to diversify our manufacturing platform and provide additional long-term
capacity to support growth in our Powered Vehicles Group. The first phase of the Hall County, Georgia project is expected to be completed late in the second
quarter of 2020 and will be used for manufacturing, warehousing, distribution and office space. Our Scotts Valley, California location will remain an essential
shared services facility housing certain corporate functions.
We had approximately $65.1 million and $72.9 million in firm backlog orders at January 3, 2020 and December 28, 2018, respectively. The decrease in 2019
backlog, as compared to 2018, was due to changes in the seasonality and timing of order placement.
Suppliers and raw materials
The primary raw materials used in the production of our products are aluminum, magnesium, carbon and steel. We generally use multiple suppliers for our raw
materials and believe that our raw materials are in adequate supply and available from many suppliers at competitive prices. Prices for our raw materials fluctuate
from time to time, but historically, price fluctuations have not materially impacted our business.
We work closely with our supply base, and depend upon certain suppliers to provide raw inputs, such as forgings, castings and molded polymers that have been
optimized for weight, structural integrity, wear and cost. In certain circumstances, we depend upon a limited number of suppliers for such raw inputs. We typically
have no firm contractual sourcing agreements with our suppliers other than purchase orders.
Miyaki is the exclusive producer of the Kashima coating for our suspension component tubes. As part of our agreement with Miyaki, or the Kashima Agreement,
we have been granted the exclusive right to use the trademark "KASHIMACOAT" on products comprising the aluminum finished parts for suspension components
(e.g., tubes) and on related sales and marketing material worldwide, subject to a minimum model year order and certain other exclusions. The Kashima Agreement
does not contain minimum purchase obligations.
Employees
As of January 3, 2020, we had approximately 2,600 full-time employees in the United States, Canada, Europe and Taiwan. We also use part-time employees at our
manufacturing facilities to help us meet seasonal demands. None of our employees are subject to collective bargaining agreements.
Practices related to working capital items
The Company does not believe that it, or the industry in general, has any special practices or special conditions affecting working capital items that are material to
understanding our business. Information about the Company’s working capital is incorporated herein by reference to Item 7. "Management’s Discussion and
Analysis of Financial Condition" and "Results of Operations," and to the "Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows" within Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form
10-K.
Government regulation
Environmental
Our manufacturing operations, facilities and properties in the United States, Canada and Taiwan are subject to evolving foreign, international, federal, state and
local environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations, including those governing air emissions, wastewater discharge and the storage and
handling of chemicals and hazardous substances. If we fail to comply with such laws and regulations, we could be subject to significant fines, penalties, costs,
liabilities or restrictions on operations, which could negatively affect our financial condition.
9
Table of Contents
We believe that our operations are in compliance, in all material respects, with applicable environmental and occupational health and safety laws and regulations,
and our compliance with such laws and regulations has not had, nor is it expected to have, a material impact on our earnings or competitive position. However,
new requirements, more stringent application of existing requirements or the discovery of previously unknown environmental conditions could result in material
environmental related expenditures in the future.
Employment
We are subject to numerous foreign, federal, state and local government laws and regulations governing our relationships with our employees, including those
relating to minimum wage, overtime, working conditions, hiring and firing, non-discrimination, work permits and employee benefits. We believe that our
operations are conducted in compliance, in all material respects, with such laws and regulations. We have never experienced a material work stoppage or disruption
to our business relating to employee matters. We believe that our relationship with our employees is good.
Consumer safety
We are subject to the jurisdiction of the United States Consumer Product Safety Commission ("CPSC"), and other federal, state and foreign regulatory bodies
including the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration ("NHTSA"), which enforces the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety standards. Under CPSC regulations,
a manufacturer of consumer goods is obligated to notify the CPSC, if, among other things, the manufacturer becomes aware that one of its products has a defect
that could create a substantial risk of injury. If the manufacturer has not already undertaken to do so, the CPSC may require a manufacturer to recall a product,
which may involve product repair, replacement or refund. During the past three years, we initiated two voluntary product recalls. For additional information, see
Item 1A."Risk Factors" below.
Government contracts
No material portion of our business is subject to renegotiation of profits or termination of contracts or subcontracts at the election of the U.S. government.
Financial information about segments and geographic areas
We operate in one reportable segment: manufacturing, sale and service of performance-defining products. Additional information about our product segment and
certain geographic information is available in Note 2 - Revenues of the "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Corporate and available information
Our principal executive offices are located at 6634 Hwy 53, Braselton, GA 30517, and our telephone number is (831) 274-6500. Our website address is
www.ridefox.com.
We file reports with the SEC, including Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any other filings
required by the SEC. We make available through the Investor Relations section of our website, free of charge, our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly
Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K, and all amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange
Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The information on our website is not incorporated
by reference into this Annual Report on Form 10-K or in any other report or document we file with the SEC.
The public may read and copy any materials we file with the SEC at the SEC's Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, DC 20549. The public
may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330. The SEC maintains an Internet site
(http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC.
10
Table of Contents
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
Our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected by various risks and uncertainties that are described
herein. In addition to the risks and uncertainties discussed elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, you should carefully consider the risks and uncertainties
described below. If any of these risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.
In that event, the trading price of our common stock could decline.
Risks related to our business
If we are unable to continue to enhance existing products and develop, manufacture and market new products that respond to consumer needs and preferences
and achieve market acceptance, we may experience a decrease in demand for our products, and our business and financial results could suffer.
Our growth strategy involves the continuous development of innovative performance-defining products. We may not be able to compete as effectively with our
competitors, and ultimately satisfy the needs and preferences of our customers and the end users of our products, unless we can continue to enhance existing
products and develop new, innovative products in the global markets in which we compete. In addition, we must continuously compete for not only end users who
purchase our products through the dealers and distributors who are our customers, but also for the OEMs, which incorporate our products into their bikes and
powered vehicles. These OEMs regularly evaluate our products against those of our competitors to determine if they are allowing the OEMs to achieve higher sales
and market share on a cost-effective basis. Should one or more of our OEM customers determine that they could achieve overall better financial results by
incorporating a competitor’s new or existing product, they would likely do so, which could harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Product development requires significant financial, technological and other resources. While we expended approximately $31.8 million, $25.8 million and $20.2
million for our research and development efforts in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively, there can be no assurance that this level of investment in research and
development will be sufficient in the future to maintain our competitive advantage in product innovation, which could cause our business, financial condition or
results of operations to suffer.
Product improvements and new product introductions require significant planning, design, development and testing at the technological, product and
manufacturing process levels, and we may experience unanticipated delays in our introduction of product improvements or new products. Our competitors’ new
products may beat our products to market, be more effective and/or less expensive than our products, obtain better market acceptance or render our products
obsolete. Any new products that we develop may not receive market acceptance or otherwise generate any meaningful sales or profits for us relative to our
expectations. In addition, one of our competitors could develop an unforeseen and entirely new product or technology that renders our products less desirable or
obsolete, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We face intense competition in all product lines, including from some competitors that may have greater financial and marketing resources. Failure to
compete effectively against competitors would negatively impact our business and operating results.
The industries in which we operate are highly competitive. We compete with a number of other manufacturers that produce and sell performance-defining products
to OEMs and aftermarket dealers and distributors, including OEMs that produce their own lines of products for their own use. Our continued success depends on
our ability to continue to compete effectively against our competitors, some of which have significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than we
have. In addition, several of our competitors offer broader product lines to OEMs, which they may sell in connection with suspension products as part of a package
offering. In the future, our competitors may be able to maintain and grow brand strength and market share more effectively or quickly than we do by anticipating
the course of market developments more accurately than we do, developing products that are superior to our products, creating manufacturing or distribution
capabilities that are superior to ours, producing similar products at a lower cost than we can or adapting more quickly than we do to new technologies or evolving
regulatory, industry or customer requirements, among other possibilities. In addition, we may encounter increased competition if our current competitors broaden
their product offerings by beginning to produce additional types of performance-defining products or through competitor consolidations. We could also face
competition from well-capitalized entrants into these product markets, as well as aggressive pricing tactics by other manufacturers trying to gain market share. As a
result, our products may not be able to compete successfully with our competitors’ products, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition or
results of operations.
11
Table of Contents
Our business is sensitive to economic conditions that impact consumer spending. Our performance-defining products, and the bike and powered vehicles into
which they are incorporated, are discretionary purchases and may be adversely impacted by changes in the economy.
Our business depends substantially on global economic and market conditions. In particular, we believe that currently a significant majority of the end users of our
products live in the United States and countries in Europe. These areas have historically experienced recessions, disruptions in banking and/or financial systems,
economic weakness and uncertainty. In addition, our products are recreational in nature and are generally discretionary purchases by consumers. Consumers are
usually more willing to make discretionary purchases during periods of favorable general economic conditions and high consumer confidence. Discretionary
spending may also be affected by many other factors, including interest rates, the availability of consumer credit, taxes and consumer confidence in future
economic conditions. During periods of unfavorable economic conditions, or periods when other negative market factors exist, consumer discretionary spending is
typically reduced, which in turn could reduce our product sales and have a negative effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
There could also be a number of secondary effects resulting from an economic downturn, such as insolvency of our suppliers resulting in product delays, an
inability of our OEM and distributor and dealer customers to obtain credit to finance purchases of our products, customers delaying payment to us for the purchase
of our products due to financial hardship or an increase in bad debt expense. Any of these effects could negatively affect our business, financial condition or results
of operations.
If we are unable to maintain our premium brand image, our business may suffer.
OEMs dealers and distributors select our products in part because of the premium brand reputation we hold with them and our end users. Therefore, our success
depends on our ability to maintain and build the image of our brands. We have focused on building our brands through producing products or acquiring businesses
that produce products that we believe are innovative, high in performance and highly reliable. In addition, our brands benefit from our strong relationships with our
OEM customers and dealers and distributors and through marketing programs aimed at bike and powered vehicle enthusiasts in various media and other channels.
For example, we sponsor a number of professional athletes and professional race teams. In order to continue to enhance our brand image, we will need to maintain
our position in the performance-defining products industry and continue to provide high-quality products and services. In addition, we will need to continue to
invest in sponsorships, marketing and public relations.
There can be no assurance, however, that we will be able to maintain or enhance the strength of our brands in the future. Our brands could be adversely impacted
by, among other things:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
failure to develop new products that are innovative, performance-oriented, and reliable;
internal product quality control issues;
product quality issues on the bikes and powered vehicles on which our products are installed;
product recalls;
high profile component failures (such as a component failure during a race on a mountain bike ridden by an athlete that we sponsor);
negative publicity regarding our sponsored athletes;
high profile injury or death to one of our sponsored athletes;
inconsistent uses of our brand and our other intellectual property assets, as well as failure to protect our intellectual property; and
changes in consumer trends and perceptions.
Any adverse impact on our brand could in turn negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our growth in the powered vehicle category is dependent upon our continued ability to expand our product sales into powered vehicles that require
performance-defining products and the continued expansion of the market for these powered vehicles.
Our growth in the powered vehicle category is in part attributable to the expansion of the market for powered vehicles that require performance-defining products.
Such market growth includes the creation of new classes of vehicles that need our products, such as trucks that are up-fitted to be off-road capable, and our ability
to create products for these vehicles. In the event these markets stopped expanding or contracted, or we are unsuccessful in creating new products for these markets
or other competitors successfully enter into these markets, we may fail to achieve future growth or our sales could decrease, and our business, financial condition
or results of operations could be negatively affected.
12
Table of Contents
A significant portion of our sales are highly dependent on the demand for high-end bikes and a material decline in the demand for these bikes or their
suspension components could have a material adverse effect on our business or results of operations.
During 2019, approximately 40% of our sales were generated from the sale of bike products. Part of our success has been attributable to the growth in the high-end
bike industry, including increases in average retail sales prices, as better-performing product designs and technologies have been incorporated into these products.
If the popularity of high-end or premium-priced bikes does not increase or declines, the number of bike enthusiasts seeking such bikes or premium-priced
suspension products, wheels, cranks and other specialty components for their bikes does not increase or declines, or the average price point of these bikes declines,
we may fail to achieve future growth or our sales could decrease, and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be negatively affected. In
addition, if current bike enthusiasts stop purchasing our products due to changes in preferences, we may fail to achieve future growth or our sales could be
decreased, and our business, financial condition or results of operations could be negatively affected.
Changes in our customer, channel and product mix could place demands that are more rigorous on our infrastructure and cause our profitability percentages
to fluctuate.
From time to time, we may experience changes in our customer, channel and product mix from changes in demands from existing customers due to shifts in their
products and markets. Additionally, the Company may pursue new customers and markets. Such changes in customers, channel and product mix could place
demands that are more rigorous on our infrastructure and supply chain and could result in changes to our profitability and profitability percentages. If customers
begin to require more lower-margin products from us and fewer higher-margin products, or place demands on our performance that increase our costs, our
business, results of operations and financial condition may suffer.
A disruption in the operations of our facilities, or delays in our planned expansion of certain facilities, could have a negative effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
During 2017, we completed the process of moving all of the manufacturing of our bike suspension component products to our facility in Taichung, Taiwan. In
connection with this move, we are utilizing, and expect to continue to use, suppliers who are located closer to our facility in Taichung, Taiwan for a number of
materials and components. With the transition of our entire bike suspension component manufacturing to Taichung, Taiwan, we converted the Watsonville
manufacturing facility to be a powered vehicle suspension products manufacturing location exclusively.
In addition, we are currently constructing an approximately 336,000 square foot state-of-the-art facility in Hall County, Georgia to diversify our manufacturing
platform and provide additional long-term capacity to support growth in our Powered Vehicles Group. In the future, we may move additional manufacturing
operations as we re-balance existing facilities or expand to new manufacturing locations. As a result, we have incurred, and expect to continue to incur, costs
associated with some duplication of facilities, equipment and personnel, the amount of which could vary materially from our projections. Significant construction
delays or other unforeseen difficulties in our Georgia expansion project and future expansion projects, whatever the cause, could have a material adverse effect on
our business, customer relationships, financial condition, operating results, cash flow, and liquidity.
Equipment failures, delays in deliveries or catastrophic loss at any of our facilities could lead to production or service disruptions, curtailments or shutdowns. In
the event of a stoppage in production or a slowdown in production due to high employee turnover or a labor dispute at any of our facilities, even if only temporary,
or if we experience delays as a result of events that are beyond our control, delivery times to our customers could be severely affected. If there was a manufacturing
disruption in any of our manufacturing facilities, we might be unable to meet product delivery requirements and our business, financial condition or results of
operations could be negatively affected, even if the disruption was covered in whole or in part by our business interruption insurance. Any significant delay in
deliveries to our customers could lead to increased returns or cancellations, expose us to damage claims from our customers or damage our brand and, in turn,
negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
13
Table of Contents
Our facilities or operations could be adversely affected by events outside of our control, such as natural disasters, wars or health epidemics.
We may be impacted by natural disasters, wars, health epidemics or other events outside of our control. For example, we have facilities located in seismically
active regions in Northern California and Nevada, and our bike suspension manufacturing is located in Taiwan, which is prone to typhoons. If major disasters such
as earthquakes, typhoons or other events occur, our facilities or those of our suppliers or customers may be seriously damaged, which could result in the disruption
of our production and shipment of our products. In addition, beginning in late 2019, the media has reported a public health epidemic originating in China,
prompting precautionary government-imposed closures of certain travel and business. It is unknown whether and how global supply chains may be affected if such
an epidemic persists for an extended period of time. We may incur additional expenses, production delays, or reductions in customer orders relating to such events
outside of our control, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, operating results and financial condition.
Work stoppages or other disruptions at seaports could adversely affect our operating results.
A significant portion of our goods move through ports on the Western Coast of the United States. We have a global supply chain and we import products from our
third-party vendors as well as our Fox Taiwan facility into the United States largely through ports on the West Coast. Longshoremen, none of whom are our
employees, must offload freight from ships arriving at West Coast ports. We do not control the activities of these employees or seaports and we could suffer supply
chain disruptions due to any disputes, capacity shortages, slowdowns or shutdowns that may occur, as was experienced in February 2015, in relation to certain
West Coast ports. While the West Coast ports labor dispute ended with a five-year agreement, it lasted longer than we forecasted, and any similar labor dispute in
the future could potentially have a negative effect on both our financial condition and results of operations.
Our business depends substantially on our ability to attract and retain experienced and qualified talent, including our senior management team.
We are dependent upon the contributions, talent and leadership of our senior management team, particularly our Chief Executive Officer, Michael C. Dennison.
We do not have a "key person" life insurance policy on Mr. Dennison or any other key employees. We believe that the top nine members of our senior
management team are key to establishing our focus and executing our corporate strategies as they have extensive knowledge of our systems and processes. Given
our senior management team’s knowledge of our industry and the limited number of direct competitors in the industry, we believe that it could be difficult to find
replacements should any of the members of our senior management team leave. For example, our former Chief Financial Officer, Zvi Glasman, resigned effective
November 1, 2019, and, although we have named an interim replacement, we have not yet designated a permanent replacement for Mr. Glasman. If we are unable
to designate a permanent Chief Financial Officer in a timely manner, there may be an adverse effect on our financial reporting processes, our financial controls and
procedures and our ability to raise additional capital.
We could also be adversely affected if we fail to attract and retain talent throughout our organization. For instance, we rely on skilled and well-trained engineers
for the design and production of our products, as well as in our research and development functions. Competition for such individuals is intense, particularly in
California where several of our facilities are located. Our inability to attract or retain qualified employees in our design, production or research and development
functions or elsewhere in our Company could result in diminished quality of our products and delinquent production schedules or impede our ability to develop
new products.
Our failure to adequately address any of these issues could have a material adverse effect on our business, operating results and financial condition.
14
Table of Contents
We may not be able to sustain our past growth or successfully implement our growth strategy, which may have a negative effect on our business, financial
condition or results of operations.
We grew our sales from approximately $619.2 million in 2018 to approximately $751.0 million in 2019. This growth rate may be unsustainable. Our future growth
will depend upon various factors, including the strength of the image of our brands, our ability to continue to produce innovative performance-defining products,
consumer acceptance of our products, competitive conditions in the marketplace, our ability to make strategic acquisitions, the growth in emerging markets for
products requiring high-end suspension products and, in general, the continued growth of the high-end bike and powered vehicle markets into which we sell our
products. Our beliefs regarding the future growth of markets for high-end suspension products are based largely on qualitative judgments and limited sources and
may not be reliable. If we are unable to sustain our past growth or successfully implement our growth strategy, our business, financial condition or results of
operations could be negatively affected.
The professional athletes and race teams who use our products are an important aspect of the image of our brands. The loss of the support of professional
athletes for our products or the inability to attract new professional athletes may harm our business.
If current or future professional athletes and race teams do not use our products, our brands could lose value and our sales could decline. While our sponsorship
agreements typically restrict our sponsored athletes and race teams from promoting, endorsing or using competitors’ products that compete directly within our
product categories during the term of the sponsorship agreements, we do not typically have long-term contracts with any of the athletes or race teams whom we
sponsor.
If we are unable to maintain our current relationships with these professional athletes and race teams, these professional athletes and race teams are no longer
popular, our sponsored athletes and race teams fail to have success or we are unable to continue to attract the endorsement of new professional athletes and race
teams in the future, the value of our brands and our sales could decline.
We depend on our relationships with dealers and distributors and their ability to sell and service our products. Any disruption in these relationships could
harm our sales.
We sell our aftermarket products to dealers and distributors, and we depend on their willingness and ability to market and sell our products to consumers and
provide customer and product service as needed. We also rely on our dealers and distributors to be knowledgeable about our products and their features. If we are
not able to educate our dealers and distributors so that they may effectively sell our products as part of a positive buying experience, or if they fail to implement
effective retail sales initiatives, focus selling efforts on our competitors’ products, reduce the quantity of our products that they sell or reduce their operations due
to financial difficulties or otherwise, our brand and business could suffer.
We do not control our dealers or distributors and many of our contracts allow these entities to offer our competitors’ products. Our competitors may incentivize our
dealers and distributors to favor their products. In addition, we do not have long-term contracts with a majority of our dealers and distributors, and our dealers and
distributors are not obligated to purchase specified amounts of our products. In fact, the majority of our dealers and distributors buy from us on a purchase order
basis. Consequently, with little or no notice, many of these dealers and distributors may terminate their relationships with us or materially reduce their purchases of
our products. If we were to lose one or more of our dealers or distributors, we would need to obtain a new dealer or distributor to cover the particular location or
product line, which may not be possible on favorable terms or at all.
Alternatively, we could use our own sales force to replace such a dealer or distributor, but expanding our sales force into new locations takes a significant amount
of time and resources and may not be successful. Further, many of our international distribution contracts contain exclusivity arrangements, which may prevent us
from replacing or supplementing our current distributors under certain circumstances.
15
Table of Contents
We are a supplier in the high-end bike and powered vehicles markets, and our business is dependent in large part on the orders we receive from our OEM
customers and from their success.
As a supplier to OEM customers, we are dependent in large part on the success of the business of our OEM customers. Model year changes by our OEM customers
may adversely impact our sales or cause our sales to vary from quarter to quarter. In addition, losses in market share individually or a decline in the overall market
of our OEM customers or the discontinuance by our OEM customers of their products which incorporate our products could negatively impact our business,
financial condition or results of operations. For example, if our bike producing OEM customers reduce production of their high-end bikes, their orders to us for our
products would in turn be reduced, which could negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
A relatively small number of customers account for a substantial portion of our sales. The loss of all or a substantial portion of our sales to any of these
customers, whether through the temporary or permanent discontinuation of their products which incorporate our products or otherwise, or the loss of market
share by these customers could have a material adverse impact on us and our results of operations.
Sales attributable to our five largest OEM customers, which can vary from year to year, collectively accounted for approximately 32% of our sales in fiscal years
2019, 2018 and 2017. The loss of all or a substantial portion of our sales to any of these OEM customers, whether through the temporary or permanent
discontinuation of their products which incorporate our products or otherwise, or the loss of market share by these customers could have a material adverse impact
on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
In particular, sales to Ford, a powered vehicles OEM, accounted for approximately 11%, 8% and 8% in 2019, 2018 and 2017, respectively. In the event that Ford
were to experience manufacturing or other problems, or were to fail to pay us, it could have a material impact on our business, financial condition or results of
operations.
Currency exchange rate fluctuations could impact gross margins and expenses.
Foreign currency fluctuations could in the future have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations. We sell our products inside
and outside of the United States primarily in U.S. Dollars and New Taiwan Dollars. However, some of the OEMs purchasing products from us sell their products in
Europe and other foreign markets using the Euro and other foreign currencies. As a result, as the U.S. Dollar appreciates against these foreign currencies, our
products will become relatively more expensive for these OEMs. Accordingly, competitive products that our OEM customers can purchase in other currencies may
become more attractive and we could lose sales as these OEMs seek to replace our products with cheaper alternatives. In addition, should the U.S. Dollar
depreciate significantly, this could have the effect of decreasing our gross margins and adversely impact our business, financial condition or results of operations.
With a majority of our manufacturing operations for our bike products occurring in Taiwan, a percentage of our sales and expenses are denominated in the New
Taiwan Dollar. Should the New Taiwan Dollar appreciate against the U.S. Dollar, this could have the effect of decreasing our sales, increasing our expenses, and
decreasing our profitability.
Additionally, certain of our operations take place in Canada and a percentage of our sales and expenses are denominated in Canadian Dollars. Our operating
profitability could be negatively impacted as a result of changes in the exchange rate between the U.S. Dollar and the Canadian Dollar.
Our international operations are exposed to risks associated with conducting business globally.
As a result of our international presence, we are exposed to increased risks inherent in conducting business outside of the United States. In addition to foreign
currency risks, these risks include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
difficulty in transporting materials internationally, including labor disputes at West Coast ports, which handle a large amount of our products;
increased difficulty in protecting our intellectual property rights and trade secrets;
changes in tax laws and the interpretation of those laws;
exposure to local economic conditions;
unexpected government action or changes in legal or regulatory requirements;
geopolitical regional conflicts, terrorist activity, political unrest, civil strife, acts of war and other political uncertainty;
changes in tariffs, quotas, trade barriers and other similar restrictions on sales;
the effects of any anti-American sentiments on our brands or sales of our products;
16
Table of Contents
•
•
•
increased difficulty in ensuring compliance by employees, agents and contractors with our policies as well as with the laws of multiple jurisdictions, including
but not limited to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, local international environmental, health and safety laws, and increasingly complex regulations
relating to the conduct of international commerce;
increased difficulty in controlling and monitoring foreign operations from the United States, including increased difficulty in identifying and recruiting
qualified personnel for our foreign operations; and
increased difficulty in staffing and managing foreign operations or international sales.
An adverse change in any of these conditions could have a negative effect upon our business, financial condition or results of operations.
U.S. policies related to global trade and tariffs could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
The current domestic and international political environment, including existing and potential changes to U.S. policies related to global trade and tariffs, have
resulted in uncertainty surrounding the future state of the global economy. In 2018, the U.S. imposed tariffs of 25 percent on steel and 10 percent on aluminum,
with only a handful of countries exempt from the increase. Since the beginning of the Trump Administration, the United States and China have imposed a variety
of tariffs on most goods traded between the two countries, though a recent trade deal has lessened the threat of further escalation. The United States has imposed
tariffs on products from the European Union as a result of a dispute at the World Trade Organization. Plans by the United States to impose tariffs on global imports
of automobiles and auto parts appear to be on hold for now. While we have limited exposure to implemented tariffs at this time, any expansion in the types of
tariffs implemented has the potential to negatively impact our supply chain costs as well as the operating performance of our customers, thus negatively affecting
our sales, gross margin and operating performance. Additionally, there is a risk that the U.S. tariffs on imports could be met with additional retaliatory tariffs on
U.S. produced exports and that the broader trade uncertainty could intensify. This has the potential to significantly impact global trade and economic conditions in
many of the regions where we do business and have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.
Our sales could be adversely impacted by the disruption or cessation of sales by other bike component manufacturers or if other bike component
manufacturers enter into the specialty bike component market.
Most of the bikes incorporating our suspension products also use products and components manufactured by other bike component manufacturers. If such
component manufacturers were to cease selling their products and components on a standalone basis, their sales are disrupted, or their competitive market position
or reputation is diminished, customers could migrate to competitors that sell complementary bike products that we do not sell. Moreover, such bike component
manufacturers could begin manufacturing bike suspension products, wheels, or cranks, or bundle their bike components with suspension products, wheels or cranks
manufactured by competitors. If any of the foregoing were to occur, our sales could decrease and our business, financial condition or results of operations could
suffer.
We have been and may become subject to intellectual property disputes that could cause us to incur significant costs or pay significant damages or that could
prohibit us from selling our products.
As we develop new products or attempt to use our brands in connection with new products, we seek to avoid infringing the valid patents and other intellectual
property rights of our competitors. However, from time to time, third parties have alleged, or may allege in the future, that our products and/or trademarks infringe
upon their proprietary rights. We will evaluate any such claims and, where appropriate, may obtain or seek to obtain licenses or other business arrangements. To
date, there have been no significant interruptions in our business as a result of any claims of infringement, and we do not hold patent infringement insurance. Any
claim, regardless of its merit, could be expensive, time consuming to defend and distract management from our business. Moreover, if our products or brands are
found to infringe third-party intellectual property rights, we may be unable to obtain a license to use such technology or associated intellectual property rights on
acceptable terms. A court determination that our brands, products or manufacturing processes infringe the intellectual property rights of others could result in
significant liability and/or require us to make material changes to our products and/or manufacturing processes or preclude our ability to use certain brands. In most
circumstances, we are not indemnified for our use of a licensor’s intellectual property, if such intellectual property is found to be infringing. Any of the foregoing
results could cause us to redesign our products or defend legal actions, which could cause us to incur substantial costs that could negatively affect our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
17
Table of Contents
If we are unable to enforce our intellectual property rights, our reputation and sales could be adversely affected.
Intellectual property is an important component of our business. We patent our proprietary technologies related to vehicle suspension and other products in the U.S.
and various foreign patent offices. Additionally, we have registered or have applied for trademarks and service marks with the United States Patent and Trademark
Office and a number of foreign countries, including the marks FOX®, FOX RACING SHOX®, RACE FACE® and REDEFINE YOUR LIMITS®, to be used with
certain goods and services. When appropriate, we may from time to time assert our rights against those who infringe on our patents, trademarks, trade dress, or
other intellectual property. However, we may not be successful in enforcing our patents or asserting trademark, trade name or trade dress protection with respect to
our brand names and our product designs, and third parties may seek to oppose or challenge our patents or trademark registrations. Further, these legal efforts may
not be successful in reducing sales of suspension products by those infringing. In addition, our pending patent applications may not result in the issuance of patents,
and even issued patents may be contested, circumvented or invalidated and may not provide us with proprietary protection or competitive advantages. If our efforts
to develop and enforce our intellectual property are unsuccessful, or if a third party misappropriates our rights, this may adversely affect our business, financial
condition or results of operations. Additionally, intellectual property protection may be unavailable or limited in some foreign countries where laws or law
enforcement practices may not protect our proprietary rights as fully as in the United States, and it may be more difficult for us to successfully challenge the use of
our proprietary rights by other parties in these countries. Furthermore, other competitors may be able to successfully produce products that imitate certain of our
products without infringing upon any of our patents, trademarks or trade dress. The failure to prevent or limit infringements and imitations could have a permanent
negative impact on the pricing of our products or reduce our product sales and product margins, even if we are ultimately successful in limiting the distribution of a
product that infringes our rights, which in turn may affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Although we enter into non-disclosure agreements with employees, OEMs, distributors and others to protect our confidential information and trade secrets, we may
be unable to prevent such parties from breaching these agreements with us and using our intellectual property in an unauthorized manner. If our efforts to protect
our intellectual property are unsuccessful, or if a third party misappropriates our rights, our business may be adversely affected. Defending our intellectual property
rights can be very expensive and time consuming, and there is no assurance that we will be successful.
If we inaccurately forecast demand for our products, we may manufacture insufficient or excess quantities or our manufacturing costs could increase, which
could adversely affect our business.
We plan our manufacturing capacity based upon the forecasted demand for our products. In the OEM channel, our forecasts are based in large part on the number
of our product specifications for new bikes and powered vehicles and on projections from our OEM customers. In the aftermarket channel, our forecasts are based
partially on discussions with our dealers and distributors as well as our own assessment of markets. If we incorrectly forecast demand, we may incur capacity
issues in our manufacturing plant and supply chain, increased material costs, increased freight costs, additional overtime, and costs associated with excess
inventory, all of which in turn adversely impact our cost of sales and our gross margin. Economic weakness and uncertainty in the United States, Europe and other
countries may make accurate forecasting particularly challenging.
In the future, if actual demand for our products exceeds forecasted demand, the margins on our incremental sales in excess of anticipated sales may be lower due to
temporary higher costs, which could result in a decrease in our overall margins. While we generally manufacture our products upon receipt of customer orders, if
actual demand is less than the forecasted demand for our products and we have already manufactured the products or committed to purchase materials in support of
forecasted demand, we could be forced to hold excess inventories. In short, either excess or insufficient production due to inaccurate forecasting could have a
negative effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Product recalls, and significant product repair and/or replacement due to product warranty costs and claims have had, and in the future, could have, a
material adverse impact on our business.
Unless otherwise required by law, we generally provide a limited warranty for our products for a one or two-year period beginning on: (i) in the case of OEM sales,
the date the bike or powered vehicle is purchased from an authorized OEM where our product is incorporated as original equipment on the purchased bike or
powered vehicle; or (ii) in the case of aftermarket sales, the date the product is originally purchased from an authorized dealer. From time to time, our customers
may negotiate for longer or different warranty coverage. In the ordinary course of business, we incur warranty costs and reserve against such costs in our financial
statements. However, there is a risk that we could become aware of an underperforming product and be forced to adjust our warranty reserves or incur costs in
excess of these reserves, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
18
Table of Contents
If any of our products are or are alleged to be defective, we may be required to participate in a recall involving such products. Our products and items where our
product is incorporated as original equipment on the purchased item are subject to regulation by various agencies, including the NHTSA, the CPSC and similar
state and international regulatory authorities. We have had in the past, and may have in the future, recalls (both voluntary and involuntary) of our products or of
items that incorporate our products. For example, in October 2016, we initiated a voluntary recall of certain bicycle Float X2 shock absorber products. Most
recently, in May 2017, we announced a voluntary recall of approximately 2,500 of FOX's Harley Davidson specific aftermarket motorcycle shock absorbers. In the
case of OEM sales, each manufacturer has its own practices regarding product recalls and other product liability actions that could involve its suppliers.
Additionally, as suppliers become more integrally involved in the design process and assume a greater role in the overall system design, OEMs could potentially
look to us to share in the cost if faced with recalls and product liability claims.
Although we carry product liability and product recall insurance, no assurance can be made that such insurance will provide adequate coverage against any
potential claims, such insurance is available in the appropriate markets or that we will be able to obtain such insurance on acceptable terms in the future. In
addition to the direct costs related to these or other recalls, our aftermarket and OEM sales could be adversely affected if we do not have a ready replacement
product for such recalled products. Such recall events could also adversely affect our brand image and have a negative effect on our relationships with our OEMs,
sponsored athletes and race teams, or otherwise have a negative effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
An adverse determination in any material product liability claim against us could adversely affect our operating results or financial condition.
The use of our products by consumers, often under extreme conditions, exposes us to risks associated with product liability claims. If our products are defective or
used incorrectly by our customers, bodily injury, property damage or other injury, including death, may result in, and could give rise to product liability claims
against us, which could adversely affect our brand image or reputation. We have encountered product liability claims in the past and carry product liability
insurance to help protect us against the costs of such claims, although our insurance may not be sufficient to cover all losses. Any losses that we may suffer from
any product liability claims, and the effect that any product liability litigation may have upon the reputation and marketability of our products, may have a negative
impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Our credit facility places operating restrictions on us and creates default risks.
Our credit facility contains covenants that place restrictions on our operating activities. These covenants, among other things, limit our ability to:
•
•
pay dividends or make distributions to our stockholders or redeem our stock;
incur additional indebtedness or permit additional encumbrances on our assets; and
• make acquisitions or complete mergers or sales of assets, or engage in new businesses.
These restrictions may interfere with our ability to obtain financing or to engage in other business activities, which may have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition or results of operations.
If we are unable to comply with the covenants contained in our credit facility, it could constitute an event of default and our lenders could declare all borrowings
outstanding, together with accrued and unpaid interest, to be immediately due and payable. If we are unable to repay or otherwise refinance these borrowings when
due, our lenders could sell the collateral securing our credit facility, which constitutes substantially all of our assets.
We will continue to have the ability to incur debt and our levels of debt may affect our operations and our ability to pay the principal of and interest on our
debt.
In the future, we and our subsidiaries may be able to incur substantial additional debt from amendments to our credit facility with Bank of America and other
named lenders (the "Credit Facility"), additional lending sources subject to the restrictions contained in the Credit Facility, or because of certain debt instruments
we may issue.
As of January 3, 2020, we had $68.0 million of indebtedness and $177.0 million in revolving credit available to borrow under the Credit Facility. Our ability to
borrow under the Credit Facility fluctuates from time to time due to, among other factors, our borrowings under the Credit Facility.
Our indebtedness could be costly or have adverse consequences, such as:
•
•
requiring us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flows from operations to payments on our debt;
limiting our ability to obtain future financing for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, debt obligations and other general corporate requirements;
19
Table of Contents
• making us more vulnerable to adverse conditions in the general economy or our industry and to fluctuations in our operating results, including affecting our
ability to comply with and maintain any financial tests and ratios required under our indebtedness;
•
•
•
limiting our flexibility to engage in certain transactions or to plan for, or react to, changes in our business and industry;
putting us at a disadvantage compared to competitors that have less relative and/or less restrictive debt; and
subjecting us to additional restrictive financial and other covenants.
If we incur substantial additional indebtedness in the future, these higher levels of indebtedness may affect our ability to pay the principal of and interest on
existing indebtedness and our creditworthiness generally.
Our outstanding indebtedness under the Credit Facility bears interest at a variable rate, which makes us more vulnerable to increases in interest rates and
could cause our interest expense to increase and decrease cash available for operations and other purposes.
Borrowings under our Credit Facility bear interest on a variable rate, which increases and decreases based upon changes in the underlying interest rate and/or our
leverage ratio. Any such increases in the interest rate or increases of our borrowings under the Credit Facility will increase our interest expense.
As of January 3, 2020, we had $68.0 million of indebtedness, bearing interest at a variable rate, outstanding under the Credit Facility. Recent interest rates in the
United States have been at historically low levels, and any increase in these rates would increase our interest expense and reduce our funds available for operations
and other purposes. Although from time to time we may enter into agreements to hedge a portion of our interest rate exposure, these agreements may be costly and
may not protect against all interest rate fluctuations. Accordingly, we may experience material increases in our interest expense as a result of increases in interest
rate levels generally. Based on the $68.0 million of variable interest rate indebtedness that was outstanding as of January 3, 2020, a hypothetical 100 basis point
increase or decrease in the interest rate would have resulted in an approximately $0.7 million change to our interest expense for the year ended January 3, 2020.
Unanticipated changes in our tax provisions, the adoption of new tax legislation or exposure to additional tax liabilities could affect our financial
performance.
Recently enacted U.S. tax legislation has significantly changed the U.S. federal income taxation of U.S. corporations by reducing the U.S. corporate income tax
rate, adopting elements of a territorial tax system, imposing a one-time transition tax (or "deemed repatriation tax") on all undistributed earnings and profits of
certain U.S. owned foreign corporations, revising the rules governing net operating losses and the rules governing foreign tax credits, repealing the performance-
based compensation exception to the $1 million deduction limit on executive compensation and expanding the scope of employees to whom the limit applies,
eliminating the deductibility of certain fringe benefits, permitting immediate expensing of certain capital expenditures, limiting interest deductions, modifying the
tax treatment of like kind exchanges, and introducing new anti-base erosion provisions. Many of these changes were effective immediately upon the passage of the
legislation, without any transition periods or grandfathering for existing transactions. The legislation is unclear in many respects and will continue to be subject to
potential amendments and technical corrections, as well as notices, interpretations and implementation of regulations by the Treasury and IRS, any of which could
lessen or increase certain adverse impacts of the legislation. For example, the interpretation the IRS Notice regarding the deduction limitation on executive
compensation resulted in a $1.4 million increase in our tax provision in the third quarter of 2018. Likewise, regulations regarding the deduction for foreign derived
intangible income and our estimates of amounts deductible resulted in a $1.5 million decrease in our tax provision in the third quarter of 2019 and a $1.8 million
reduction of tax expense in the fourth quarter of 2019 related to such deduction in our 2018 tax returns. In addition, it remains unclear in some cases how these
U.S. federal income tax changes will affect state and local taxation, which often uses federal taxable income as a starting point for computing state and local tax
liabilities, or how foreign governments will view the changes.
Our analysis and interpretation of this legislation is ongoing. We asserted permanent reinvestment of the earnings of certain of our foreign subsidiaries in 2016 and
2017, and discontinued this assertion as a result of the December 2017 changes in legislation. As a result, the deemed repatriation tax, the accrual of state income
and foreign withholding taxes on unremitted earnings, and certain other changes to U.S. taxation of amounts earned abroad have impacted our financial statements.
Additionally, the reduction in the U.S. corporate tax rate, the revision of rules governing foreign tax credits, and changes in the rules regarding the sourcing of
income are expected to have an impact on our ability to utilize our existing and future foreign tax credits, and as such, we have provided a partial valuation
allowance on these tax assets. A full valuation allowance was avoided primarily due to the decision to implement a prudent and feasible tax planning strategy to
restructure business functions. However, there can be no assurance that we will be able to implement such a plan. Changes in our estimates regarding our ability to
utilize our foreign tax credits could have a material impact on our tax provision, net income and cash flows.
20
Table of Contents
There may be other material adverse effects resulting from the legislation that will become apparent as regulations are issued, and practice evolves through
interpretation and case law. While some of the changes made by the tax legislation may adversely affect the Company in one or more reporting periods and
prospectively, other changes may be beneficial. We continue to work with our tax advisors to determine the full impact that the recent tax legislation as a whole
will have on us.
We are subject to income and other taxes in the United States and numerous foreign jurisdictions. Our tax liabilities in the United States and abroad are affected by
the amounts we charge in intercompany transactions for inventory, services, licenses, funding and other items. We are subject to ongoing tax audits in various
jurisdictions. Tax authorities may disagree with our intercompany charges, cross-jurisdictional transfer pricing or other matters, and may assess additional taxes as
a result. We regularly assess the likely outcomes of these audits in order to determine the appropriateness of our tax provision. However, there can be no assurance
that we will accurately predict the outcomes of these audits, and the amounts ultimately paid upon resolution of audits could be materially different from the
amounts previously included in our income tax expense and therefore could have a material impact on our tax provision, net income and cash flows.
We are subject to certain risks in our manufacturing and in the testing of our products.
As of January 3, 2020, we employed approximately 2,600 full-time employees worldwide, a large percentage of which work at our manufacturing facilities. Our
business involves complex manufacturing processes that can be inherently dangerous. Although we employ safety procedures in the design and operation of our
facilities, there is a risk that an accident or death could occur in one of our facilities. In addition, prior to the introduction of new products, our employees test the
products under rigorous conditions, which involve the risk of injury or death. Any accident could result in manufacturing or product delays, which could negatively
affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. The outcome of litigation is difficult to assess or quantify and the cost to defend litigation can be
significant. As a result, the costs to defend any action or the potential liability resulting from any such accident or death or arising out of any other litigation, and
any negative publicity associated therewith, could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We are subject to extensive United States federal and state, foreign and international safety, environmental, employment practices and other government
regulations that may require us to incur expenses or modify product offerings in order to maintain compliance with such regulation, which could have a
negative effect on our business and results of operations.
We are subject to extensive laws and regulations relating to safety, environmental, and other laws and regulations promulgated by the United States federal and
state governments, as well as foreign and international regulatory authorities. Although we believe that our products, policies and processes comply with applicable
safety, environmental, and other standards and related regulations, future regulations may require additional safety standards that would require additional expenses
and/or modification of product offerings in order to maintain such compliance. Failure to comply with applicable regulations could result in fines, increased
expenses to modify our products and harm to our reputation, all of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Moreover, certain of our product offerings require us to comply with the rules and regulations of various standards of standard-setting organizations, such as the
CPSC, the NHTSA, and the European Committee for Standardization ("CEN"). Failure to comply with the requirements of such organizations could result in the
loss of certain customer contracts, fines and penalties, or both, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Unpredictability in the adoption, implementation and enforcement of increasingly stringent emission standards by multiple jurisdictions could adversely affect
our business.
Certain of our products are subject to extensive statutory and regulatory requirements governing emission and noise, including standards imposed by the EPA, the
EU, state regulatory agencies (such as the CARB) and other regulatory agencies around the world. We have made, and continue to make, capital and research
expenditures to ensure our certain of our products comply with these emission standards. Developing products to meet numerous changing government regulatory
requirements, with different implementation timelines and emission requirements, makes developing products efficiently for multiple markets complicated and
could result in additional costs that may be difficult to recover in certain markets. In some cases, we may be required to develop new products to comply with new
regulations, particularly those relating to air emissions. The successful development and introduction of new and enhanced products in order to comply with new
regulatory requirements are subject to other risks, such as delays in product development, cost over-runs and unanticipated technical and manufacturing
difficulties.
In addition to these risks, the nature and timing of government implementation and enforcement of increasingly stringent emission standards is unpredictable. Any
delays in implementation or enforcement could result in the products we developed or modified to comply with these standards becoming unnecessary or becoming
necessary later than expected, which in turn could delay, diminish or eliminate the expected return and may adversely affect our business.
21
Table of Contents
Increasing focus on environmental, social and governance responsibility may impose additional costs on us and expose us to new risks.
Regulators, stockholders and other interested constituencies have focused increasingly on the environmental, social and governance practices of companies. Our
customers may require us to implement environmental, social or governance responsibility procedures or standards before they will continue to do business with
us. Additionally, we may face reputational challenges in the event our environmental, social or governance responsibility procedures or standards do not meet the
standards set by certain constituencies. The occurrence of any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on the price of our shares and our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Climate change and related regulatory responses may adversely impact our business.
There is increasing concern that a gradual increase in global average temperatures due to increased concentration of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in
the atmosphere will cause significant changes in weather patterns around the globe and an increase in the frequency and severity of natural disasters. Changes in
weather patterns and an increased frequency, intensity and duration of extreme weather conditions could, among other things, disrupt the operation of our supply
chain, since our bike suspension manufacturing is entirely located in Taiwan, which is prone to typhoons, increase our product costs and impact the types and
amounts of products that consumers purchase, since the majority of our products are used in outdoor recreation. As a result, the effects of climate change could
have a long-term adverse impact on our business and results of operations.
governmental bodies are increasingly enacting legislation and regulations in response to the
In many of the countries in which we operate,
potential impacts of climate change. These laws and regulations, which may be mandatory, have the potential to impact our operations directly or indirectly as a
result of required compliance by our suppliers and us. In addition, we may choose to take voluntary steps to mitigate our impact on climate change. As a result, we
may experience increases in energy, production, transportation and raw material costs, capital expenditures or insurance premiums and deductibles. Inconsistency
of legislation and regulations among jurisdictions may also affect the costs of compliance with such laws and regulations. Any assessment of the
potential impact of future climate change legislation, regulations or industry standards, as well as any international treaties and accords, is uncertain given the
scope of potential regulatory change in the countries in which we operate.
We are subject to employment practice laws and regulations, and, as such, are exposed to litigation risks.
We are subject to extensive laws and regulations relating employment practices, including wage and hour, wrongful termination and discrimination. Complying
with such laws and regulations, and defending against allegations of our failure to comply (including meritless allegations), can be expensive and time consuming.
We believe that our policies and processes comply with applicable employment standards and related regulations, however, we are subject to risks of litigation by
employees and others that might involve allegations of illegal, unfair or inconsistent employment practices, including wage and hour violations and employment
discrimination, misclassification of independent contractors as employees, wrongful termination and other concerns, which could require additional expenditures.
We are subject to environmental laws and regulation and potential exposure for environmental costs and liabilities.
Our operations, facilities and properties are subject to a variety of foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations relating to health, safety and the protection
of the environment. These environmental laws and regulations include those relating to the use, generation, storage, handling, transportation, treatment and
disposal of solid and hazardous materials and wastes, emissions to air, discharges to waters and the investigation and remediation of contamination. Many of these
laws impose strict, retroactive, joint and several liability upon owners and operators of properties, including with respect to environmental matters that occurred
prior to the time the party became an owner or operator. In addition, we may have liability with respect to third party sites to which we send waste for disposal.
Failure to comply with such laws and regulations can result in significant fines, penalties, costs, liabilities or restrictions on operations that could negatively affect
our business, financial condition or results of operations. From time to time, we have been involved in administrative or legal proceedings relating to
environmental, health or safety matters and have incurred expenditures relating to such matters in the past.
We believe that our operations are in substantial compliance with applicable environmental laws and regulations. However, additional environmental issues
relating to presently known or unknown matters could give rise to currently unanticipated investigation, assessment or expenditures. Compliance with laws or
regulations that are more stringent, as well as different interpretations of existing laws, more vigorous enforcement by regulators or unanticipated events, could
require additional expenditures that may materially affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
22
Table of Contents
Federal, state, local, foreign and international laws and regulations relating to land-use, and noise and air pollution may have a negative impact on our future
sales and results of operations.
The products in our powered vehicles line are used in vehicles that are subject to numerous federal, state, local, foreign and international laws and regulations
relating to noise and air pollution. Powered vehicles, and even bikes, have become subject to laws and regulations prohibiting their use on certain lands and trails.
For example, in San Mateo County, California, mountain bikes are not allowed on county trails, and ATV and Side-by-Side riding is not allowed in Zion National
Park, among many other national and state parks. In addition, recreational snowmobiling has been restricted in some national parks and federal lands in Canada,
the United States and other countries. If more of these laws and regulations are passed and the users of our products lose convenient locations to ride their
mountain bikes and powered vehicles, our sales could decrease and our business, financial condition or results of operations could suffer.
Fuel shortages, or high prices for fuel, could have a negative effect on the use of powered vehicles that use our products.
Gasoline or diesel fuel is required for the operation of the powered vehicles that use our products. There can be no assurance that the supply of these fuels will
continue uninterrupted, that rationing will not be imposed or that the price of or tax on these petroleum products will not significantly increase in the future. Future
shortages of gasoline and diesel fuel and substantial increases in the price of fuel could have a material adverse effect on our powered vehicle product category,
which could have a negative effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
We do not control our suppliers, OEMs, other customers or partners, or require them to comply with a formal code of conduct, and actions that they might take
could harm our reputation and sales.
We do not control our suppliers, OEMs, other customers or partners, or their labor, environmental or other practices. A violation of labor, environmental,
intellectual property or other laws by our suppliers, OEMs, other customers or partners, or a failure of these parties to follow generally accepted ethical business
practices, could create negative publicity and harm our reputation. In addition, we may be required to seek alternative suppliers or partners if these violations or
failures were to occur. We do not inspect or audit compliance of our suppliers, OEMs, customers or partners with these laws or practices, and we do not require our
suppliers, OEMs, customers or partners to comply with a formal code of conduct. Any conduct or actions that our suppliers could take could reduce demand for
our products, harm our ability to meet demand or harm our reputation, brand image, business, financial condition or results of operations.
We depend on a limited number of suppliers for our materials and component parts for some of our products, and the loss of any of these suppliers or an
increase in cost of raw materials could harm our business.
We depend on a limited number of suppliers for certain components. If our current suppliers, in particular the minority of those that are "single-source" suppliers,
are unable to timely fulfill orders, or if we are required to transition to other suppliers, we could experience significant production delays or disruption to our
business. We define a single-source supplier as a supplier from which we purchase all of a particular raw material or input used in our manufacturing operations,
although other suppliers are available from which to purchase the same raw material or input or an equivalent substitute. We do not maintain long-term supply
contracts with any of our suppliers and instead purchase these components on a purchase order basis. As a result, we cannot force any supplier to sell us the
necessary components we use in creating our products and we could face significant supply disruptions should they refuse to do so. As the majority of our bike
component manufacturing occurs in Taiwan, we could experience difficulties locating qualified suppliers geographically located closer to these facilities.
Furthermore, such suppliers could experience difficulties in providing us with some or all of the materials we require, which could result in disruptions in our
manufacturing operations. If we experience difficulties with our suppliers or manufacturing delays caused by our suppliers, whether in connection with our
manufacturing operations in the United States or in Taiwan, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and adversely impacted.
We also purchase various raw materials in order to manufacture our products. The main commodity items purchased for production include aluminum, magnesium,
steel and carbon. Historically, price fluctuations for these components and raw materials have not had a material impact on our business. In the future, however, if
we experience material increases in the price of components or raw materials and are unable to pass on those increases to our customers, or there are shortages in
the availability of such component parts or raw materials, it could negatively affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
23
Table of Contents
In addition to our various single-source suppliers, we also rely on one "sole-source" supplier, Miyaki Corporation, or Miyaki. We define a sole-source supplier as a
supplier of a raw material or input for which there is no other supplier of the same product or an equivalent substitute. Miyaki is the exclusive producer of the
Kashima coating for our suspension component tubes. As part of our agreement with Miyaki, we have been granted the exclusive right to use the trademark
"KASHIMACOAT" on products comprising the aluminum finished parts for suspension components (e.g., tubes) and on related sales and marketing material
worldwide, subject to certain exclusions. Although we believe we could obtain other coatings of comparable utility from other sources if necessary, we could no
longer obtain this specific Kashima coating or use the trademark "KASHIMACOAT" if Miyaki were to stop supplying us with this coating. The need to replace the
Kashima coating could temporarily disrupt our business and harm our business, financial condition or results of operations.
Regulations related to conflict minerals may force us to continue to incur additional expenses and otherwise adversely impact our business.
The SEC rules regarding disclosure of the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold, known as conflict minerals, in products manufactured by public companies
require ongoing due diligence to determine whether such minerals originated from the Democratic Republic of Congo ("DRC"), or an adjoining country and
whether such minerals helped finance the armed conflict in the DRC. As a public company, we are required to comply with the reporting obligations annually.
There are costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including costs to determine the origin of conflict minerals in our products. The
effect of such rules on customer, supplier and/or consumer behavior could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our products. As a
result, we may also incur costs with respect to potential changes to products, processes or sources of supply. We may face disqualification as a supplier for
customers and reputational challenges if our due diligence procedures do not enable us to verify the origins for all conflict minerals used in our products or to
determine if such conflict minerals are conflict-free. Accordingly, these rules could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial
condition.
We may incur higher employee costs in the future.
We are subject to government-mandated wage and benefit laws and regulations in many varying countries and jurisdictions. For example, the State of California,
where a substantial number of our employees are located, has passed legislation designed to raise the statewide minimum wage gradually until it reaches $15.00
per hour in 2022. Under the California law, signed on April 4, 2016, the minimum wage increased to $11.00 per hour effective January 1, 2018, and will gradually
increase each calendar year through January 1, 2022, when it will reach $15.00 per hour. As we expand internationally, we are also subject to applicable laws in
each such jurisdiction. Increases in the mandated wage in any or all of the jurisdictions in which we operate could subject us to increased costs, thereby impacting
our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We maintain a self-insured healthcare plan for our employees based in the United States. We have insurance coverage in place for individual claims above a
specified amount in any year. Inflation in healthcare costs, as well as additional costs we may incur as a result of current or future federal or state healthcare
legislation and regulations, could significantly increase our employee healthcare costs in the future. Continued increases in our employee costs could adversely
affect our earnings, financial condition and liquidity.
We rely on increasingly complex information systems for management of our manufacturing, distribution, sales and other functions. If our information
systems fail to perform these functions adequately or if we experience an interruption in our operations, our business could suffer.
All of our major operations, including manufacturing, distribution, sales and accounting, are dependent upon our complex information systems. Our information
systems are vulnerable to damage or interruption from, among other things:
•
•
•
earthquake, fire, flood, hurricane and other natural disasters;
power loss, computer systems failure, internet and telecommunications or data network failure; and
hackers, computer viruses, software bugs or glitches.
Any damage or significant disruption in the operation of such systems or the failure of our information systems to perform as expected could disrupt our
operations, reduce our efficiency, delay our fulfillment of customer orders or require significant unanticipated expenditures to correct, and thereby have a negative
effect on our business, financial condition or results of operations.
24
Table of Contents
In 2015, we began the process of implementing a global enterprise resource planning system ("ERP"). The pilot phase of the new ERP was completed in fiscal year
2016 and additional phases were completed in 2018 and 2019. Remaining operations will be phased in over the next few fiscal years. ERP implementations are
complex and time-consuming projects that involve substantial expenditures on system software and implementation activities. ERP implementations also require
transformation of business and financial processes in order to reap the benefits of the ERP system. Any such transformation involves risks inherent in the
conversion to a new computer system, including loss of information and potential disruption to our normal operations. Our business and results of operations may
be adversely affected if we experience operating problems or cost overruns during the ERP implementation process, or if the ERP system and the associated
process changes do not give rise to the benefits that we expect.
Additionally, if we do not effectively implement the ERP system as planned or the system does not operate as intended, the effectiveness of our internal control
over financial reporting could be adversely affected.
We could be negatively impacted by cybersecurity attacks.
We use a variety of information technology systems in the ordinary course of business, which are potentially vulnerable to unauthorized access, computer viruses
and cyber-attacks, including cyber-attacks to our information technology infrastructure and attempts by others to gain access to our propriety or sensitive
information, and ranging from individual attempts to advanced persistent threats. The procedures and controls we use to monitor these threats and mitigate our
exposure may not be sufficient to prevent cybersecurity incidents. The results of these incidents could include misstated financial data, theft of trade secrets or
other intellectual property, liability for disclosure of confidential customer, supplier or employee information, increased costs arising from the implementation of
additional security protective measures, litigation and reputational damage, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, business or results of
operations. Any remedial costs or other liabilities related to cybersecurity incidents may not be fully insured or indemnified by other means.
Additionally, security breaches could result in a violation of applicable U.S. and international privacy and other laws and subject us to governmental investigations
and proceedings, which could result in our exposure to material civil or criminal liability. For example, the European Union adopted a new regulation that became
effective in May 2018, called the General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”). GDPR requires companies to meet new requirements regarding the handling of
personal data, including its use, protection and the ability of persons whose data is stored to correct or delete such data about themselves. Similarly, the California
Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”), which took effect on January 1, 2020, imposes additional obligations on businesses to make new disclosures about data
collection, use, and sharing practices and affords consumers new rights with respect to their data. It also provides a new private right of action for data breaches.
Failure to meet GDPR and CCPA requirements could result in financial penalties.
Our vendors’ and commercial partners’ information technology systems may fail or suffer security breaches, which could result in a material disruption of our
operations.
Despite the implementation of security measures, the information technology systems of our vendors or commercial partners are vulnerable to damage from
computer viruses, unauthorized access, natural disasters, and electrical failures. Such events could cause disruptions in our operations. To the extent that any
disruption or security breach were to result in a loss of, or damage to, our data, or inappropriate disclosure of confidential or propriety information, we could be
subject to litigation and reputational harm, which could materially adversely affect our financial condition, business or results of operations.
We retain certain personal information about individuals and are subject to various privacy and consumer protection laws.
We collect personal information for various purposes and through various methods, including from third parties and directly from consumers through our website,
at events and sales, and via telephone and email. Certain individuals may object to the processing of this data, request the deletion of this data, or opt out of the
sharing of this data, any of which may negatively impact our ability to provide effective customer service or otherwise impact our operations. Collection and use of
personal information in conducting our business may be subject to federal and/or state laws and regulations in the United States and foreign jurisdictions including,
in particular, various jurisdictions in Europe, and such laws and regulations may restrict our processing of such personal information and may hinder our ability to
attract new customers or market to existing customers. We may incur significant expenses to comply with privacy, consumer protection, and security standards and
protocols imposed by law, regulation, industry standards or contractual obligations.
25
Table of Contents
Our vendors and any potential commercial partners may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, including non-compliance with regulatory
standards and requirements.
Our vendors and any potential commercial partners expose us to the risk of fraud or other misconduct. Misconduct by these parties could include intentional,
reckless, and/or negligent conduct or disclosure of unauthorized activities to us that violate federal and/or state data privacy, security, and consumer protection
laws and regulations in the United States and abroad. Such misconduct could result in regulatory sanctions and cause serious harm to our reputation.
Our operations may be impaired if our information technology systems fail to perform adequately or if they are the subject of a data breach or cyber-attack.
Information technology systems are critically important to operating our business. We rely on information technology systems to manage business data,
communications, supply chain, order entry and fulfillment, and other business processes. The failure of any of the information technology systems to perform as
anticipated could disrupt our business and could result in transaction errors, processing inefficiencies and the loss of sales and customers, which could materially
adversely affect our business, financial condition, or results of operations.
We have grown and may continue to grow in the future through acquisitions. Growth by acquisitions involves risks and we may not be able to effectively
integrate businesses we acquire or we may not be able to identify or consummate any future acquisitions on favorable terms, or at all.
We intend to selectively evaluate additional acquisitions in the future. Any acquisitions that we might make are subject to various risks and uncertainties and could
have a negative impact on our business, financial condition or results of operations. These risks include the inability to integrate effectively the operations,
products, technologies and personnel of the acquired companies (some of which may be spread out in different geographic regions), the inability to achieve
anticipated cost savings or operating synergies, the earn-outs we may contractually obligate ourselves to pay, and the risk we may not be able to effectively manage
our operations at an increased scale of operations resulting from such acquisitions. In the event we do complete acquisitions in the future, such acquisitions could
affect our cash flows and net income as we expend funds, increase indebtedness and incur additional expenses in connection with pursuing acquisitions. We may
also issue shares of our common stock or other securities from time to time as consideration for future acquisitions and investments. We may not be able to identify
or consummate any future acquisitions on favorable terms, or at all.
Our operating results are subject to quarterly variations in our sales, which could make our operating results difficult to predict and could adversely affect the
price of our common stock.
We have experienced, and expect to continue to experience, substantial quarterly variations in our sales and net income. Our quarterly results of operations
fluctuate, in some cases significantly, as a result of a variety of other factors, including, among other things:
•
•
•
•
the timing of new product releases or other significant announcements by us or our competitors;
new advertising initiatives;
fluctuations in raw materials and component costs; and
changes in our practices with respect to building inventory.
As a result of these quarterly fluctuations, comparisons of our operating results between different quarters within a single year are not necessarily meaningful and
may not be accurate indicators of our future performance. Any future quarterly fluctuations that we report may differ from the expectations of market analysts and
investors, which could cause the price of our common stock to fluctuate significantly. We also believe that the seasonal nature of our business may have been
overshadowed throughout the past few years due to the rapid growth in sales we have experienced during those periods.
Our beliefs regarding the future growth of the performance-defining product market are supported by qualitative data and limited sources and may not be
reliable. A reduction or lack of continued growth in the popularity of high-end bikes, bikes or powered vehicles or in the number of consumers who are willing
to pay premium prices for well-designed, performance-oriented equipment in the markets in which we sell our products could adversely affect our product
sales and profits, financial condition or results of operations.
We generate virtually all of our revenues from sales of performance-defining products. Our beliefs regarding the outlook of the performance-defining product
market come from qualitative data and limited sources, which may not be reliable. If our beliefs regarding the opportunities in the market for our products are
incorrect or the number of consumers who we believe are willing to pay premium prices for well-designed, performance-oriented equipment in the markets in
which we sell our products does not increase, or declines, we may fail to achieve future growth and our business, financial condition or results of operations could
be negatively affected.
26
Table of Contents
Failure of our internal control over financial reporting could adversely affect our business and financial results.
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002, as amended (the "Sarbanes-Oxley Act"). Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of
financial reporting for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting is not intended to
provide absolute assurance that we would prevent or detect a misstatement of our financial statements or fraud. Any failure to maintain an effective system of
internal control over financial reporting could limit our ability to report our financial results accurately and timely or to detect and prevent fraud. The identification
of a material weakness could indicate a lack of controls adequate to generate accurate financial statements that, in turn, could cause a loss of investor confidence
and decline in the market price of our common stock. We cannot assure you that we will be able to timely remediate any material weaknesses that may be
identified in future periods or maintain all of the controls necessary for continued compliance. Likewise, we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain
sufficient skilled finance and accounting personnel, especially in light of the increased demand for such personnel among publicly traded companies.
Risks related to ownership of our common stock
The trading price of our common stock may be volatile, and you might not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you pay for the shares.
The trading price of our common stock could be volatile, and you could lose all or part of your investment in our common stock. Since our IPO in 2013, our stock
price has fluctuated between $86.91 and $13.35 per share and such volatility may continue in the future. Factors affecting the trading price of our common stock
could include:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
variations in our operating results or those of our competitors;
new product or other significant announcements by us or our competitors;
changes in our product mix;
changes in consumer preferences;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
the gain or loss of significant customers;
recruitment or departure of key personnel;
changes in the estimates of our operating results or changes in recommendations by any securities analysts that elect to follow our common stock;
changes in general economic conditions as well as conditions affecting our industry in particular; and
sales of our common stock by us, our significant stockholders or our directors or executive officers.
In addition, in recent years, the stock market has experienced significant price fluctuations. Fluctuations in the stock market generally or with respect to companies
in our industry could cause the trading price of our common stock to fluctuate for reasons unrelated to our business, operating results or financial condition.
Further, some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities class actions filed against them. A lawsuit filed against us,
regardless of its merits or outcome, could cause us to incur substantial costs and could divert management’s attention.
Future issuances and sales of our shares, or the perception that such sales may occur, could cause our stock price to decline.
The issuance of additional shares of our common stock could dilute the ownership interest of our common stockholders and could depress the market price of
shares of our common stock.
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes us to issue 90,000,000 shares of common stock, 38,558,515 of which shares were outstanding as
of January 3, 2020. In the future, we may issue additional shares of common stock or other equity or debt securities convertible into common stock in connection
with financings, acquisitions, registration statements or otherwise.
After our IPO in 2013, we filed a registration statement under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock that we may issue under our equity plans.
As a result, all such shares can be freely sold in the public market upon issuance, subject to any vesting or contractual lock-up agreements.
We also have a number of institutional stockholders that own significant blocks of our common stock. If one or more of these stockholders were to sell large
portions of their holdings in a relatively short time, for liquidity or other reasons, the prevailing price of shares of our common stock could be negatively affected.
27
Table of Contents
If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could
decline.
The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the research and reports that securities or industry analysts publish about our business or us. If one or
more of the analysts who covers us downgrades our stock or publishes unfavorable research about our business or our industry, our stock price would likely
decline. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our Company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, demand for our stock could decrease, which
could cause our stock price and trading volume to decline.
Anti-takeover provisions in our charter documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a change in control of our Company.
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws (together, our "Charter Documents"), as well as Delaware law, contain
provisions that may discourage, delay or prevent a change in our management or control over us that stockholders may consider favorable. Among other things,
these provisions:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
authorize the issuance of "blank check" preferred stock that could be issued by our Board of Directors to discourage a takeover attempt;
establish a classified Board of Directors, as a result of which the successors to the directors whose terms have expired will be elected to serve from the time of
election and qualification until the third annual meeting following their election;
require that directors be removed from office only for cause;
provide that vacancies on our Board of Directors, including newly created directorships, may be filled only by a majority vote of directors then in office;
provide that no action be taken by stockholders by written consent;
provide that special meetings of our stockholders may be called only by our Board of Directors, our Chairperson of the Board of Directors, our Lead Director
(if we do not have a Chairperson or the Chairperson is disabled), our Chief Executive Officer or our President (in the absence of a Chief Executive Officer);
require supermajority stockholder voting for our stockholders to effect certain amendments to our Charter Documents; and
establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our Board of Directors or for proposing other matters that can be acted upon by
stockholders at stockholder meetings.
In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware ("DGCL"), which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation
from engaging in a broad range of business combinations with a stockholder owning 15% or more of such corporation’s outstanding voting stock for a period of
three years following the date on which such stockholder became an "interested" stockholder. In order for us to consummate a business combination with an
interested stockholder within three years of the date on which the stockholder became interested, either: (i) the business combination or the transaction that resulted
in the stockholder becoming interested must be approved by our Board of Directors prior to the date the stockholder became interested; (ii) the interested
stockholder must own at least 85% of our outstanding voting stock at the time the transaction commences (excluding voting stock owned by directors who are also
officers and certain employee stock plans); or (iii) the business combination must be approved by our Board of Directors and authorized by at least two-thirds of
our stockholders (excluding the interested stockholder) at a special or annual meeting (not by written consent). This provision could have the effect of delaying or
preventing a change in control, whether or not it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders. Any delay or prevention of a change in control transaction or
changes in our Board of Directors and management could deter potential acquirers or prevent the completion of a transaction in which our stockholders could
receive a substantial premium over the then-current market price for their shares of our common stock.
28
Table of Contents
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation designates the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware as the sole and exclusive forum for certain
types of actions and proceedings that may be initiated by our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for
disputes with us or our directors, officers or other employees.
Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, with certain limited exceptions, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an
alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware will be the sole and exclusive forum for: (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our
behalf; (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of fiduciary duty owed by any director, officer or other employee of our Company owed to us or our
stockholders; (iii) any action asserting a claim against us arising pursuant to any provision of the DGCL or our Charter Documents; (iv) any action to interpret,
apply, enforce or determine the validity of our Charter Documents; or (v) any action asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine. Any person or
entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in shares of our capital stock is deemed to have received notice of and consented to the foregoing provisions.
This choice of forum provision may limit a stockholder’s ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum that it finds favorable for disputes with us or our directors,
officers or other employees, which may discourage such lawsuits against us and our directors, officers and employees. Alternatively, if a court were to find this
choice of forum provision inapplicable to, or unenforceable in respect of, one or more of the specified types of actions or proceedings, we may incur additional
costs associated with resolving such matters in other jurisdictions, which could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
At January 3, 2020, we occupied the following square footage by location:
Leased facilities
Owned facilities
Total
United States
Other Countries
Total
559,086
704,884
1,263,970
197,788
44,347
242,135
756,874
749,231
1,506,105
During 2018, we relocated our corporate headquarters from Scotts Valley, California to our offices in Braselton, Georgia. We are also currently constructing an
approximately 336,000 square foot state-of-the-art facility in Hall County, Georgia to diversify our manufacturing platform and provide additional long-term
capacity to support growth in our Powered Vehicles Group. The first phase of the Hall County, Georgia project is expected to be completed late in the second
quarter of 2020 and will be used for manufacturing, warehousing, distribution and office space.
Certain administrative, research and development and manufacturing operations are located in California. We also manufacture in the U.S. States of Michigan and
Indiana, and internationally in Taiwan and Canada, and maintain sales and service offices in the U.S. and Europe.
We believe that our properties are generally suitable to meet our needs for the foreseeable future. In addition, to the extent we require additional space in the future,
we believe that it would be readily available on commercially reasonable terms.
29
Table of Contents
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
A lawsuit was filed on December 17, 2015 by SRAM Corporation (“SRAM”) in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of Illinois, against the Company’s
wholly-owned subsidiary, RFE Canada Holding Corp. (“RFE Canada”). The lawsuit alleges patent infringement of U.S. Patent number 9,182,027 ("'027 Patent")
and violation of the Lanham Act. SRAM filed a second lawsuit in the same court against RFE Canada on May 16, 2016, alleging patent infringement of U.S Patent
number 9,291,250 ("'250 Patent"). The Company believes that the lawsuits are without merit and intends vigorously to defend itself. As such, the Company has
filed, before the U. S. Patent and Trademark Appeals Board ("PTAB"), for Interparties Reviews ("IPR") of the '027 Patent and separately the same for the '250
Patent. In April 2018, the PTAB issued opinions in the ‘027 Patent petition cases stating that the Company has not shown the claims of the ‘027 Patent to be
obvious. Regarding the PTAB ‘027 opinions, the Company has filed an Appeal to the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. The CAFC found in favor of the
Company and has vacated and remanded all of the PTAB findings with the exception of their finding that the ‘027 patent met the prima facia test for obviousness,
which was affirmed. SRAM has appealed to the CAFC to rehear the case en banc and that appeal is pending. The PTAB has issued an opinion in the ‘250 Patent
petition case stating that the Company has not shown the claims of the ‘250 Patent to be obvious.
In a separate action, the Company filed a lawsuit on January 29, 2016 in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of California against SRAM. That lawsuit
alleges SRAM’s infringement of two separate Company owned patents, specifically U.S. Patent numbers 6,135,434 and 6,557,674. The Company filed a second
lawsuit on July 1, 2016 in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of California against SRAM alleging infringement of the Company’s U.S. Patent numbers
8,226,172 and 8,974,009. These lawsuits have been moved to U.S. District Court, District of Colorado and are otherwise proceeding. The U.S. District Court,
Northern District of Illinois, has lifted the stay of the SRAM lawsuits against the Company. The Company filed and SRAM filed lawsuits are now moving forward
in the respective courts.
Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, the Company is not able to predict either the outcome or a range of reasonably possible losses, if any, at this time.
Accordingly, no amounts have been recorded in the consolidated financial statements for the settlement of these matters. Were an unfavorable ruling to occur, or if
factors indicate that a loss is probable and reasonably estimable, the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and
adversely affected. The Company is involved in other legal matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. Based on information currently available,
management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.
30
Table of Contents
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY
SECURITIES
Market Information
Our common stock has been listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol "FOXF" since August 8, 2013. Our IPO was priced at $15.00 per
share on August 8, 2013. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our common stock.
The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, the high and low sales prices per share of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select
Market.
Year Ending December 28, 2018
Quarter ended March 30, 2018
Quarter ended June 29, 2018
Quarter ended September 28, 2018
Quarter ended December 28, 2018
Year Ending January 3, 2020
Quarter ended March 29, 2019
Quarter ended June 28, 2019
Quarter ended September 27, 2019
Quarter ended January 3, 2020
High
Low
$
40.20
$
47.40
72.10
75.17
$
71.70
$
83.74
86.91
71.07
34.35
33.25
47.75
50.66
54.21
65.07
59.63
59.01
On February 28, 2020, the closing price per share of our common stock as reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market was $63.40 per share.
Stockholders
As of February 28, 2020, there were approximately six holders of record of our common stock. The actual number of stockholders is greater than this number of
record holders, and includes stockholders who are beneficial owners, but whose shares are held in street name by brokers and other nominees. This number of
holders of record also does not include stockholders whose shares may be held in trust by other entities.
Dividend Policy
We did not declare or pay any dividends in the years ended January 3, 2020 and December 28, 2018. In addition, our Credit Facility contains covenants limiting
our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders. See "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and
Capital Resources - Former Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility and New Credit Facility" for additional information. While we currently intend to
reinvest our earnings, any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made at the discretion of our Board of Directors, subject to applicable laws, and
will depend on a number of factors, including our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements, contractual restrictions, general business
conditions and any other factors that our Board of Directors may deem relevant. We do not intend to pay dividends in the foreseeable future.
Equity Compensation Plan Information
For equity compensation plan information, refer to Item 12. "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters"
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
31
Table of Contents
Performance Graph
The following graph shows a comparison from August 8, 2013 (the date our common stock commenced trading on the NASDAQ) through January 3, 2020 of the
total cumulative return of our common stock with the total cumulative return of the NASDAQ Composite Index (the "NASDAQ Composite") and S&P 500 Index
("S&P 500"). The figures represented below assume an investment of $100 in our common stock at the closing price of $18.61 on August 8, 2013 and in the
NASDAQ Composite and S&P 500. Data for the NASDAQ Composite and S&P 500 assume reinvestment of dividends. The comparisons in the graph are
historical and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common stock.
This performance graph shall not be deemed to be "soliciting material" or "filed" or incorporated by reference in future filings with the SEC, or subject to the
liabilities of Section 18 of the Exchange Act except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
The table below sets forth information regarding repurchases of our common stock by us during the quarter ended January 3, 2020:
Period
Total Number of Shares Purchased (1)
Weighted Average Price Paid per
Share
Total Number of Shares Purchased as
Part of Publicly Announced Plans or
Programs
9/28 - 11/1
11/2 - 11/29
11/30 - 1/3
Total
1,554 $
652
—
2,206 $
60.94
66.82
—
62.68
—
—
—
—
(1) Includes shares acquired from holders of restricted stock unit awards and option exercises to satisfy tax withholding obligations.
32
Table of Contents
ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
The following selected consolidated financial and other data should be read in conjunction with, and are qualified by reference to, Item 7 "Management’s
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our audited consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included
elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated statements of income data for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and
December 29, 2017, and the consolidated balance sheet data as of January 3, 2020 and December 28, 2018 are derived from the audited consolidated financial
statements that are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. We have included, in our opinion, all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring
adjustments that we consider necessary for a fair presentation of the financial information set forth in those statements. The consolidated statements of income data
for the years ended December 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015 as well as the consolidated balance sheet data as of December 29, 2017, December 30, 2016 and
December 31, 2015, are derived from audited consolidated financial statements that are not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Our historical results are
not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected in the future.
Consolidated Statement of Income Data:
(in thousands, except per share data)
Sales
Cost of sales (2)
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing (2)
Research and development (2)
General and administrative (2)
Amortization of purchased intangibles
Fair value adjustment of contingent consideration and acquisition-related
compensation
Total operating expenses
Income from operations
Other expense, net:
Interest expense
Other expense (income), net
Total other expense, net
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest
Net income attributable to FOX stockholders
Earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
Weighted average shares used to compute earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
For the fiscal years ended
(1)
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
$ 751,020 $ 619,225 $ 475,633 $ 403,077 $ 366,798
508,285
413,729
321,143
276,689
254,756
242,735
205,496
154,490
126,388
112,042
42,794
31,789
48,999
6,344
37,296
25,847
41,756
6,065
—
—
129,926
110,964
112,809
94,532
3,173
1,067
4,240
108,569
14,099
94,470
1,437
3,059
583
3,642
90,890
5,523
85,367
1,327
27,905
20,178
34,933
2,986
1,447
87,449
67,041
2,396
360
2,756
64,285
21,102
43,183
55
25,796
18,459
27,693
2,988
5,911
80,847
45,541
2,088
363
2,451
43,090
7,415
35,675
—
23,182
17,001
21,053
8,525
6,937
76,698
35,344
1,549
(449)
1,100
34,244
9,290
24,954
—
93,033 $
84,040 $
43,128 $
35,675 $
24,954
2.43 $
2.38 $
2.22 $
2.16 $
1.15 $
1.11 $
0.97 $
0.94 $
0.67
0.66
38,333
39,155
37,805
38,956
37,373
38,738
36,799
37,801
36,989
37,894
$
$
$
(1) The Company operates on a 52 to 53 week fiscal calendar. The 2019 fiscal year, which ended on January 3, 2020, had 53 weeks and the 2018, 2017,
2016 and 2015 fiscal years, which ended on December 28, 2018, December 29, 2017, December 30, 2016 and December 31, 2015, each had 52 weeks,
respectively.
33
Table of Contents
(2) Includes stock-based compensation as follows:
(in thousands)
Cost of sales
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative
Total
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
(in thousands)
Cash and cash equivalents
Inventory
Working capital
Property, plant and equipment, net
Total assets
Total debt, including current portion (1)
Total stockholders’ equity
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
$
802 $
482 $
429 $
139 $
506
721
556
640
587
442
598
357
4,835
5,644
7,269
5,129
$
6,864 $
7,322 $
8,727 $
6,223 $
82
430
178
4,217
4,907
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
2017
2016
2015
$
43,736 $
27,958 $
35,947 $
35,280 $
6,944
128,505
190,000
108,379
609,316
68,000
107,140
135,162
64,788
84,841
116,702
43,636
71,243
95,876
32,262
68,202
57,971
26,094
485,254
428,286
335,600
277,716
59,426
98,643
66,683
47,881
$
422,200 $
321,205 $
234,835 $
184,937 $ 152,260
(1) In 2014, in connection with our acquisitions, we entered into amendments to our credit facility, borrowing $80.0 million under a secured term loan. In
2016, we entered into the Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility, with a refinanced term loan principal balance of $75.0 million. We paid off the
Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility in June 2019 upon entering into a new Credit Facility with Bank of America, N.A. ("Bank of America").
34
Table of Contents
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the section titled "Selected Financial
Data" and the consolidated financial statements and related notes thereto included elsewhere in this Annual Report in Form 10-K. This discussion contains
forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results could differ materially from those discussed below. You should review the "Risk
Factors" and "Special Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements" sections of this Annual Report on Form 10-K for a discussion of important factors that could
cause actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and
analysis.
Overview
We are a designer, manufacturer and marketer of performance-defining component products used primarily on bikes, side-by-side vehicles, or Side-by-Sides, on-
road and off-road vehicles and trucks, all-terrain vehicles or ATVs, snowmobiles, specialty vehicles and applications, motorcycles and commercial trucks.
Virtually all of our revenues were from our product sales; miscellaneous sources of revenue such as royalty income and service related repair work and the
associated sale of parts represented less than 1% of our sales in each of the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017.
We have determined that we operate in one reportable segment, which is the manufacturing, sale and service of performance-defining products. Our products fall
into the following two categories:
•
•
powered vehicles, including Side-by-Sides, certain on-road vehicles with off-road capabilities, off-road vehicles and trucks, ATVs, snowmobiles, specialty
vehicles and applications, motorcycles, and commercial trucks; and
specialty sports products, which consist primarily of bike suspension and component products.
In each of the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017, approximately 60%, 54% and 48%, respectively, of our sales were
attributable to sales of products for powered vehicles and approximately 40%, 46% and 52%, respectively, of our sales were attributable to sales of specialty sports
products.
Our North American sales totaled $502.3 million, $388.7 million and $280.9 million, or 67%, 63% and 59% of our total sales in fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017,
respectively. Our international sales totaled $248.8 million, $230.5 million and $194.8 million, or 33%, 37% and 41% of our total sales in fiscal years 2019, 2018
and 2017, respectively. Sales attributable to countries outside the United States are based on shipment location. Our international sales, however, do not necessarily
reflect the location of the end users of our products as many of our products are incorporated into bikes that are assembled at international locations and then
shipped back to the United States. We estimate, based on our internal projections, that approximately one-third of the end users of our products are located outside
the United States.
Opportunities, challenges and risks
We intend to focus on generating sales of our performance-defining products through OEMs and in the aftermarket channel. To do this, we intend to continue to
develop and introduce new and innovative products in our current end-markets and we intend to selectively develop products for applications and end-markets in
which we do not currently participate. Currently, the majority of our sales are dependent on the demand for performance-defining products.
Our aftermarket distribution network currently consists of more than 5,000 retail dealers and distributors worldwide. To further penetrate the aftermarket channel,
we intend to selectively add additional dealers and distributors in certain geographic markets, expand our internal sales force and strategically increase the number
of aftermarket specific products and services that we offer for existing vehicle platforms. In addition, we believe international expansion represents a significant
opportunity for us and we intend to selectively increase infrastructure investments and focus on identified geographic regions.
As a supplier to OEM customers, we are largely dependent on the success of the business of our OEM customers. Model year changes by our OEM customers may
adversely impact our sales or cause our sales to vary from quarter to quarter. Losses in market share or a decline in the overall market of our OEM customers or the
discontinuance by our OEM customers of their products that incorporate our products could negatively impact our business and our results of operations.
During 2018, we moved our corporate headquarters from Scotts Valley, California to our offices in Braselton, Georgia. We are also currently constructing an
approximately 336,000 square foot state-of-the-art facility in Hall County, Georgia to diversify our manufacturing platform and provide additional long-term
capacity to support growth in our Powered Vehicles Group. The first phase of the Hall County, Georgia project is expected to be completed late in the second
quarter of 2020 and will be used for manufacturing, warehousing, distribution and office space. Our Scotts Valley, California location will remain an essential
shared services facility housing certain corporate functions.
35
Table of Contents
In addition, we relocated our aftermarket bike products distribution, sales and service operations from Watsonville and Scotts Valley, California to Reno, Nevada
to better serve our customers.
From time to time, we have experienced, and may continue to experience, warranty costs and claims relating to our products. In the ordinary course of business, we
reserve for such costs and claims in our financial statements. There is a risk, however, that in the future we will experience higher than expected warranty costs and
claims, as well as other related costs.
We intend to evaluate selective potential acquisition opportunities for performance-defining products and technologies that we believe will help us extend our
performance-defining product platform. Any acquisitions that we might make are subject to various risks and uncertainties and could have a negative impact on our
results of operations. In addition, we may contractually obligate ourselves to contingent consideration or acquisition related compensation payments in conjunction
with such acquisitions, which could have a negative impact on our cash flow and results of operations. See Item 7. "Management’s Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations - Liquidity and Capital Resources - Contractual obligations and commitments" for additional information.
Basis of presentation
Sales are primarily comprised of:
Sales from:
•
Product sales: consist of sales of performance-defining products and systems to customers worldwide. Sales are measured based on the consideration
specified in a contract with a customer. We recognize sales when a performance obligation is satisfied by transferring control of a product to a customer,
generally at the time of shipment. Contracts are generally in the form of purchase orders and are governed by standard terms and conditions. For larger OEMs,
we may also enter into master agreements; and
•
Shipping and handling fees: consists of shipping and handling fees billed to customers.
Net of:
•
•
Rebates: consists of incentives we provide to customers based on sales of eligible products; and
Sales returns allowances: consists of an estimate of our sales returns. This allowance is based upon estimates of the projected returns in future periods based
on our experience with returns recorded in previous periods. Sales returns have not been significant to date.
We attribute our past growth in sales predominantly to continued higher demand for on and off-road suspension products, acquisitions, and the success of our
current product lines including new products within those lines.
Cost of sales
The cost of sales includes the cost of purchased parts and manufactured products (raw materials consumed, the cost to procure materials, labor costs, including
wages, and employee benefits, and factory overhead to produce finished good products), including:
•
•
•
•
•
•
the costs to inspect and repair products;
shipping costs associated with inbound freight. These costs are capitalized as part of inventory and included in cost of sales as the inventory is sold;
royalty expenses, including payments to certain parties for our use of licensed technology incorporated into our products;
freight expenses incurred for certain shipments to customers;
warranty costs associated with the repair or replacement of products under warranty; and
reductions in the cost of inventory to its net realizable value, if required, for estimated excess, obsolescence or impaired balances.
Gross profit/gross margin
Our gross profit equals our sales minus cost of sales. Our gross margin measures our gross profit as a percentage of sales.
Our gross margins fluctuate based on production volumes, product, customer and channel mix and overall supply chain and manufacturing efficiencies. Generally,
we earn higher gross margins on our products sold to the aftermarket channel.
36
Table of Contents
Operating expenses
Our operating expenses consist of the following:
•
•
•
•
•
sales and marketing;
research and development;
general and administrative;
amortization of purchased intangibles; and
fair value adjustment of contingent consideration and acquisition-related compensation.
Our sales and marketing expenses include costs related to our sales, customer service and marketing personnel, including their wages, employee benefits and
related stock-based compensation, and occupancy related expenses. Other significant sales and marketing expenses include race support and sponsorships of events
and athletes, advertising and promotions related to trade shows, travel and entertainment, promotional materials and products and our sales office costs.
Our research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and personnel costs, including wages, employee benefits and related stock-based
compensation for our engineering, research and development teams, occupancy related expenses, fees for third party consultants, service fees, and expenses for
prototype tooling and materials, travel, and supplies. We expense research and development costs as incurred and such costs are included as research and
development expenses on our consolidated statements of income.
Our general and administrative expenses include costs related to our executive, finance, information technology, business development, human resources and
administrative personnel, including wages, employee benefits and related stock-based compensation expenses. We record professional and contract service
expenses, occupancy related expenses associated with corporate locations and equipment, and legal expenses in general and administrative expenses.
Our amortization of purchased intangibles includes amortization over their respective useful lives of our purchased intangible assets, such as customer lists and our
core technology. Our intangible assets are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may
not be fully recoverable. No impairments of intangible assets were identified in the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017.
Our fair value adjustments of contingent consideration and acquisition-related compensation related primarily to adjustments to our contingent consideration
liability arising from the acquisition of Sport Truck as well as accruals for earn-outs related to our acquisition of Race Face/Easton. Our contingent consideration
and acquisition-related compensation for the Sport Truck and Race Face/Easton acquisitions have been fully recognized and paid as of January 3, 2020.
Income from operations
We define income from operations as gross profit less our operating expenses. We use income from operations as an indicator of the profitability of our business
and our ability to manage costs.
Other expense, net
Other expense, net consists of interest expense and other expense, net. Interest expense consists of interest charged to us under our credit facility.
Other expense, net consists of foreign currency transaction gains and losses, gains and losses on the disposal of fixed assets, and other miscellaneous items.
Income taxes
We are subject to income taxes in the United States (federal and state) and various other foreign jurisdictions. Our effective tax rate could be affected by numerous
factors such as change in our business operations, acquisitions, investments, entry into new businesses and geographies, intercompany transactions, the relative
amount of our foreign earnings, losses incurred in jurisdictions for which we are not able to realize related tax benefits, changes in our deferred tax assets and
liabilities and their valuation, changes in the laws, regulations, administrative practices, principles, and interpretations related to tax, including changes to the
global tax framework and other laws and accounting rules in various jurisdictions.
For the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017, we had effective tax rates of 13.0%, 6.1% and 32.8%, respectively. We have
concluded certain elements of our international restructuring in response to the Tax Cuts Jobs Act (the "TCJA"), and expect that certain other changes will be
carried out over a number of years.
The TCJA significantly changed how the U.S. taxes corporations. As a result of the enactment of the TCJA in December 2017, our unremitted earnings became
subject to a transition tax, which we paid with existing foreign tax credits. We therefore no longer consider our unremitted earnings to be permanently reinvested.
37
Table of Contents
As of January 3, 2020, our deferred tax assets included foreign tax credits of approximately $33.3 million, which begin to expire in 2025 unless utilized.
Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amount expected to be realized. As of January 3, 2020, we recorded a
valuation allowance of $6.5 million, as we anticipate that the TCJA will partially limit our ability to utilize our foreign tax credits. In the future, our effective tax
rate could vary as we update our assessment of valuation allowances for our deferred tax assets, including those associated with credit carryforwards. It is
reasonably possible that we could record a material adjustment to the valuation allowance in the next twelve months as we assess the progress and outcome of our
restructuring activities.
We also have federal and state research credit carryforwards of approximately $2.8 million and $2.9 million, respectively. The federal research credits will begin to
expire in 2036 unless utilized; the state research credits do not expire.
Stock-based compensation gives rise to deferred tax assets to the extent of the compensation expense recognized on non-qualified stock options that have not been
exercised or expired and restricted stock awards that have not vested. As of January 3, 2020, our deferred tax assets included $1.0 million associated with stock-
based compensation expense. We adopted ASU 2016-09, Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting in 2016, and as a result, record the
difference between the deferred tax asset and the actual tax deduction for stock-based compensation as a component of our income tax expense. Prior to adoption,
such differences were recorded as a component of equity. In the three years ended January 3, 2020, and in future periods, our effective tax rate will vary based on
such differences.
We are subject to examination of our income tax returns by the U.S. IRS and other tax authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse outcomes resulting
from these examinations to determine the adequacy of our income tax liabilities and expense. Should actual events or results differ from our current expectations,
charges or credits to our income tax expense may become necessary. Any such adjustments could have a significant impact on our effective tax rate.
In 2018, we received a no change letter from the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") related to the audit of our 2015 federal tax return. Additionally, we entered into
a closing agreement with the IRS that resolved the uncertainty about the deductibility of amortization and depreciation arising from the Compass Group Diversified
Holdings LLC's acquisition of us in 2008 (the "Compass Acquisition") for all open tax years. The favorable conclusion resulted in a decrease in the unrecognized
tax benefits of $6.2 million, of which $5.6 million favorably impacted the effective tax rate. Including the reversal of the amounts presented as net of deferred tax
assets and accrued interest and penalties, the favorable conclusion resulted in a benefit of $9.8 million to the provision for income tax for the year ended December
28, 2018. The deductibility of acquisition-related amortization and depreciation for state tax purposes remains uncertain.
38
Table of Contents
Results of operations
The table below summarizes our results of operations for the fiscal years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018, and December 29, 2017:
(in thousands)
Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative
Amortization of purchased intangibles
Fair value adjustment of contingent consideration and acquisition-related compensation
Total operating expenses
Income from operations
Other expense, net:
Interest expense
Other expense
Total other expense, net
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest
Net income attributable to FOX stockholders
39
For the fiscal years ended
January 3,
December 28,
December 29,
2020
2018
2017
$
751,020 $
619,225 $
508,285
242,735
42,794
31,789
48,999
6,344
—
129,926
112,809
3,173
1,067
4,240
108,569
14,099
94,470
1,437
413,729
205,496
37,296
25,847
41,756
6,065
—
110,964
94,532
3,059
583
3,642
90,890
5,523
85,367
1,327
475,633
321,143
154,490
27,905
20,178
34,933
2,986
1,447
87,449
67,041
2,396
360
2,756
64,285
21,102
43,183
55
$
93,033 $
84,040 $
43,128
Table of Contents
The following table sets forth statement of income data as a percentage of sales for the years indicated:
Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative
Amortization of purchased intangibles
Fair value adjustment of contingent consideration and acquisition-related compensation
Total operating expenses
Income from operations
Other expense, net:
Interest expense
Other expense
Other expense, net
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest
Net income attributable to FOX stockholders
*Percentages may not foot due to rounding.
40
For the fiscal years ended
January 3,
December 28,
December 29,
2020
2018
2017
100.0 %
100.0 %
100.0 %
67.7
32.3
5.7
4.2
6.5
0.8
—
17.3
15.0
0.4
0.1
0.6
14.5
1.9
12.6
0.2
66.8
33.2
6.0
4.2
6.7
1.0
—
17.9
15.3
0.5
0.1
0.6
14.7
0.9
13.8
0.2
67.5
32.5
5.9
4.2
7.3
0.6
0.3
18.4
14.1
0.5
0.1
0.6
13.5
4.4
9.1
0.1
12.4 %
13.6 %
9.0 %
Table of Contents
Fiscal year ended January 3, 2020 compared to fiscal year ended December 28, 2018
Sales
(in millions)
Sales
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
Change ($)
Change (%)
$
751.0 $
619.2 $
131.8
21.3 %
Sales for the year ended January 3, 2020 increased approximately $131.8 million, or 21.3%, compared to the year ended December 28, 2018. The sales increase
reflects 33.8% growth in Powered Vehicle products as well as a 6.3% increase in Specialty Sports products for the year ended January 3, 2020 compared to the
prior year. The increase in sales of Powered Vehicle product sales was primarily due to the continued success of our product lineup, particularly in the OEM
channel, as well as the inclusion of Ridetech's results. The increase in Specialty Sports product sales reflects new product introductions and strong sell through with
certain higher growth OEMs.
Cost of sales
(in millions)
Cost of sales
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
Change ($)
Change (%)
$
508.3 $
413.7 $
94.6
22.9 %
Cost of sales for the year ended January 3, 2020 increased approximately $94.6 million, or 22.9%, compared to the year ended December 28, 2018. The increase in
cost of sales was driven primarily by an increase in product sales, as well as certain business factors affecting gross margin, which are discussed below.
For the year ended January 3, 2020, our gross margin was 32.3% compared to 33.2% for the year ended December 28, 2018. The decrease in our gross profit
margin was primarily due to a shift in customer and product mix as the Company's larger North American OEMs represented a higher portion of sales.
Additionally, we incurred manufacturing and supply chain inefficiencies associated with a higher than anticipated increase in customer demand.
Operating expenses
(in millions)
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative
Amortization of purchased intangibles
Total operating expenses
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
Change ($)
Change (%)
$
$
42.8 $
37.3 $
31.8
49.0
6.3
25.8
41.8
6.1
129.9 $
111.0 $
5.5
6.0
7.2
0.2
18.9
14.7 %
23.3 %
17.2 %
3.3 %
17.0 %
Total operating expenses for the year ended January 3, 2020 increased approximately $18.9 million, or 17.0%, over the comparable period in 2018. When
expressed as a percentage of sales, operating expenses decreased to 17.3% of sales for the year ended January 3, 2020 compared to 17.9% of sales in 2018.
Within operating expenses, our sales and marketing expense increased by approximately $5.5 million primarily due to wages and related expenses of $2.2 million,
costs related to our recently acquired Ridetech subsidiary of $1.7 million, and various other promotional expenses to expand our marketing team and continue to
grow our brand. Research and development expenses increased approximately $6.0 million primarily due to headcount investments of $4.6 million as we continue
to pursue product innovation, facilities related costs and cost associated with Ridetech. General and administrative expenses increased approximately $7.2 million
due to payroll related costs of $4.0 million, facility and depreciation expense of $2.4 million, costs associated with Ridetech of $0.6 million and various other
items, partially offset by a decrease of $1.3 million in litigation expenses.
Amortization of purchased intangible assets for the year ended January 3, 2020 increased by approximately $0.2 million as compared to the year ended
December 28, 2018, due to the amortization of Ridetech's intangible assets.
41
Table of Contents
Income from operations
(in millions)
Income from operations
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
Change ($)
Change (%)
$
112.8 $
94.5 $
18.3
19.4 %
As a result of the factors discussed above, income from operations for the year ended January 3, 2020 increased approximately $18.3 million, or 19.4%, compared
to income from operations in the same period in 2018.
Other expense, net
(in millions)
Other expense, net:
Interest expense
Other expense, net
Other expense, net
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
Change ($)
Change (%)
$
$
3.2 $
1.0
4.2 $
3.1 $
0.5
3.6 $
0.1
0.5
0.6
3.2 %
100.0 %
16.7 %
Other expense, net for the year ended January 3, 2020 increased by approximately $0.6 million to $4.2 million compared to $3.6 million for the year ended
December 28, 2018. The increase in other expense, net is primarily due to a $0.5 million increase in foreign exchange losses in the year ended January 3, 2020.
Income taxes
(in millions)
Provision for income taxes
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
Change ($)
Change (%)
$
14.1 $
5.5 $
8.6
156.4 %
Income tax expense for the year ended January 3, 2020 increased by approximately $8.6 million to $14.1 million compared to income tax expense of $5.5 million
in the same period in 2018. The increase in expense resulted primarily from the non-recurring Compass Acquisition uncertain tax position which was reflected in
2018, partially offset by the benefit of U.S. foreign derived earnings and the benefit of excess deductions on stock-based compensation.
The effective tax rates were 13.0% and 6.1% for the years ended January 3, 2020 and December 28, 2018, respectively.
For the year ended January 3, 2020, the difference between our effective tax rate and the 21% federal statutory rate resulted primarily from the benefit of excess
deductions on stock-based compensation, the benefit of a lower tax rate on U.S. foreign derived earnings, partially offset by non-deductible executive
compensation and state taxes.
For the year ended December 28, 2018, the difference between our effective tax rate and the 21% federal statutory rate resulted primarily from the favorable result
of the uncertain tax position related to the Compass Acquisition, the benefit of excess deductions on stock-based compensation, the benefit of a lower tax rate on
U.S. foreign derived earnings, partially offset by non-deductible executive compensation and state taxes.
Net income
(in millions)
Net income
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
Change ($)
Change (%)
$
94.5 $
85.4 $
9.1
10.7 %
As a result of the factors described above, our net income increased $9.1 million, or 10.7%, to $94.5 million in the year ended January 3, 2020 from $85.4 million
for the same period in 2018.
42
Table of Contents
Fiscal year ended December 28, 2018 compared to fiscal year ended December 29, 2017
Sales
(in millions)
Sales
For the fiscal years ended
2018
2017
Change ($)
Change (%)
$
619.2 $
475.6 $
143.6
30.2 %
Sales for the year ended December 28, 2018 increased approximately $143.6 million, or 30.2%, compared to the year ended December 29, 2017. The sales increase
reflects 46.5% growth in Powered Vehicle products as well as a 14.9% increase in Specialty Sports products for the year ended December 28, 2018 compared to
the prior year. The increase in sales of Powered Vehicle products was primarily due to continued higher demand for on and off-road suspension products, including
increased OEM sales, as well as the inclusion of Tuscany's results. The increase in Specialty Sports product sales was primarily due to the success of our current
bike product lines including new products within those lines.
Cost of sales
(in millions)
Cost of sales
For the fiscal years ended
2018
2017
Change ($)
Change (%)
$
413.7 $
321.1 $
92.6
28.8 %
Cost of sales for the year ended December 28, 2018 increased approximately $92.6 million, or 28.8%, compared to the year ended December 29, 2017. The
increase in cost of sales was driven primarily by an increase in product sales, as well as certain business factors affecting gross margin, which are discussed below.
For the year ended December 28, 2018, our gross margin was 33.2% compared to 32.5% for the year ended December 29, 2017. The increase in our gross profit
margin was primarily attributable to increased operating leverage on higher volume and improved manufacturing efficiencies.
Operating expenses
(in millions)
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative
Amortization of purchased intangibles
Fair value adjustment of contingent consideration and acquisition
related compensation
Total operating expenses
For the fiscal years ended
2018
2017
Change ($)
Change (%)
$
$
37.3 $
27.9 $
25.8
41.8
6.1
—
111.0 $
20.2
34.9
3.0
1.4
87.4 $
9.4
5.6
6.9
3.1
(1.4)
23.6
33.7 %
27.7 %
19.8 %
103.3 %
(100.0)%
27.0 %
Total operating expenses for the year ended December 28, 2018 increased approximately $23.6 million, or 27.0%, over the comparable period in 2017. When
expressed as a percentage of sales, operating expenses decreased to 17.9% of sales for the year ended December 28, 2018 compared to 18.3% of sales in 2017.
Within operating expenses, our sales and marketing expense increased by approximately $9.4 million primarily due to costs incurred at our recently acquired
Tuscany subsidiary of $6.9 million, as well as increased headcount and promotional expenses in our existing business lines to expand our marketing team and
continue to grow our brand. Research and development expenses increased approximately $5.6 million primarily due to headcount investments of $3.3 million,
prototyping and equipment costs of $0.9 million, higher patent costs of $0.6 million, costs incurred at Tuscany of $0.2 million, and various other items. General
and administrative expenses increased approximately $6.9 million due to higher legal costs related to ongoing litigation of $2.1 million, expenses of $1.7 million
incurred at Tuscany, higher facility-related costs of $0.6 million, higher professional fees of $1.3 million related to our ERP project, general legal and compliance
costs, consulting resources, and various other items, partially offset by lower acquisition-related expenses.
43
Table of Contents
Amortization of purchased intangible assets for the year ended December 28, 2018 increased by approximately $3.1 million as compared to the year ended
December 29, 2017. This increase is due to the amortization of Tuscany's customer relationship assets.
We incurred $1.4 million in acquisition-related compensation in connection with management earn-out arrangements during the year ended December 29, 2017.
Earn-out arrangements were completed during the fiscal year 2017.
Income from operations
(in millions)
Income from operations
For the fiscal years ended
2018
2017
Change ($)
Change (%)
$
94.5 $
67.0 $
27.5
41.0 %
As a result of the factors discussed above, income from operations for the year ended December 28, 2018 increased approximately $27.5 million, or 41.0%,
compared to income from operations in the same period in 2017.
Other expense, net
(in millions)
Other expense, net:
Interest expense
Other expense, net
Other expense, net
For the fiscal years ended
2018
2017
Change ($)
Change (%)
$
$
3.1 $
0.5
3.6 $
2.4 $
0.4
2.8 $
0.7
0.1
0.8
29.2 %
25.0 %
28.6 %
Other expense, net for the year ended December 28, 2018 increased by approximately $0.8 million to $3.6 million compared to $2.8 million for the year ended
December 29, 2017. The increase in other expense, net is primarily due to a $0.7 million increase in interest expense in the year ended December 28, 2018 due to
additional borrowings and higher interest rates as compared to the year ended December 29, 2017.
Income taxes
(in millions)
Provision for income taxes
For the fiscal years ended
2018
2017
Change ($)
Change (%)
$
5.5 $
21.1 $
(15.6)
(73.9)%
Income tax expense for the year ended December 28, 2018 decreased by approximately $15.6 million to $5.5 million compared to income tax expense of $21.1
million in the same period in 2017. The decrease in expense resulted primarily from the decrease in U.S. corporate tax rate, the recognition of $9.8 million in
uncertain tax positions incurred as a result of the Compass Acquisition, and the non-recurrence of transition items related to the TCJA, which resulted in a net
expense of $9.3 million in 2017, partially offset by additional taxes associated with a 41.4% increase in pre-tax income and loss of deductibility of certain
components of performance-based executive compensation. Additionally, our 2018 income tax expense increased by $3.4 million as a result of a reduction in the
excess benefit of stock-based compensation.
The effective tax rates were 6.1% and 32.8% for the years ended December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017, respectively.
For the year ended December 28, 2018, the difference between our effective tax rate and the 21% federal statutory rate resulted primarily from the favorable result
of the uncertain tax position related to the Compass Acquisition, the benefit of excess deductions on stock-based compensation, the benefit of a lower tax rate on
U.S. foreign derived earnings, partially offset by non-deductible executive compensation and state taxes.
For the year ended December 29, 2017, the difference between our effective tax rate and the 35% federal statutory rate resulted primarily from the benefit of excess
deductions on stock-based compensation, lower rates on foreign earnings, the impact of the TCJA on our net deferred tax liabilities, our research and development
credits, and the reversal of our liability for uncertain tax positions as a result of the expiration of the statute of limitations for certain tax filings. These positive rate
impacts were partially offset by the valuation allowance on foreign tax credits and the taxes on unremitted foreign earnings as a result of the TCJA.
44
Table of Contents
Net income
(in millions)
Net income
For the fiscal years ended
2018
2017
Change ($)
Change (%)
$
85.4 $
43.2 $
42.2
97.7 %
As a result of the factors described above, our net income increased $42.2 million, or 97.7%, to $85.4 million in the year ended December 28, 2018 from $43.2
million for the same period in 2017.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
Our primary cash needs are to support working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and acquisition-related compensation, debt repayments and share
repurchases. We have generally financed our historical needs with operating cash flows and borrowings under our credit facilities. These sources of liquidity may
be impacted by various factors, including demand for our products, investments made by us in acquired businesses, our plant and equipment and other capital
expenditures, and expenditures on general infrastructure and information technology.
As of January 3, 2020, we held $40.6 million of our $43.7 million of cash and cash equivalents in accounts of our subsidiaries outside of the U.S., which we may
repatriate, subject to withholding taxes in some jurisdictions. We manage our foreign cash, intercompany payables and intercompany debt to provide a foreign
currency hedge against U.S. dollar-denominated trade receivable balances held by our Taiwan location.
A summary of our operating, investing and financing activities are shown in the following table:
(in thousands)
Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
For the years ended
January 3,
December 28,
December 29,
2020
2018
2017
$
$
74,830 $
65,392 $
(60,330)
859
419
(30,203)
(43,431)
253
15,778 $
(7,989) $
48,172
(70,456)
22,007
944
667
We expect that cash on hand, cash flow from operations and availability under our credit facility will be sufficient to fund our operations during the next twelve
months from the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. See Note 18 - Subsequent Events of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual
Report on Form 10-K for additional discussion related to acquisitions and our credit facility.
Operating activities
Cash provided by operating activities primarily consists of net income, adjusted for certain non-cash items primarily, depreciation and amortization, stock-based
compensation, and deferred income taxes, offset by net cash invested in working capital.
In the year ended January 3, 2020, cash provided by operating activities was $74.8 million and consisted of net income of $94.5 million plus non-cash items and
other adjustments totaling $14.5 million less changes in operating assets and liabilities totaling $34.2 million. Non-cash items and other adjustments consisted
primarily of depreciation and amortization of $17.7 million, stock-based compensation of $6.9 million, and loss on the extinguishment of debt of $0.5 million,
offset by a $10.6 million change in deferred taxes. Cash invested in operating assets and liabilities is primarily the result of increases in inventory of $17.0 million,
and accounts receivable of $12.1 million, decreases in income taxes of $3.6 million and accrued expenses of $2.3 million, partially offset by a decrease in prepaids
and other assets of $1.7 million. The changes in inventory, accounts receivable, accrued expenses and prepaids and other assets are primarily due to seasonal
impacts on working capital. The decrease in income taxes is primarily due to the timing of estimated tax payments and refunds.
45
Table of Contents
In the year ended December 28, 2018, cash provided by operating activities was $65.4 million and consisted of net income of $85.4 million plus non-cash items
and other adjustments totaling $2.8 million less changes in operating assets and liabilities totaling $22.7 million. Non-cash items and other adjustments consisted
primarily of depreciation and amortization of $14.7 million, and stock-based compensation of $7.3 million, offset by a $19.3 million change in deferred taxes. Cash
invested in operating assets and liabilities is primarily the result of increases in inventory of $23.0 million, and accounts receivable of $19.0 million, partially offset
by increases in accounts payable of $15.2 million, and accrued expenses of $4.2 million. The increases in inventory, accounts receivable, accounts payable and
accrued expenses reflect the growth of our business, changes in customer mix and timing, and the expansion of our manufacturing facilities.
In the year ended December 29, 2017, cash provided by operating activities was $48.2 million and consisted of net income of $43.2 million plus non-cash items
totaling $17.9 million less changes in operating assets and liabilities and other adjustments totaling $13.0 million. Non-cash items and other adjustments consisted
primarily of depreciation and amortization of $10.3 million, and stock-based compensation of $8.7 million, offset by a $1.2 million change in deferred taxes. Cash
invested in operating assets and liabilities is primarily the result of increases in inventory of $8.3 million and prepaids and other assets of $6.4 million, and a
decrease in accrued expenses of $10.5 million, partially offset by a decrease in accounts receivable of $3.6 million, and increases in accounts payable of $2.2
million and income taxes net payable of $6.4 million. The increases in inventory and accounts payable reflects the growth of our business, and the expansion of our
manufacturing facilities. The decrease in accounts receivable reflects changes in customer mix and timing. The decrease in accrued expenses is primarily due to
payments of our acquisition-related compensation and timing of payments for certain other non-vendor liabilities. The increase in prepaid and other assets is a
result of advanced payments to vendors and the timing of insurance and benefits payments. The change in net current income tax accounts is primarily due to
timing of estimated tax payments and refunds.
Investing activities
Cash used in investing activities primarily relates to strategic acquisitions of businesses and other assets, and investments in our manufacturing and general
infrastructure through the acquisition of property and equipment.
In the year ended January 3, 2020, cash used in investing activities was $60.3 million which primarily consisted of $53.5 million in property and equipment
additions and $6.8 million of cash consideration for our acquisition of Ridetech.
In the year ended December 28, 2018, cash used in investing activities was $30.2 million which consisted entirely of property and equipment additions.
In the year ended December 29, 2017, cash used in investing activities was $70.5 million which consisted primarily of $53.6 million invested in the Tuscany
acquisition and $16.9 million in property and equipment additions.
Financing activities
Cash provided by or used in financing activities primarily relates to changes in our capital structure, including the various forms of debt and equity instruments
used to finance our business.
In the year ended January 3, 2020, net cash provided by financing activities was $0.9 million, which consisted primarily of $7.7 million in net proceeds from our
credit facility offset by $6.8 million in payments to repurchase shares to cover tax withholding related to the vesting of restricted stock awards, net of proceeds
from the exercise of stock options.
In the year ended December 28, 2018, net cash used in financing activities was $43.4 million, which consisted primarily of $39.3 million in net payments on our
credit facility and $4.1 million in payments to repurchase shares to cover tax withholding related to the vesting of restricted stock awards, net of proceeds from the
exercise of stock options.
In the year ended December 29, 2017, net cash provided by financing activities was $22.0 million, which consisted primarily of $31.4 million in net proceeds from
our credit facility used to finance acquisitions, partially offset by a payment of $5.4 million in contingent consideration related to our 2014 acquisition of Sport
Truck, and $4.0 million in payments to repurchase shares to cover tax withholding related to the vesting of restricted stock awards, net of proceeds from the
exercise of stock options.
46
Table of Contents
Former Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility
In August 2013, we entered into the 2013 Credit Facility with SunTrust Bank and other named lenders. The 2013 Credit Facility provided a revolving line of
credit. On March 31, 2014, in connection with our asset purchase of Sport Truck, we amended and restated the 2013 Credit Facility. The Amended and Restated
2013 Credit Facility provided a maturing secured term loan in the principal amount of $50.0 million, subject to quarterly amortization payments, and extended the
term of the 2013 Credit Facility through March 31, 2019. The proceeds of the term loan were used, in part, to fund the acquisition of Sport Truck and to pay down
the revolving line of credit provided under the 2013 Credit Facility. On December 12, 2014, we amended the existing Amended and Restated 2013 Credit Facility.
The First Amendment increased the term loan by the principal amount of $30.0 million to a total of $56.8 million, subject to quarterly amortization payments, and
extended the maturity of the Amended and Restated 2013 Credit Facility through December 12, 2019. The additional proceeds of the term loan made available
through the First Amendment were used to partially fund the acquisition of Race Face/Easton. Additional amendments entered into on May 29, 2015 and March
31, 2016, respectively, made minor technical changes to the Amended and Restated 2013 Credit Facility. On May 11, 2016, we amended and restated the existing
Amended and Restated 2013 Credit Facility. Further technical amendments were made on August 11, 2016, June 12, 2017, November 30, 2017 and November 14,
2018 (as most recently amended and restated and as further amended, the "Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility"). The Second Amended and Restated
Credit Facility provided a maturing secured term loan in the principal amount of $75.0 million, subject to quarterly amortization payments, increased the
availability on the line of credit to $100.0 million, and extended the maturity of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility through May 11, 2021. We paid
off the Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility in June 2019 upon entering into the new credit facility with Bank of America.
New Credit Facility
In June 2019, we entered into a credit facility with Bank of America and other named lenders (the "Credit Facility"). The Credit Facility, which matures on June 3,
2024, provides a senior secured revolving line of credit with a maximum borrowing capacity of $250.0 million.
The Credit Facility provides for interest at a rate either based on the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus a margin ranging from 1.00% to 1.50%, or
based on the base rate offered by Bank of America plus a margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.50%. At January 3, 2020, the one-month LIBOR and prime rates were
1.71% and 4.75%, respectively. At January 3, 2020, our weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowing was 2.80%. The Credit Facility is secured by
substantially all of the Company’s assets, restricts the Company's ability to make certain payments and engage in certain transactions, and requires that the
Company satisfy customary financial ratios. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of January 3, 2020.
Contractual obligations and commitments
As of January 3, 2020, we had the following contractual obligations (in thousands):
Payments due by period
Long-term borrowings
Operating lease obligations
Purchase obligations and other
Total
Total
Less than 1
year
1-3 years
4-5 years
More than 5
years
$
$
68,000 $
— $
— $
68,000 $
19,351
5,136
6,242
4,136
7,442
1,000
3,948
—
92,487 $
10,378 $
8,442 $
71,948 $
—
1,719
—
1,719
As of January 3, 2020, we had a liability of approximately $0.9 million associated with uncertain tax positions, which is classified as a current liability in our
consolidated balance sheet because it is reasonably possible that certain federal, foreign, and state tax matters could be concluded in the next twelve months.
However, our liability for uncertain tax positions has been excluded from our summary of contractual obligations as we cannot make a reliable estimate of the
period of cash settlement with the respective taxing authorities, nor the amount of the final cash settlement. See Note 13 - Income Taxes of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Seasonality
Certain portions of our business are seasonal; we believe this seasonality is due to the delivery of new products. Generally, our quarterly sales have been the lowest
in the first quarter and highest in the third quarter of the year. For example, our sales in our first and third quarters of 2019 represented 22% and 28% of our total
sales for the year, respectively.
Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements
We have no material off-balance sheet arrangements.
47
Table of Contents
Inflation
Historically, inflation has not had a material effect on our results of operations. However, significant increases in inflation, particularly those related to wages and
increases in the cost of raw materials could have an adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make
estimates, judgments, and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, sales, expenses and related disclosures. We evaluate our estimates,
judgments, and assumptions on an ongoing basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable
under the circumstances. Our actual results could differ from these estimates.
We believe that the assumptions, judgments, and estimates associated with the following have the greatest potential impact on, and are critical to the understanding
of, our results of operations: revenue recognition, provision for doubtful accounts receivable, inventory, goodwill and intangible assets, earn-out arrangements,
warranty, income taxes and stock-based compensation. For further information see Note 1 - Description of the Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of
Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Critical Accounting Policies
Revenue recognition
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies a performance
obligation by transferring control over a product to a customer, generally at the time of shipment. Contracts are generally in the form of purchase orders and are
governed by standard terms and conditions. For larger OEMs, the Company may also enter into master agreements.
Provisions for discounts, rebates, sales incentives, returns, and other adjustments are generally provided for in the period the related sales are recorded, based on
management’s assessment of historical trends and projection of future results. Certain pricing provisions that provide the customer with future discounts are
considered a material right. Such material rights result in the deferral of revenue that are recognized when the rights are exercised by the customer. Measuring the
material rights requires judgments including forecasts of future sales and product mix. Effective December 30, 2017, we adopted ASC 606, Revenue from
Contracts with Customers. Refer to Note 1 - Description of the Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies of the Notes to
Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional details of this new accounting pronouncement.
Allowance for doubtful accounts
We record a provision for doubtful accounts deemed not collectible based on historical experience and a detailed assessment of the collectability of our accounts
receivable. In estimating the allowance for doubtful accounts, we consider, among other factors, the aging of the accounts receivable, historical write-offs, and the
credit-worthiness of each customer. If circumstances change, such as higher-than-expected defaults or an unexpected material adverse change in a major
customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations, we estimate if the recoverability of the amounts due could be reduced by a material amount.
Inventories
Inventories are stated at the lower of actual cost (or standard cost which generally approximates actual costs on a first-in first-out basis) or net realizable value.
Cost includes raw materials, as well as direct labor and manufacturing overhead for products we manufacture. Net realizable value is based on current replacement
cost for raw materials and on a net realizable value for finished goods. Adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value are made, if required,
for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances.
We regularly monitor inventory quantities on hand and on order and record write-downs for excess and obsolete inventories based on our estimate of the demand
for our products, potential obsolescence of technology, product life cycles, and when pricing trends or forecasts indicate that the carrying value of inventory
exceeds our estimated selling price. These factors are affected by market and economic conditions, technology changes, and new product introductions and require
estimates that may include elements that are uncertain. Actual demand may differ from forecasted demand and may have a material effect on our gross margin. If
inventory is written down, a new cost basis will be established that cannot be increased in future periods.
48
Table of Contents
Goodwill, intangible assets and long-lived assets
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of businesses acquired. On an annual basis, the Company makes a qualitative
assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the Company
determines that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it will perform a quantitative analysis; otherwise, no further evaluation is
necessary.
For the quantitative impairment test, the Company compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill. The Company determines
the fair value of the reporting unit based on a weighting of income and market approaches. If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the
net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is performed. If the carrying value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit
exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company will recognize a loss equal to the excess, limited to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that
reporting unit. Impairments, if any, are charged directly to earnings. We completed our most recent annual impairment test in the third quarter of 2019 at which
time we had a single reporting unit for purposes of assessing goodwill impairment. No impairment charges have been incurred to date.
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
Certain trademarks and trade names are considered to be indefinite life intangibles, and are not amortized but are subject to testing for impairment annually.
Finite-lived intangible assets
We assess the recoverability of identifiable finite-lived intangible assets whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that an asset or asset group’s
carrying amount may be impaired. Impairment of certain finite-lived intangible assets, particularly customer relationships, certain trade names and core
technology, is measured by comparing the carrying amount of the asset group to which the assets are assigned to the sum of the undiscounted estimated future cash
flows the asset group is expected to generate. If the asset or asset group is considered to be impaired, the amount of such impairment would be measured by the
difference between the carrying amount of the asset and its fair value.
Warranty
Unless otherwise required by law, the Company generally offers limited warranties on its products for one to four years. We accrue estimated costs related to
warranty activities as a component of cost of sales upon product shipment or when information becomes available indicating that an adjustment to the warranty
reserves is appropriate. Management estimates are based upon historical and projected product failure rates and historical costs incurred in correcting product
failures. The warranty reserve is assessed from time to time for adequacy and adjusted as necessary for specifically identified warranty exposures. Actual warranty
expenses are charged against our estimated warranty liability when incurred. Factors that affect our liability include the number of units, historical and anticipated
rates of warranty claims, and the cost per claim. An increase in warranty claims or the related costs associated with satisfying these warranty obligations could
increase our cost of sales and negatively affect our operating results.
Income taxes
We are subject to income taxes in the U.S. (federal and state) and foreign jurisdictions. We compute our provision for income taxes using the asset and liability
method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial
reporting and tax bases of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the currently enacted tax rates that are expected to apply to
taxable income for the years in which those tax assets and liabilities are expected to be realized or settled. The income tax effects of these differences are classified
as long-term deferred tax assets and liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets.
Significant judgments are required in order to determine the realizability of these deferred tax assets. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, we evaluate
all significant available positive and negative evidence, including but not limited to, historical operating results, forecasted earnings, estimates of future taxable
income of a character necessary to realize the deferred asset, relative proportions of revenue and pre-tax income in the various domestic and jurisdictions in which
we operate, and the existence of prudent and feasible tax planning strategies. Changes in the expectations regarding the realization of deferred tax assets could
materially impact income tax expense in future periods.
49
Table of Contents
Additionally, our judgments, assumptions, and estimates relative to the provision for income taxes take into account enacted tax laws, regulations, administrative
practices, interpretations in various jurisdictions and possible outcomes of current and future audits conducted by tax authorities. Our effective tax rates could be
affected by numerous factors, such as changes in our business operations, acquisitions, investments, entry into new businesses and geographies, intercompany
transactions, the relative amount of our foreign earnings, losses incurred in jurisdictions for which we are not able to realize related tax benefits, changes in our
deferred tax assets and liabilities and their valuation, changes in the laws, regulations, administrative practices, principles, and interpretations related to tax,
including changes to the global tax framework and other laws and accounting rules in various jurisdictions.
We utilize a two-step approach to recognizing and measuring uncertain income tax positions. The first step is to determine if the weight of available evidence
indicates that it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on audit, including resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes. The
second step is to measure the tax benefit as the largest amount that is more than 50% likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement. We consider many factors
when evaluating tax positions such as the closing of a tax audit, the refinement of estimates, and the expiration of a statute of limitations that may require periodic
adjustments that impact our tax provision in our consolidated statements of income. Interest and penalties associated with income taxes are recorded as income tax
expense.
The TCJA significantly changed how the U.S. taxes corporations. The TCJA requires complex computations to be performed that were not previously required by
U.S. tax law, significant judgments to be made in interpretation of the provisions of the TCJA, significant estimates in calculations, and the preparation and
analysis of information not previously relevant or regularly produced. The U.S. Treasury Department, the IRS, and other standard-setting bodies will continue to
interpret or issue guidance on how provisions of the TCJA will be applied or otherwise administered. As future guidance is issued, we may adjust amounts that we
have previously recorded that may materially impact our provision for income taxes in the period in which the adjustments are made.
Our provision for income tax expense also considers our assertions regarding the indefinite reinvestment of earnings of our foreign subsidiaries. We consider the
following matters, among others, in evaluating our plans for indefinite reinvestment: (i) the financial requirements of both the Company and its foreign operations,
both for the long term and for the short term; (ii) the ability to manage cash globally through intercompany activities; (iii) the tax consequences of any decision to
reinvest the earnings of foreign subsidiaries, including any changes in U.S. tax law relating to the treatment of these unremitted earnings; and (iv) any U.S. and
foreign government programs or regulations relating to the repatriation of these unremitted earnings. As a result of the enactment of the TCJA in December 2017,
our unremitted earnings became subject to a transition tax, which we paid with existing foreign tax credits. We therefore no longer consider our unremitted
earnings to be permanently reinvested.
Stock-based compensation
The Company measures stock-based compensation for all stock-based awards, including stock options and restricted stock units ("RSUs"), based on their estimated
fair values on the date of the grant and recognizes the stock-based compensation cost for time-vested awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite service
period. For performance-based RSUs, the number of shares ultimately expected to vest is estimated at each reporting date based on management’s expectations
regarding the relevant performance criteria. To the extent shares are expected to vest, the stock-based compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over
the requisite service period. The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The Company does not estimate
forfeitures in recognizing stock-based compensation expense.
The determination of the grant date fair value of options using an option-pricing model is affected by our common stock fair value as well as assumptions including
our expected stock price volatility over the expected term of the options, stock option exercise and cancellation behaviors, risk-free interest rates and expected
dividends.
Prior to our IPO in August of 2013, our Board of Directors considered numerous objective and subjective factors to determine the fair market value of our common
stock at each meeting at which stock options were granted and approved.
Stock-based compensation expenses are classified in the statements of income based on the department to which the related employee reports. Our stock-based
awards subsequent to our IPO have been comprised principally of restricted stock unit awards.
50
Table of Contents
Fair value measurement and financial instruments
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, requires the valuation of assets and liabilities required or permitted to be either recorded or disclosed at fair
value based on hierarchy of available inputs as follows:
Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;
Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or
inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and
Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or
no market activity).
We apply fair value accounting for all financial assets and liabilities and non-financial assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the
financial statements on a recurring basis. We define fair value as the price that would be received from selling an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly
transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities, which are required to be
recorded at fair value, we consider the principal or most advantageous market in which we would transact and the market-based risk measurements or assumptions
that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability, such as risks inherent in valuation techniques, transfer restrictions and credit risk.
We used Level 2 inputs to determine the fair value of our Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility. As of December 28, 2018, the carrying amount of the
principal under the Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility approximated fair value because it had a variable interest rate that reflected market changes in
interest rates and changes in the Company’s net leverage ratio. We paid off the Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility in June 2019 upon entering into the
new revolving Credit Facility with Bank of America.
As of January 3, 2020, we used Level 3 inputs to determine the fair value of our potential obligations to purchase the non-controlling interests held by third parties
in the Tuscany subsidiary. These obligations are in the form of put provisions and are exercisable at the third-party owners' discretion within the specified periods
outlined in the put provision within the Tuscany stockholders' agreement (see Note 16 - Acquisitions of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K). If these put provisions were exercised, we would be required to purchase the third-party owners' non-controlling interests at the
appraised fair value. The initial non-controlling interest value was implicit in the purchase price. The Level 3 methodology we use to estimate the fair value of the
non-controlling interests subject to these put provisions is based on an average multiple of earnings, taking into consideration historical earnings and other factors.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In May 2014, the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board issued their converged standard on revenue recognition, ASU 2014-09, updated December
2016 with the release of ASU 2016-20. This standard outlines a single comprehensive model for companies to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts
with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance. The core principle of the revenue model is that an
entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods and services in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled
to in exchange for those goods and services. In addition, the new standard requires that reporting companies disclose the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of
revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.
The Company adopted this guidance as of the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 using the modified retrospective implementation method. The
Company applied the guidance to all open contracts at the date of initial application. Additionally, the Company used the practical expedient to omit the disclosure
of remaining performance obligations for contracts with an original expected duration of one year or less. The primary impact of adopting the standard resulted
from certain pricing provisions within contracts that provide the customer with a material right. Under the new standard, revenue attributed to such pricing
provisions is deferred and recognized when the right is exercised by the customer. The Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of $0.4 million gross and
$0.3 million net of taxes to the opening balance of retained earnings to reflect the cumulative effect of the adoption of the standard.
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, which supersedes the existing guidance for lease accounting. To meet the objective of enabling users of
financial statements to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases, this ASU requires lessees to recognize most leases on the
balance sheet as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.
51
Table of Contents
The Company adopted this guidance as of the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal year 2019, with a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of
retained earnings at December 28, 2018 with no restatement of comparative periods’ financial information ("current-period adjustment method"). Additionally, the
Company adopted this guidance using practical expedients with respect to the assessment of embedded leases, lease classification, and initial indirect costs for
expired and existing leases. The Company also elected the practical expedient related to treating lease and non-lease components as a single lease component for
all of its leases and elected a policy exclusion permitting leases with an original lease term of less than one year to be excluded from the right-of-use assets and
lease liabilities. The Company did not use the hindsight practical expedient to adopt this guidance. The Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of $13.6
million to operating lease right-of-use assets, $13.9 million to operating lease liabilities, and $0.3 million gross ($0.2 million net of taxes) to the opening balance of
the Company's retained earnings to reflect the cumulative effect of the adoption of the standard. This standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated
income statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issue ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments: Credit Losses, which adds an impairment model that is based on expected losses rather than
incurred losses. Under this standard, an entity recognizes as an allowance its estimate of expected credit losses, which the FASB believes will result in more timely
recognition of such losses. This standard is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim reporting periods
within those years and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the impact of this adoption to be material.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows: Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which clarifies the
presentation of certain transactions, including but not limited to contingent consideration payments made after a business combination and debt prepayment and
extinguishment costs in the cash flow statement. The Company adopted ASU 2016-16 effective in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. The adoption of ASU 2016-
15 did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement, which modifies the disclosure requirements of fair value measurements in Topic 820.
This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently assessing the impact this guidance will have on its
consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other: Internal-Use Software, which helps simplify how entities evaluate the
accounting for costs paid by a customer in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact this guidance will have on its consolidated financial
statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which helps simplify how entities account for income taxes by
removing various exceptions related to the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and updating other tax computation requirements. This standard is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact this guidance will have on its
consolidated financial statements.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
Interest rate sensitivity
We are exposed to market risk in the normal course of our business operations due to our ongoing investing and financing activities. The risk of loss can be
assessed from the perspective of adverse changes in fair values, cash flows and future earnings. We have established policies and procedures governing our
management of market risks and the use of financial instruments to manage exposure to such risks. We generally do not hedge our interest rate exposure. We had
$68.0 million of debt, bearing interest at a variable rate, outstanding under our Credit Facility as of January 3, 2020. A hypothetical 100 basis point increase or
decrease in the interest rate on our variable debt would have resulted in an approximately $0.7 million change to our interest expense for the year ended January 3,
2020.
Exchange rate sensitivity
As of January 3, 2020, we are exposed to changes in foreign currency exchange rates. While historically this exposure to changes in foreign currency exchange
rates has not had a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations, foreign currency fluctuations could have an adverse effect on our business and
results of operations in the future. Historically, our primary exposure has been related to transactions denominated in the Euro, New Taiwanese Dollar, and
Canadian Dollar. The majority of our sales, both domestically and internationally, are denominated in U.S. Dollars. Historically, the majority of our expenses have
also been in U.S. Dollars and we have been somewhat insulated from currency fluctuations. However, we may be exposed to greater exchange rate sensitivity in
the future. Currently, we do not hedge our foreign currency exposure; however, we may consider strategies to mitigate our foreign currency exposure in the future
if deemed necessary.
52
Table of Contents
Credit and other risks
We are exposed to credit risk associated with cash and cash equivalents and trade receivables. As of January 3, 2020, the majority of our cash and cash equivalents
consisted of cash balances in non-interest bearing checking accounts which significantly exceed the insurance coverage provided on such deposits. We do not
believe that our cash equivalents present significant credit risks because the counterparties to the instruments consist of major financial institutions. Substantially
all trade receivable balances of our businesses are unsecured. The credit risk with respect to trade receivables is concentrated by the number of significant
customers that we have in our customer base and a prolonged economic downturn could increase our exposure to credit risk on our trade receivables. To manage
our exposure to such risks, we perform ongoing credit evaluations of our customers and maintain an allowance for potential credit losses.
We do not currently hedge our exposure to increases in the prices for our primary raw materials.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Our financial statements and the report of our independent registered public accounting firm are included in Part IV. "Report of Independent Registered Public
Accounting Firm" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The index to these reports and our financial statements is included in Item 15. "Exhibits, Financial
Statement Schedules" below.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
We maintain "disclosure controls and procedures," as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act, designed to ensure that information
required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the
time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Disclosure controls and procedures include, without limitation, controls and procedures designed to ensure
that information required to be disclosed by a company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicated to the
company’s management, including its principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely
decisions regarding required disclosure.
Our management, under the direction and with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Interim Chief Financial Officer, evaluated the effectiveness
of our disclosure controls and procedures as of January 3, 2020. Based on the evaluation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of January 3, 2020, our Chief
Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer concluded that, as of such date, our disclosure controls and procedures were effective at the reasonable
assurance level.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting is contained in Part IV. "Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial
Reporting" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and is incorporated herein by reference.
Attestation Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Grant Thornton, LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company’s consolidated financial statements, has issued an attestation
report on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. A report of independent registered public accounting firm is contained in Part IV. "Report of
Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
53
Table of Contents
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
There was no change in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) identified in connection
with the evaluation required by Rules 13a-15(d) and 15d-15(d) of the Exchange Act that occurred during the quarter ended January 3, 2020 that has materially
affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
Our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial Officer, believes that our disclosure controls and procedures and internal
control over financial reporting are designed to provide reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and are effective at the reasonable assurance level.
However, our management does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent all errors and all
fraud. A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system
are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to
their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances
of fraud, if any, have been detected. These inherent limitations include, but are not limited to, the realities that judgments in decision making can be faulty, and that
breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Additionally, controls can be circumvented by the individual acts of some persons, by collusion of two
or more people or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls also is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood
of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls
may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Because of the inherent
limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
None.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information required by this Item regarding our directors and executive officers is incorporated by reference to the sections of our proxy statement to be filed with
the SEC in connection with our 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (the "Proxy Statement") entitled "Election of Class I Directors" and "Corporate
Governance."
Information required by this Item regarding our corporate governance, including our audit committee and code of ethics, is incorporated by reference to the
sections of the Proxy Statement entitled "Corporate Governance" and "The Board of Directors."
Information required by this Item regarding compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section of
the Proxy Statement entitled "Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports."
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information required by this item regarding executive compensation is incorporated by reference to the information set forth under the captions "Executive
Compensation," "Director Compensation" and "Corporate Governance" in our Proxy Statement.
54
Table of Contents
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated by reference to the section of the Proxy Statement entitled
"Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management."
Information required by this item regarding securities authorized for issuance under our equity compensation plans is incorporated by reference to the information
set forth under the caption "Executive Compensation" in our Proxy Statement.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section of the Proxy Statement entitled "Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and
Director Independence."
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
Information required by this Item is incorporated by reference to the section of the Proxy Statement entitled "Ratification of Appointment of Independent
Registered Public Accounting Firm."
55
Table of Contents
PART IV
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(a) Financial Statements
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 3, 2020 and December 28, 2018
Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(b) Exhibits
See "Index to Exhibits"
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
None.
56
62
63
67
68
69
70
71
72
57
Table of Contents
Exhibit
Number
Exhibit Description
Index to Exhibits
Incorporated by Reference
3.1
3.2
4.1
4.2
4.3
10.1†
10.2†
10.3†
10.4†
10.5†
10.6†
10.7†
10.8†
10.9†
10.10†
10.11†
10.12†
10.13†
10.14†
10.15†
10.16†
10.17†
10.18†
10.19†
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation
Amended and Restated Bylaws
Form of Common Stock Certificate
Form of Indenture
Description of Securities
Employment Agreement, dated July 22, 2013, by and between Fox Factory
Holding Corp. and Larry L. Enterline
Employment Agreement, dated July 22, 2013, by and between Fox Factory
Holding Corp. and Zvi Glasman
Employment Agreement, dated August 29, 2013, by and between Fox
Factory
Holding Corp. and Wes Allinger
Amendment, dated May 2, 2016, to the Employment Agreement, dated July
22, 2013, by and between Fox Factory Holding Corp. and Larry Enterline
Amendment, dated May 2, 2016, to the Employment Agreement, dated July
22, 2013, by and between Fox Factory Holding Corp. and Zvi Glasman
Employment Agreement, dated May 1, 2018, by and between Fox Factory
Holding Corp. and Wes Allinger
Employment Agreement, dated May 1, 2018, by and between Fox Factory
Holding Corp. and Chris Tutton
Employment Agreement, dated August 29, 2018, by and between Fox
Factory Holding Corp. and Michael C. Dennison
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 26, 2019, by and
between Fox Factory Holding Corp. and Larry L. Enterline
Amended and Restated Employment Agreement, dated June 26, 2019, by and
between Fox Factory Holding Corp. and Michael C. Dennison
Transition Services, Separation and Release Agreement, dated October 2,
2019, by and between Fox Factory Holding Corp. and Zvi Glasman
Employment Agreement, dated December 2, 2019, by and between Fox
Factory Holding Corp. and John E. Blocher
Non-Employee Director Compensation Policy
Form of Indemnification Agreement, by and between Fox Factory Holding
Corp. and certain of its officers, directors and/or advisors
2008 Stock Option Plan, as amended
2008 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan, as amended
2013 Omnibus Plan
2013 Omnibus Plan, as amended by the First Amendment, approved by
stockholders on May 4, 2017
Filed or
Furnished
Herewith
X
Form
10-Q
10-Q
S-1
S-3
File No.
Filing Date
001-36040
September 19, 2013
001-36040
September 19, 2013
333-189841
July 8, 2013
333-203146
March 31, 2015
S-1/A
333-189841
July 25, 2013
S-1/A
333-189841
July 25, 2013
10-Q
001-36040
May 4, 2016
10-Q
001-36040
August 3, 2016
10-Q
001-36040
August 3, 2016
10-Q
001-36040
May 2, 2018
10-K
001-36040
February 26, 2019
10-K
001-36040
February 26, 2019
8-K
001-36040
July 1, 2019
8-K
001-36040
July 1, 2019
8-K
001-36040
October 10, 2019
8-K/A
001-36040
December 3, 2019
S-1/A
333-189841
July 25, 2013
10-Q
001-36040
October 31, 2018
S-1
333-189841
July 8, 2013
S-1/A
333-189841
August 2, 2013
S-1/A
333-189841
July 29, 2013
8-K
001-36040
May 8, 2017
Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under 2013 Omnibus Plan
S-1/A
333-189841
July 25, 2013
57
Table of Contents
10.20
10.21
10.22
10.23
10.24
10.25
10.26
10.27
10.28
21.1
22.1
23.1
31.1
31.2
32.1*
32.2*
Air Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial / Commercial
Single-Tenant Lease – Gross, dated October 31, 2011, by and between Fox
Factory, Inc. and Sammie Rae Abitbol, LLC, and related addendum
Air Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial / Commercial
Single-Tenant Lease-Gross, dated March 24, 2010, by and between Fox Factory,
Inc. and Scarborough Gilbert Partners, and related addenda
Air Commercial Real Estate Association Standard Industrial / Commercial Multi-
Tenant Lease – Net, dated April 19, 2012, by and between Fox Factory, Inc. and
North Johnson Vernon Property, LLC, and related addendum
Asset Purchase and Contribution Agreement, by and among FF US Acquisition
Corp., FF US Holding Corp., Flagship, Inc. d/b/a Tuscany, and Michael Graber
and Jeff Burttschell, dated November 30, 2017
Credit Agreement, among Fox Factory Holding Corp., Bank of America, N.A.
and the other financial institutions party thereto, dated June 3, 2019
Standard Form of Agreement between Owner and Design-Builder, dated July 24,
2019 (the “Standard Form of Agreement”), by and between Fox Factory, Inc. and
Carroll Daniel Construction Company
S-1
333-189841
July 8, 2013
S-1
333-189841
July 8, 2013
S-1
333-189841
July 8, 2013
8-K
001-36040
December 4, 2017
8-K
001-36040
June 4, 2019
8-K
001-36040
December 30, 2019
Amendment No. 1 to the Standard Form of Agreement, dated December 23, 2019
8-K
001-36040
December 30, 2019
Stock Purchase Agreement, by and among Fox Factory, Inc., Southern Rocky
Holdings, LLC, and SCA Performance Holdings, Inc., dated February 11, 2019
Commitment Letter, among Fox Factory Holding Corp., Bank of America, N.A.
and BofA Securities, Inc., dated February 11, 2019
List of Subsidiaries
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Power of Attorney (contained in signature page to this Annual Report on Form
10-K)
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-
14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-
14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as adopted pursuant to Section 302
of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended
Certification of Principal Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350,
as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as
amended
Certification of Principal Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as
adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended
101.INS
Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the
Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline
XBRL document
101.SCH
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
101.CAL
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
101.DEF
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
101.LAB
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
101.PRE
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document
58
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Table of Contents
104
Cover page formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101
X
† Management contract or compensatory plan.
* In accordance with Item 601(b)(32)(ii) of Regulation S-K and SEC Release Nos. 33-8238 and 34-47986, Final Rule: Management's Reports on Internal Control
Over Financial Reporting and Certification of Disclosure in Exchange Act Periodic Reports, the certifications furnished in Exhibits 32.1 and 32.2 hereto
are deemed to accompany this Annual Report on Form 10-K and will not be deemed "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act. Such
certifications will not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except to the extent that the
registrant specifically incorporates it by reference.
59
Table of Contents
Pursuant to the requirements of Section of 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
SIGNATURES
March 3, 2020
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
By:
/s/ John E. Blocher
John E. Blocher, Interim Chief Financial Officer and Interim
Treasurer
(Interim Principal Financial and Accounting Officer & Duly
Authorized Signatory)
60
Table of Contents
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John E. Blocher and Michael C.
Dennison, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution for him or her, and in his or her name in any
and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in
connection therewith, with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done therewith, as fully to all intents and purposes as he or she might or
could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, and either of them, his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully
do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the
registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
Signature
Title
Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)
Interim Chief Financial Officer and Interim Treasurer
(Interim Principal Financial and Interim Accounting Officer)
Date
March 3, 2020
March 3, 2020
/s/ Michael C. Dennison
Michael C. Dennison
/s/ John E. Blocher
John E. Blocher
/s/ Larry L. Enterline
Larry L. Enterline
/s/ Dudley Mendenhall
Dudley Mendenhall
/s/ Tom Duncan
Tom Duncan
/s/ Elizabeth A. Fetter
Elizabeth A. Fetter
/s/ Jean Hlay
Jean Hlay
/s/ Ted Waitman
Ted Waitman
Executive Chairman of the Board
March 3, 2020
Lead Independent Director
March 3, 2020
March 3, 2020
March 3, 2020
March 3, 2020
March 3, 2020
Director
Director
Director
Director
61
Table of Contents
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
The management of Fox is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-
15(f) under the Exchange Act. Fox’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of
financial reporting and the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements issued for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally
accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). Under the supervision of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Interim Chief Financial
Officer, Fox conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect all misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of January 3, 2020, management has excluded RT Acquisition Corp. ("Ridetech"), which
was formed in May 2019 to acquire the business of Air Ride Technologies, Inc. d/b/a Ridetech. The Company is currently assessing the control environment of the
acquired business. The acquired business represented approximately 3% of the Company's consolidated total assets as of January 3, 2020 and approximately 1% of
the Company's consolidated net sales for the year ended January 3, 2020.
In making its assessment of internal control over financial reporting, management used criteria issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (COSO) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013). Based on the evaluation, our management concluded that its internal control
over financial reporting was effective as of January 3, 2020.
Grant Thornton LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company's consolidated financial statements, has issued an attestation
report on the Company's internal control over financial reporting, which is included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
March 3, 2020
/s/ Michael C. Dennison
Michael C. Dennison
Chief Executive Officer
/s/ John E. Blocher
John E. Blocher
Interim Chief Financial Officer and Interim Treasurer
62
Table of Contents
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Fox Factory Holding Corp.
Opinion on the financial statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Fox Factory Holding Corp. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of
January 3, 2020 and December 28, 2018, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, stockholders’ equity and redeemable non-
controlling interest, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 3, 2020, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial
statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of January 3, 2020 and
December 28, 2018, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 3, 2020, in conformity with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the Company’s internal
control over financial reporting as of January 3, 2020, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”), and our report dated March 3, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion.
Change in accounting principle
As discussed in Note 1 - Description of the Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies to the consolidated financial
statements, the Company has changed its method of accounting for leases due to the adoption of the Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016 – 02, Leases.
The Company adopted this new standard on December 29, 2018.
Basis for opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements
based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance
with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to
assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such
procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating
the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
63
Table of Contents
Critical audit matters
The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or required to
be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially
challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken
as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or
disclosures to which they relate.
Net realizable value of inventory
As discussed in Note 1 - Description of the Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, adjustments are made to reduce the
cost of inventory to its net realizable value, if required, for estimated excess, obsolete or impaired balances. Management monitors inventory quantities on hand
and on order and records write-downs for estimated excess or obsolescence based on estimated demand for products, obsolescence of technology, product life
cycles, and when pricing trends or forecasts indicate that the carrying value of inventory exceeds estimated selling price. We identified the net realizable value of
inventory as a critical audit matter.
The principal considerations for our determination that the net realizable value of inventory represents a critical audit matter are that the assessment of the
valuation of inventory is complex and includes an estimate of forecast demand. The demand estimate is subjective and requires the Company to consider
significant assumptions such as economic conditions, consumer and pricing trends, product acceptance and competition, all of which are subject to significant
uncertainty and therefore require significant auditor judgement.
Our audit procedures related to the net realizable value of inventory included the following, among others:
• We obtained management’s analysis of parts in inventory and expected customer demand, recalculated inputs into the analysis and tested for
completeness. This included, among other inputs, forecast demand, age, and general ledger balances.
• We tested selected inventory items by making inquiries of management and evaluating the appropriateness of judgments, assumptions and documentation
supporting adjustments to the reserve estimate.
• We compared selected 2020 forecast information to actual sales orders and demand information as provided by customers in order to test the accuracy of
demand information included in the calculation.
• We obtained historic sales invoices in order to test the accuracy of past selling data included in the analysis for selected items.
• We inquired with management and various staff members outside of the finance team including members of the Supply Chain team, Production Planners,
Product Innovation team and Plant Managers to obtain support for selected forecast demand inputs as well as to understand macroeconomic and customer
specific trends.
• We tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls related to the forecast demand for the Company’s products as well as management’s review
of the reserve estimate.
64
Table of Contents
Realizability of Deferred Tax Assets
As discussed in Note 1 to the financial statements, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the temporary differences between the financial
statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to affect taxable income.
Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce net deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized. We identified the
realizability of deferred tax assets as a critical audit matter.
The principal considerations for our determination that the realizability of deferred tax assets represents a critical audit matter are the significance of the
Company’s foreign tax credits and the use of forecasted profitability by jurisdiction and source. The forecasts, including future sales and expenses by jurisdiction,
are subject to a high level of estimation uncertainty and subjectivity. Additionally, realizability depends on continued implementation of a tax planning strategy. As
a result, significant auditor judgment is necessary to audit management’s judgments and assumptions.
Our audit procedures related to the realizability of deferred tax assets included the following, among others:
•
Our tax specialists evaluated the cross border arrangements within the Company’s corporate structure to determine whether they complied with local laws
and requirements.
• We tested the accuracy of the underlying data used in the forecasts by agreeing the baseline 2019 results for selected jurisdictions to general ledger
balances.
• We compared the previous year’s forecast of future taxable income with the 2019 actual results to assess management’s ability to accurately estimate
future growth.
• We evaluated the appropriateness of the assumptions supporting the future revenue growth rate by jurisdiction.
• We evaluated management’s assumptions with respect to anticipated relief from withholding on intercompany charges paid by selected jurisdictions for
consistency and credibility.
• We tested the design and operating effectiveness of controls related to the generation of the forecasts and assumptions that underpin the assessment of the
realizability of deferred tax assets.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2008.
San Francisco, California
March 3, 2020
65
Table of Contents
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Fox Factory Holding Corp.
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Opinion on internal control over financial reporting
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Fox Factory Holding Corp. (a Delaware corporation) and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of
January 3, 2020, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the
Treadway Commission (“COSO”). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of
January 3, 2020, based on criteria established in the 2013 Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by COSO.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (“PCAOB”), the consolidated
financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended January 3, 2020, and our report dated March 3, 2020 expressed an unqualified opinion on those
financial statements.
Basis for opinion
The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal
control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting (“Management’s Report”). Our
responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered
with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance
about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal
control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control
based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable
basis for our opinion.
Definition and limitations of internal control over financial reporting
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial
reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the
transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of
financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in
accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of
unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with
the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
San Francisco, California
March 3, 2020
66
Table of Contents
Assets
Current assets:
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except par value)
Cash and cash equivalents
Accounts receivable (net of allowances of $810 and $600 at January 3, 2020 and December 28, 2018,
respectively)
Inventory
Prepaids and other current assets
Total current assets
Property, plant and equipment, net
Lease right-of-use assets
Deferred tax assets
Goodwill
Intangibles, net
Other assets
Total assets
Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses
Reserve for uncertain tax positions
Current portion of long-term debt
Total current liabilities
Line of credit
Long-term debt, less current portion
Other liabilities
Total liabilities
Commitments and contingencies (Refer to Note 10 - Commitments and Contingencies)
Redeemable non-controlling interest
Stockholders’ equity
Preferred stock, $0.001 par value — 10,000 authorized and no shares issued or outstanding as of January 3, 2020
and December 28, 2018
Common stock, $0.001 par value — 90,000 authorized; 39,448 shares issued and 38,559 outstanding as of
January 3, 2020; 38,881 shares issued and 37,991 outstanding as of December 28, 2018
Additional paid-in capital
Treasury stock, at cost; 890 common shares as of January 3, 2020 and December 28, 2018
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
Retained earnings
Total stockholders’ equity
January 3,
December 28,
2020
2018
$
43,736 $
27,958
$
$
91,632
128,505
17,940
281,813
108,379
17,472
25,725
93,527
81,949
451
78,882
107,140
17,967
231,947
64,788
—
15,328
88,850
83,974
367
609,316 $
485,254
55,144 $
35,744
925
—
91,813
68,000
—
11,584
171,397
55,086
33,607
1,169
6,923
96,785
—
52,503
479
149,767
15,719
14,282
—
39
123,274
(13,754)
150
312,491
422,200
—
38
116,019
(13,754)
(784)
219,686
321,205
485,254
Total liabilities, redeemable non-controlling interest and stockholders’ equity
$
609,316 $
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
67
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Consolidated Statements of Income
(in thousands, except per share data)
Sales
Cost of sales
Gross profit
Operating expenses:
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative
Amortization of purchased intangibles
Fair value adjustment of contingent consideration and acquisition-related compensation
Total operating expenses
Income from operations
Other expense, net:
Interest expense
Other expense
Other expense, net
Income before income taxes
Provision for income taxes
Net income
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interest
Net income attributable to Fox stockholders
Earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
Weighted average shares used to compute earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
68
For the fiscal years ended
January 3,
December 28,
December 29,
2020
2018
2017
$
751,020 $
619,225 $
508,285
242,735
42,794
31,789
48,999
6,344
—
129,926
112,809
3,173
1,067
4,240
108,569
14,099
94,470
1,437
413,729
205,496
37,296
25,847
41,756
6,065
—
110,964
94,532
3,059
583
3,642
90,890
5,523
85,367
1,327
475,633
321,143
154,490
27,905
20,178
34,933
2,986
1,447
87,449
67,041
2,396
360
2,756
64,285
21,102
43,183
55
$
$
$
93,033 $
84,040 $
43,128
2.43 $
2.38 $
2.22 $
2.16 $
38,333
39,155
37,805
38,956
1.15
1.11
37,373
38,738
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income
(in thousands)
Net income
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Foreign currency translation adjustments, net of tax effects
Other comprehensive income (loss)
Comprehensive income
Less: comprehensive income attributable to non-controlling interest
Comprehensive income attributable to Fox stockholders
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
69
For the fiscal years ended
January 3,
December 28,
December 29,
2020
2018
2017
$
94,470 $
85,367 $
43,183
934
934
95,404
1,437
(616)
(616)
84,751
1,327
2,025
2,025
45,208
55
$
93,967 $
83,424 $
45,153
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity and Redeemable Non-controlling Interest
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Common Stock
Treasury
Shares
Amount
Shares
Amount
Additional
paid-in
capital
Accumulated other
comprehensive (loss)
income
Retained
earnings
Total
stockholders'
equity
Redeemable non-
controlling
interest
37,781 $
37
890 $ (13,754) $
108,049 $
(2,193) $
92,798 $
184,937 $
—
Balance- December 30, 2016
Issuance of common stock under
equity compensation plans, net of
shares repurchased for income tax
withholding
Acquisition of redeemable non-
controlling interest
Stock-based compensation expense
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
Net Income
Balance - December 29, 2017
Issuance of common stock under
equity compensation plans, net of
shares repurchased for income tax
withholding
Stock-based compensation expense
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
Adoption of new accounting standard,
net of taxes
Net Income
Balance - December 28, 2018
Issuance of common stock under
equity compensation plans, net of
shares repurchased for income tax
withholding
Issuance of stock for business
acquisition
Stock-based compensation expense
Foreign currency translation
adjustment
Adoption of new accounting standard,
net of taxes
Net Income
716
—
—
—
—
38,497 $
384
—
—
—
—
38,881 $
469
98
—
—
—
—
Balance - January 3, 2020
39,448 $
1
—
—
—
—
38
—
—
—
—
—
38
1
—
—
—
—
—
39
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(3,983)
—
8,727
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
2,025
—
—
43,128
(3,982)
—
—
8,727
2,025
43,128
12,900
—
—
55
890 $ (13,754) $
112,793 $
(168) $
135,926 $
234,835 $
12,955
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(4,096)
7,322
—
—
—
—
—
(616)
—
—
—
—
—
(280)
84,040
(4,096)
7,322
(616)
(280)
84,040
890 $ (13,754) $
116,019 $
(784) $
219,686 $
321,205 $
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(6,776)
7,167
6,864
—
—
—
—
—
—
934
—
—
—
—
—
—
(228)
93,033
(6,775)
7,167
6,864
934
(228)
93,033
890 $ (13,754) $
123,274 $
150
$
312,491 $
422,200 $
—
—
—
—
1,327
14,282
—
—
—
—
—
1,437
15,719
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated statements.
70
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
OPERATING ACTIVITIES:
Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
Depreciation and amortization
Stock-based compensation
Deferred taxes and uncertain tax positions
Change in fair value of contingent consideration
Loss on extinguishment of debt
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Accounts receivable
Inventory
Income taxes
Prepaids and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
Net cash provided by operating activities
INVESTING ACTIVITIES:
Acquisition of businesses
Purchases of property and equipment
Net cash used in investing activities
FINANCING ACTIVITIES:
Proceeds from line of credit
Payments on line of credit
Payment of contingent consideration liability
Repayment of debt
Cash from stock compensation program, net
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
EFFECT OF EXCHANGE RATE CHANGES ON CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
CHANGE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year
SUPPLEMENTAL CASH FLOW INFORMATION:
Cash paid during the period for:
Income taxes
Cash paid for interest, net of capitalized interest
Non-cash investing and financing activities:
Acquisition of business in exchange for equity
Refinancing of the Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility
Capital expenditures included in accounts payable
Non-controlling interests in acquired business
Debt assumed in acquisition of Tuscany
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.
71
For the fiscal years ended
January 3,
December 28,
December 29,
2020
2018
2017
$
94,470 $
85,367 $
43,183
17,736
6,864
(10,615)
—
516
(12,061)
(17,009)
(3,586)
1,709
(869)
(2,325)
74,830
(6,804)
(53,526)
(60,330)
67,500
(57,053)
—
(2,813)
(6,775)
859
419
15,778
27,958
14,729
7,322
(19,286)
—
—
(19,034)
(22,998)
281
(377)
15,193
4,195
65,392
—
(30,203)
(30,203)
25,000
(60,585)
—
(3,750)
(4,096)
(43,431)
253
(7,989)
35,947
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
$
43,736 $
27,958 $
28,293 $
2,762 $
24,610 $
2,756 $
7,167 $
88,875 $
1,718 $
— $
— $
— $
— $
1,557 $
— $
— $
10,280
8,727
(1,160)
(150)
—
3,554
(8,074)
6,421
(6,378)
2,243
(10,474)
48,172
(53,592)
(16,864)
(70,456)
42,120
(7,000)
(5,382)
(3,750)
(3,981)
22,007
944
667
35,280
35,947
15,951
2,012
—
—
1,639
12,900
465
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
1. Description of the Business, Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Fox Factory Holding Corp. (the "Company") designs and manufactures performance-defining products primarily for bicycles ("bikes"), side-by-side vehicles
("Side-by-Sides"), on-road and off-road vehicles and trucks, all-terrain vehicles, or ATVs, snowmobiles, specialty vehicles and applications, motorcycles and
commercial trucks. The Company is a direct supplier to leading power vehicle original equipment manufacturers ("OEMs") and provides aftermarket products to
retailers, dealerships, and distributors. Additionally, the Company supplies top bicycle OEMs and their current contract manufacturers, and provides aftermarket
products to retailers and distributors.
Throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless stated otherwise or as the context otherwise requires, the "Company," "FOX," "Fox Factory," "we," "us,"
"our," and "ours" refer to Fox Factory Holding Corp. and its operating subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
Basis of Presentation - The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with United States of America ("U.S.") generally
accepted accounting principles ("GAAP").
Fiscal Year Calendar - The Company operates using a 52-53 week fiscal year calendar ending on the Friday nearest to December 31. Therefore, the financial
results of certain fiscal years and quarters, which will contain 53 and 14 weeks, respectively, will not be exactly comparable to the prior and subsequent fiscal years
and quarters, which contain 52 and 13 weeks, respectively. For the fiscal years 2019, 2018 and 2017, the Company's fiscal year ended on January 3, 2020,
December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017 and had 53, 52 and 52 weeks, respectively.
Principles of Consolidation - The consolidated financial statements include the Company and its subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have
been eliminated in consolidation.
Use of Estimates - The preparation of the Company’s consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the
reported amounts of income and expenses during the reporting period. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the financial statements;
therefore, actual results could differ from management’s estimates.
Foreign Currency Translation and Transaction - The functional currency of the Company’s non-U.S. entities is the local currency of the respective operations.
The Company translates the financial statements of its non-U.S. entities into U.S. Dollars each reporting period for purposes of consolidation. Assets and liabilities
of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries are translated at the period-end currency exchange rates while sales and expenses are translated at the average currency
exchange rates in effect for the period. The effects of these translation adjustments are a component of other comprehensive income.
Foreign currency transaction losses of $881, $420, and $181 for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017, respectively, are
included as a component of other income or expense.
Cash and Cash Equivalents - Cash consists of cash maintained in a checking account. All highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity date of
90 days or less at the date of purchase are considered to be cash equivalents.
Accounts Receivable - Accounts receivable are unsecured customer obligations which generally require payment within various terms from the invoice date. The
receivables are stated at the invoice amount. Financing terms vary by customer. Invoices are considered past due when payment is not received within the terms
stated within the contract. Payments of accounts receivable are applied to the specific invoices identified on the customer’s remittance advice or if unspecified,
generally to the earliest unpaid invoices.
The carrying amount of accounts receivable is reduced by a valuation allowance that reflects management’s best estimate of amounts that may not be collected. All
accounts or portions thereof deemed to be uncollectible or that may require an excessive collection cost are written off to the allowance for doubtful accounts.
72
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Concentration of Credit Risk - Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to significant concentrations of credit risk, consist primarily of cash
and accounts receivable. As of January 3, 2020 the Company held $3,118 in cash at U.S. subsidiaries and $40,618 at subsidiaries outside the U.S. The account
balances may significantly exceed the insurance coverage provided on such deposits. Generally, these deposits may be redeemed upon demand and are maintained
with financial institutions with reputable credit and therefore bear minimal credit risk. The Company has not experienced any losses in its uninsured accounts.
The Company mitigates its credit risk with respect to accounts receivable by performing ongoing credit evaluations and monitoring of its customers’ accounts
receivable balances. The following customers accounted for 10% or more of the Company’s accounts receivable balance:
Customer A
Customer B
Customer C
January 3,
December 28,
2020
11%
11%
10%
2018
13%
12%
6%
During the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017, Customer A from the table above represented 11%, 8%, and 8% of sales,
respectively. No other customers were individually significant in any of these periods.
The Company depends on a limited number of vendors to supply component parts for its products. The Company purchased 35%, 30%, and 35% of its product
components for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017, respectively, from ten vendors. As of January 3, 2020 and
December 28, 2018, amounts due to these vendors represented 29% and 23% of accounts payable, respectively.
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts - The Company records a provision for doubtful accounts based on historical experience and a detailed assessment of the
collectability of its accounts receivable. In estimating the allowance for doubtful accounts, management considers, among other factors, the aging of the accounts
receivable, historical write-offs, and the credit-worthiness of each customer. If circumstances change, such as higher-than-expected defaults or an unexpected
material adverse change in a major customer’s ability to meet its financial obligations, the Company’s estimate of the recoverability of the amounts due could be
reduced by a material amount.
The following table presents the activity in the allowance for doubtful accounts:
Allowance for doubtful accounts:
Balance, beginning of year
Add: bad debt expense
Less: write-offs, net of recoveries
Balance, end of year
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
2017
$
$
600 $
676 $
335
(125)
189
(265)
810 $
600 $
397
327
(48)
676
Inventories - Inventories are stated at the lower of actual cost (or standard cost which generally approximates actual costs on a first-in first-out basis) or net
realizable value. Cost includes raw materials, as well as direct labor and manufacturing overhead for products we manufacture. Net realizable value is based on
current replacement cost for raw materials and on a net realizable value for finished goods. Adjustments to reduce the cost of inventory to its net realizable value
are made, if required, for estimated excess, obsolescence or impaired balances.
73
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Property and Equipment - Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over
the estimated useful lives of the related assets. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred, and improvements and betterments are capitalized.
When assets are retired or otherwise disposed of, the cost and accumulated depreciation and amortization are removed from the balance sheet and any resulting
gain or loss is reflected in operations in the period realized.
Leasehold improvements are amortized on a straight-line basis over the terms of the lease, or the useful lives of the assets, whichever is shorter. The value assigned
to land associated with buildings we own is not amortized. Depreciation and amortization periods for the Company’s property and equipment are as follows:
Asset Classification
Building and building improvements
Information systems, office equipment and furniture
Internal-use computer software
Machinery and equipment
Manufacturing equipment
Transportation equipment
Estimated useful life
10-39 years
3-5 years
10 years
10-15 years
5-10 years
5 years
Internal-use Computer Software Costs - Costs incurred to purchase and develop computer software for internal use are capitalized during the application
development and implementation stages. These software costs have been for enterprise-level business and finance software that is customized to meet the
Company’s operational needs. Capitalized costs are included in property and equipment and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of
the software beginning when the software project is substantially complete and placed in service. The Company capitalized $2,445 in internal use computer
software costs during the year ended January 3, 2020. Costs incurred during the preliminary project stage and costs for training, data conversion, and maintenance
are expensed as incurred.
Impairment of Long-lived Assets -The Company periodically reviews property and equipment for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances
indicate that the carrying amount of an asset is impaired or the estimated useful lives are no longer appropriate. If indicators of impairment exist and the
undiscounted projected cash flows associated with such assets are less than the carrying amount of the assets, an impairment loss is recorded to write the assets
down to their estimated fair values. Fair value is estimated based on discounted future cash flows. No impairment charges were recorded during the years ended
January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017.
Business Combinations - The Company accounts for acquisitions of entities that include inputs and processes and have the ability to create outputs as business
combinations. The Company allocates the purchase price of the acquisition to the tangible assets acquired, liabilities assumed and identifiable intangible assets
acquired based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over those fair values is recorded as goodwill. Acquisition-related expenses and
restructuring costs are expensed as incurred. During the measurement period, the Company records adjustments to provisional amounts recorded for assets
acquired and liabilities assumed with the corresponding offset to goodwill. After the measurement period, which could be up to one year after the transaction date,
subsequent adjustments are recorded to the Company’s consolidated statements of income.
74
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Goodwill and Intangible Assets - Goodwill represents the excess of purchase price over the fair value of the net assets of businesses acquired. On an annual basis,
the Company makes a qualitative assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount,
including goodwill. If the Company determines that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, it will perform a quantitative analysis;
otherwise, no further evaluation is necessary. For the quantitative impairment assessment, the Company compares the fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying
value, including goodwill. The Company determines the fair value of the reporting unit based on a weighting of income and market approaches. If the fair value of
the reporting unit exceeds the carrying value of the net assets assigned to that unit, goodwill is not impaired and no further testing is performed. If the carrying
value of the net assets assigned to the reporting unit exceeds the fair value of the reporting unit, then the Company will recognize a loss equal to the excess, limited
to the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. Impairments, if any, are charged directly to earnings. We completed our most recent annual
impairment test in the third quarter of 2019 at which time we had a single reporting unit for purposes of assessing goodwill impairment. No impairment charges
have been incurred to date.
Intangible assets include customer relationships and the Company’s core technology, are subject to amortization over their respective useful lives, and are
classified in intangibles, net in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. These intangibles are evaluated for impairment whenever events or changes in
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets may not be fully recoverable. If facts and circumstances indicate that the carrying value might not be
recoverable, projected undiscounted net cash flows associated with the related asset or group of assets over their estimated remaining useful lives is compared
against their respective carrying amounts. If an asset is found to be impaired, the impairment charge will be measured as the amount by which the carrying amount
of an entity exceeds its fair value. Trademarks and brands are considered to be indefinite life intangibles, and are not amortized but are subject to testing for
impairment annually. No impairments of intangible assets were identified in the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017.
Self-Insurance - The Company is partially self-insured for its U.S. employee health and welfare benefits. The Company’s liability for self-insurance is based on
claims filed and an estimate of claims incurred but not yet reported. The Company considers a number of factors, including historical claims information, when
determining the amount of the accrual. Costs related to the administration of the plan and related claims are expensed as incurred. The Company has third-party
insurance coverage to limit exposure for individually significant claims. The estimates for unpaid claims incurred as of January 3, 2020 and December 28, 2018 are
$842 and $801 respectively, and are recorded within accrued expenses on the consolidated balance sheets.
Revenue Recognition - Revenues are generated from the sale of performance-defining products and systems to customers worldwide. The Company’s
performance-defining products and systems are solutions that improve performance of powered vehicles and bikes. Powered vehicles include Side-by-Sides, on-
road vehicles with off-road capabilities, off-road vehicles and trucks, ATVs, snowmobiles, specialty vehicles and applications, and motorcycles.
Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer. The Company recognizes revenue when it satisfies a performance
obligation by transferring control of a product to a customer, generally at the time of shipment. Contracts are generally in the form of purchase orders and are
governed by standard terms and conditions. For larger OEMs, the Company may also enter into master agreements.
Provisions for discounts, rebates, sales incentives, returns, and other adjustments are generally provided for in the period the related sales are recorded, based on
management’s assessment of historical trends and projection of future results. Certain pricing provisions that provide the customer with future discounts are
considered a material right. Such material rights result in the deferral of revenue that are recognized when the rights are exercised by the customer. Measuring the
material rights requires judgments including forecasts of future sales and product mix. At January 3, 2020, the balance of deferred revenue related to pricing
provisions was $172. These amounts are expected to be recognized over the next 12 months. Revenues exclude sales tax.
Cost of Sales - Cost of sales primarily consists of materials and labor expense in the manufacturing of the Company’s products sold to customers. Cost of sales
also includes provisions for excess and obsolete inventory, warranty costs, certain allocated costs for facilities, depreciation and other manufacturing overhead.
Additionally, it includes stock-based compensation for personnel directly involved with manufacturing the Company’s product offerings.
75
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Shipping and Handling Fees and Costs - The Company includes shipping and handling fees billed to customers in sales. Shipping costs associated with inbound
freight are capitalized as part of inventory and included in cost of sales as products are sold.
Sales and Marketing - Sales and marketing expenses include costs related to sales, customer service and marketing personnel, including their wages, employee
benefits and related stock-based compensation, and occupancy related expenses. Other significant sales and marketing expenses include race support and
sponsorships of events and athletes, advertising and promotions related to trade shows, travel and entertainment, and promotional materials, products and sales
offices costs.
Research and Development - Research and development expenses consist primarily of salaries and personnel costs, including wages, employee benefits and
related stock-based compensation for the Company’s engineering, research and development teams, occupancy related expenses, fees for third party consultants,
service fees, and expenses for prototype tooling and materials, travel, and supplies. The Company expenses research and development costs as incurred.
General and Administrative - General and administrative expenses include costs related to executive, finance, information technology, human resources and
administrative personnel, including wages, employee benefits and related stock-based compensation expenses. The Company records professional and contract
service expenses, occupancy related expenses associated with corporate locations and equipment, and legal expenses in general and administrative expenses.
Stock-Based Compensation - The Company measures stock-based compensation for all stock-based awards, including stock options and restricted stock units
(“RSUs”), based on their estimated fair values on the date of the grant and recognizes the stock-based compensation cost for time-vested awards on a straight-line
basis over the requisite service period. For performance-based RSUs, the number of shares ultimately expected to vest is estimated at each reporting date based on
management’s expectations regarding the relevant performance criteria. To the extent shares are expected to vest, the stock-based compensation cost is recognized
on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period. The fair value of each stock option granted is estimated using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The
Company does not estimate forfeitures in recognizing stock-based compensation expense. The fair value of the RSUs is equal to the fair value of the Company’s
common stock on the grant date of the award.
Income Taxes - Income taxes are computed using the asset and liability method, under which deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the
difference between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected
to affect taxable income. Operating loss and tax credit carryforwards are measured by applying currently enacted tax laws. Valuation allowances are provided
when necessary to reduce net deferred tax assets to an amount that is more likely than not to be realized.
The Company has elected to account for global intangible low-taxed income ("GILTI") in the year the tax is incurred, rather than recognize deferred taxes for
temporary basis differences expected to reverse as GILTI in future years. The net GILTI inclusion for the year ended January 3, 2020 was partially offset by
foreign tax credits associated with the income and resulted in a net tax charge of $316.
The Company recognizes the tax effects of an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not to be sustained based solely on its technical merits as of the
reporting date and then only in an amount more likely than not to be sustained upon review by the tax authorities. The Company considers many factors when
evaluating and estimating its tax positions and tax benefits, which may require periodic adjustments and which may not accurately anticipate actual outcomes.
Advertising - Advertising costs are expensed as incurred and recognized as sales and marketing expenses on our Consolidated Statements of Income. Costs
incurred for advertising totaled $1,413, $902, and $1,070 for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017, respectively.
Warranties - The Company offers limited warranties on its products generally for one to four years. The Company recognizes estimated costs related to warranty
activities as a component of cost of sales upon product shipment. The estimates are based upon historical product failure rates and historical costs incurred in
correcting product failures. The recorded amount is adjusted from time to time for specifically identified warranty exposures. Actual warranty expenses are
charged against the Company’s estimated warranty liability when incurred. Factors that affect the Company’s liability include the number of units, historical and
anticipated rates of warranty claims, and the cost per claim.
76
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Segments - The Company has determined that it has a single operating and reportable segment. The Company considers operating segments to be components of
the Company in which separate financial information is available that is evaluated regularly by the Company’s chief operating decision maker in deciding how to
allocate resources and in assessing performance. The chief operating decision maker for the Company is the Chief Executive Officer. The Chief Executive Officer
reviews financial information presented on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.
Fair Value Measurements and Financial Instruments - The Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") has issued Accounting Standards Codification
820, Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures, that requires the valuation of assets and liabilities required or permitted to be either recorded or disclosed at fair
value based on hierarchy of available inputs as follows:
Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;
Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or
inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and
Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or
no market activity).
The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including cash, receivables, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities approximate their fair values
due to their short-term nature. Amounts owed under the Company's credit facility approximate fair value due to the variable interest rate features embedded in both
the line of credit and term debt.
Certain Significant Risks and Uncertainties - The Company is subject to those risks common in manufacturing-driven markets, including, but not limited to,
competitive forces, dependence on key personnel, customer demand for its products, the successful protection of its proprietary technologies, compliance with
government regulations, and the possibility of not being able to obtain additional financing when needed.
Recent Accounting Pronouncements - In May 2014, the FASB and International Accounting Standards Board issued their converged standard on revenue
recognition, ASU 2014-09, updated December 2016 with the release of ASU 2016-20. This standard outlines a single comprehensive model for companies to use
in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance, including industry-specific guidance.
The core principle of the revenue model is that an entity recognizes revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods and services in an amount that reflects the
consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled to in exchange for those goods and services. In addition, the new standard requires that reporting companies
disclose the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from contracts with customers.
The Company adopted this guidance as of the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal year 2018 using the modified retrospective implementation method. The
Company applied the guidance to all open contracts at the date of initial application. Additionally, the Company used the practical expedient to omit the disclosure
of remaining performance obligations for contracts with an original expected duration of one year or less. The primary impact of adopting the standard resulted
from certain pricing provisions within contracts that provide the customer with a material right. Under the new standard, revenue attributed to such pricing
provisions is deferred and recognized when the right is exercised by the customer. The Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of $368 gross and $281
net of taxes to the opening balance of retained earnings to reflect the cumulative effect of the adoption of the standard.
77
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, Leases, which supersedes the existing guidance for lease accounting. To meet the objective of enabling users of
financial statements to assess the amount, timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases, this ASU requires lessees to recognize most leases on the
balance sheet as right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.
The Company adopted this guidance as of the beginning of the first quarter of fiscal year 2019, with a cumulative effect adjustment to the opening balance of
retained earnings at December 28, 2018 with no restatement of comparative periods’ financial information ("current-period adjustment method"). Additionally, the
Company adopted this guidance using practical expedients with respect to the assessment of embedded leases, lease classification, and initial indirect costs for
expired and existing leases. The Company also elected the practical expedient related to treating lease and non-lease components as a single lease component for
all of its leases and elected a policy exclusion permitting leases with an original lease term of less than one year to be excluded from the right-of-use assets and
lease liabilities. The Company did not use the hindsight practical expedient to adopt this guidance. The Company recorded a cumulative effect adjustment of
$13,637 to operating lease right-of-use assets, $13,937 to operating lease liabilities, and $300 gross ($228 net of taxes) to the opening balance of the Company's
retained earnings to reflect the cumulative effect of the adoption of the standard. This standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated income
statements.
In June 2016, the FASB issue ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments: Credit Losses, which adds an impairment model that is based on expected losses rather than
incurred losses. Under this standard, an entity recognizes as an allowance its estimate of expected credit losses, which the FASB believes will result in more timely
recognition of such losses. This standard is effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019, including interim reporting periods
within those years and early adoption is permitted. The Company does not expect the impact of this adoption to be material.
In August 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows: Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments, which clarifies the
presentation of certain transactions, including but not limited to contingent consideration payments made after a business combination and debt prepayment and
extinguishment costs in the cash flow statement. The Company adopted ASU 2016-16 effective in the first quarter of fiscal year 2019. The adoption of ASU 2016-
15 did not have a material impact on the Company's consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-13, Fair Value Measurement, which modifies the disclosure requirements of fair value measurements in Topic 820.
This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019. The Company is currently assessing the impact this guidance will have on its
consolidated financial statements.
In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-15, Intangibles - Goodwill and Other: Internal-Use Software, which helps simplify how entities evaluate the
accounting for costs paid by a customer in a cloud computing arrangement that is a service contract. This standard is effective for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2019 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact this guidance will have on its consolidated financial
statements.
In December 2019, the FASB issued ASU 2019-12, Simplifying the Accounting for Income Taxes, which helps simplify how entities account for income taxes by
removing various exceptions related to the recognition of deferred tax liabilities and updating other tax computation requirements. This standard is effective for
fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2020 and early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently assessing the impact this guidance will have on its
consolidated financial statements.
78
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
2. Revenues
The following table summarizes total sales by product category:
Powered Vehicles
Specialty Sports
Total sales
The following table summarizes total sales by sales channel:
OEM
Aftermarket
Total sales
The following table summarizes total sales generated by geographic location of the customer:
North America
Asia
Europe
Rest of the World
Total sales
3. Inventory
Inventory consisted of the following:
Raw materials
Work-in-process
Finished goods
Total inventory
79
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
2017
451,253 $
337,284 $
299,767
281,941
751,020 $
619,225 $
230,255
245,378
475,633
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
2017
473,969 $
368,580 $
277,051
250,645
751,020 $
619,225 $
288,733
186,900
475,633
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
2017
502,263 $
388,702 $
120,839
120,272
7,646
119,142
101,217
10,164
280,860
101,079
86,405
7,289
751,020 $
619,225 $
475,633
$
$
$
$
$
$
January 3,
December 28,
2020
2018
$
$
87,779 $
7,075
33,651
75,652
5,880
25,608
128,505 $
107,140
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
4. Property, Plant and Equipment, net
Property, plant and equipment consisted of the following:
Building and building improvements
Information systems, office equipment and furniture
Internal-use computer software
Land
Leasehold improvements
Machinery and manufacturing equipment
Transportation equipment
Total
Less: accumulated depreciation and amortization
Property, plant and equipment, net
January 3,
December 28,
2020
2018
$
42,343 $
10,102
16,860
5,414
13,841
57,331
5,006
150,897
(42,518)
$
108,379 $
17,622
7,262
14,416
1,356
10,386
41,332
3,932
96,306
(31,518)
64,788
Depreciation expense was $11,261, $8,143, and $6,923 for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017, respectively, including
$1,861, $869, and $565 of internal-use software amortization for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017, respectively. The
Company capitalized $2,445 in internal use computer software costs during the year ended January 3, 2020.
The Company’s long-lived assets by geographic location are as follows:
United States
International
Total long-lived assets
January 3,
December 28,
2020
2018
$
$
100,508 $
7,871
108,379 $
59,056
5,732
64,788
80
Table of Contents
5. Leases
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
The Company has operating lease agreements for administrative, research and development, manufacturing, and sales and marketing facilities. These leases have
remaining lease terms ranging from one to eight years, some of which include options to extend the lease term for up to five years, and some of which include
options to terminate the leases within one year. Certain leases are subject to annual escalations as specified in the lease agreements. The Company considered these
options in determining the lease term used to establish its right-of-use assets and lease liabilities. These lease agreements do not contain any material residual value
guarantees or material restrictive covenants.
As most of the Company's leases do not provide an interest rate, the Company used the incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at
commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments. The weighted-average remaining lease term for the Company's operating leases was 4.33
years and the weighted-average incremental borrowing rate was 3.75% as of January 3, 2020.
Operating lease costs consisted of the following:
Operating lease cost
Other lease costs (1)
Total
For the fiscal year ended
2019
$
$
5,706
1,489
7,195
(1) Includes short-term leases and variable lease costs. The Company elected a policy exclusion permitting leases with an original lease term of less than one
year to be excluded from the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities.
Lease costs for the twelve months ended December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017 were $6,445 and $6,040, respectively.
Supplemental balance sheet information related to the Company's operating leases is as follows:
Operating lease right-of-use assets
Lease right-of-use assets
Current lease liabilities
Non-current lease liabilities
Accrued expenses
Other liabilities
$
$
$
17,472
6,242
11,584
Balance Sheet Classification
January 3, 2020
Supplemental cash flow information related to the Company's operating leases is as follows:
Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for lease obligations
Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities
81
For the fiscal year ended
2019
$
$
8,691
5,630
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Maturities of lease liabilities by fiscal year for the Company's operating leases are as follows:
For fiscal year
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
Total lease payments
Less: imputed interest
Present value of lease liabilities
Less: current portion
Lease liabilities less current portion
6. Goodwill and Intangible Assets
Intangible assets, excluding goodwill, are comprised of the following:
January 3, 2020
Customer relationships
Core technology
Patents
Total
Trademarks and brands, not subject to amortization
Total
December 28, 2018
Customer relationships
Core technology
Patents
Total
Trademarks and brands, not subject to amortization
Total
Amortization of intangibles
Total future payments
$
$
6,242
4,522
2,920
2,532
1,416
1,719
19,351
(1,525)
17,826
(6,242)
11,584
Gross
carrying
amount
Accumulated
amortization
Net
carrying
amount
Weighted
average life
(years)
$
$
$
$
70,473 $
(30,114) $
34,400
1,859
106,732 $
(33,309)
(1,430)
(64,853)
$
40,359
1,091
429
41,879
40,070
81,949
67,624 $
(24,134) $
43,490
33,400
1,389
102,413 $
(33,031)
(1,344)
(58,509)
369
45
43,904
40,070
83,974
$
11
8
4
11
8
4
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
2017
$
6,344 $
6,065 $
2,986
82
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Goodwill activity consisted of the following:
Balance as of December 28, 2018
Acquisitions (Refer to Note 16 - Acquisitions)
Currency translation and other adjustments
Balance as of January 3, 2020
Future amortization expense for finite-lived intangibles as of January 3, 2020 is as follows:
For fiscal year:
2020
2021
2022
2023
2024
Thereafter
Total expected future amortization
7. Accrued Expenses
Accrued expenses consisted of the following:
Payroll and related expenses
Current portion of lease liabilities
Warranty
Income tax payable
Other accrued expenses
Total
Activity related to warranties is as follows:
Beginning warranty liability
Charge to cost of sales
Fair value of warranty assumed in acquisition
Costs incurred
Ending warranty liability
$
$
88,850
4,692
(15)
93,527
Amortization Expense
$
$
5,868
5,765
5,641
5,000
4,829
14,776
41,879
January 3,
December 28,
2020
2018
14,595 $
15,870
6,242
5,649
4,295
4,963
—
6,433
6,691
4,613
35,744 $
33,607
$
$
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
2017
$
$
6,433 $
6,481 $
4,064
100
(4,948)
4,621
200
(4,869)
5,649 $
6,433 $
4,593
5,904
1,016
(5,032)
6,481
83
Table of Contents
8. Related Party Transactions
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
On May 3, 2019, the Company acquired the substantially all the assets of Air Ride Technologies, Inc., d/b/a Ridetech. Ridetech has a building lease for its
manufacturing and office facilities in Jasper, Indiana. The buildings are owned by the former owner of Ridetech, who is now an employee of the Company. Rent
expense under this lease was $125 for the year ended January 3, 2020. The lease is effective from May 3, 2019 through April 1, 2024, with monthly rent payments
of $16.
Fox Factory, Inc. has a triple-net building lease for its manufacturing and office facilities in Watsonville, California. The building is owned by a former member of
our Board of Directors who retired on August 28, 2018. Payments made under this lease were $656 and $715 for the years ended December 28, 2018 and
December 29, 2017, respectively.
On September 28, 2018, the Company purchased Tuscany's facilities from certain non-controlling interest stockholders who are also employees of the Company.
The total purchase price was $3,750. The Company leased these properties prior to being purchased. Rent expense under these leases was $257 and $29 for the
years ended December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017, respectively.
9. Debt
Former Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility
In August 2013, the Company entered into a credit facility with SunTrust Bank, N.A. and other named lenders, which was periodically amended and restated (the
"Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility"). The Company paid off the Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility in June 2019 upon entering into the
new Credit Facility with Bank of America, N.A. ("Bank of America"). The Company expensed $516 of remaining debt issuance costs, which are included in other
expense, net on the Consolidated Statements of Income.
New Credit Facility
In June 2019, the Company entered into a credit facility with Bank of America and other named lenders (the "Credit Facility"). The Credit Facility, which matures
on June 3, 2024, provides a senior secured revolving line of credit with a maximum borrowing capacity of $250,000. The Company paid $510 in loan costs that
will be deferred and amortized on a straight-line basis over the term of the Credit Facility.
The Credit Facility provides for interest at a rate either based on the London Interbank Offered Rate, or LIBOR, plus a margin ranging from 1.00% to 1.50%, or
based on the base rate offered by Bank of America plus a margin ranging from 0.00% to 0.50%. At January 3, 2020, the one-month LIBOR and prime rates were
1.71% and 4.75%, respectively. At January 3, 2020, our weighted average interest rate on outstanding borrowing was 2.80%. The Credit Facility is secured by
substantially all of the Company’s assets, restricts the Company's ability to make certain payments and engage in certain transactions, and requires that the
Company satisfy customary financial ratios. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of January 3, 2020.
The Credit Facility permits up to $15,000 of the aggregate revolving commitment to be used by the Company for issuance of letters of credit, of which $5,000 was
outstanding at January 3, 2020.
The following table summarizes our line of credit:
Amount outstanding
Standby letter of credit
Available borrowing capacity
Maximum borrowing capacity
Maturity date
84
January 3,
December 28,
2020
2018
$
$
$
$
68,000 $
5,000 $
177,000 $
250,000 $
June 3, 2024
—
5,000
95,000
100,000
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
10. Commitments and Contingencies
Indemnification Agreements - In the ordinary course of business, the Company may provide indemnifications of varying scope and terms to customers, vendors,
lessors, business partners, and other parties with respect to certain matters, including, but not limited to, losses arising out of breach of such agreements, services to
be provided by the Company or intellectual property infringement claims made by third parties. In addition, the Company has entered into indemnification
agreements with directors and certain officers and employees that will require the Company, among other things, to indemnify them against certain liabilities that
may arise by reason of their status or service as directors, officers or employees. While the outcome of these matters cannot be predicted with certainty, the
Company does not believe that the outcome of any claims under indemnification arrangements will have a material effect on the Company’s results of operations,
financial position or liquidity.
Legal Proceedings - A lawsuit was filed on December 17, 2015 by SRAM Corporation (“SRAM”) in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of Illinois, against
the Company’s wholly-owned subsidiary, RFE Canada Holding Corp. (“RFE Canada”). The lawsuit alleges patent infringement of U.S. Patent number 9,182,027
("'027 Patent") and violation of the Lanham Act. SRAM filed a second lawsuit in the same court against RFE Canada on May 16, 2016, alleging patent
infringement of U.S Patent number 9,291,250 ("'250 Patent"). The Company believes that the lawsuits are without merit and intends vigorously to defend itself. As
such, the Company has filed, before the U. S. Patent and Trademark Appeals Board ("PTAB"), for Interparties Reviews ("IPR") of the '027 Patent and separately
the same for the '250 Patent. In April 2018, the PTAB issued opinions in the ‘027 Patent petition cases stating that the Company has not shown the claims of the
‘027 Patent to be obvious. Regarding the PTAB ‘027 opinions, the Company has filed an Appeal to the Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit. The CAFC found
in favor of the Company and has vacated and remanded all of the PTAB findings with the exception of their finding that the ‘027 patent met the prima facia test for
obviousness, which was affirmed. SRAM has appealed to the CAFC to rehear the case en banc and that appeal is pending. The PTAB has issued an opinion in the
‘250 Patent petition case stating that the Company has not shown the claims of the ‘250 Patent to be obvious.
In a separate action, the Company filed a lawsuit on January 29, 2016 in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of California against SRAM. That lawsuit
alleges SRAM’s infringement of two separate Company owned patents, specifically U.S. Patent numbers 6,135,434 and 6,557,674. The Company filed a second
lawsuit on July 1, 2016 in the U.S. District Court, Northern District of California against SRAM alleging infringement of the Company’s U.S. Patent numbers
8,226,172 and 8,974,009. These lawsuits have been moved to U.S. District Court, District of Colorado and are otherwise proceeding. The U.S. District Court,
Northern District of Illinois, has lifted the stay of the SRAM lawsuits against the Company. The Company filed and SRAM filed lawsuits are now moving forward
in the respective courts.
Due to the inherent uncertainties of litigation, the Company is not able to predict either the outcome or a range of reasonably possible losses, if any, at this time.
Accordingly, no amounts have been recorded in the consolidated financial statements for the settlement of these matters. Were an unfavorable ruling to occur, or if
factors indicate that a loss is probable and reasonably estimable, the Company's business, financial condition or results of operations could be materially and
adversely affected. The Company is involved in other legal matters that arise in the ordinary course of business. Based on information currently available,
management does not believe that the ultimate resolution of these matters will have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows.
85
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Other Commitments - On November 30, 2017, the Company acquired an 80% interest in Tuscany. The stockholders' agreement provides the Company with a call
option (the "Call Option") to acquire the remaining 20% of Tuscany any time from November 30, 2019 through November 30, 2024 at a value that approximates
fair market value. In addition, if the Call Option has not been exercised as of November 30, 2024, the non-controlling owners shall be entitled to exercise a put
option (the "Put Option") on November 30, 2024 and for a 180-day period thereafter, which would require the Company to purchase all of the remaining shares
held by the non-controlling owners at a price that approximates fair market value. See Note 16 - Acquisitions of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in
this Annual Report on Form 10-K for additional information on this commitment.
On July 24, 2019 the Company entered into a Standard Form of Agreement between with Design-Builder Carroll Daniel Construction Company to provide design
and construction services related to an approximately 336,000 square foot facility located in Gainesville, Georgia. The Company plans to use the facility for the
manufacture of its products including vehicle shock absorbers. This agreement was amended on December 23, 2019. The Design-Build Agreement contains
several design and construction milestone dates that began in June 2019. The Company expects to pay a total of approximately $36.5 million for the Design-
Builder’s performance of the Design-Build Agreement. Any additional costs will be addressed as they arise until the completion of the facility, which is currently
expected to occur on or around August 31, 2020.
Other Contingencies - On June 21, 2018, the U.S. Supreme Court (the “Court”) decided South Dakota v. Wayfair, Inc., et al., holding that internet retailers do not
have to maintain a physical presence in a state in order to be required to collect the state’s sales and use tax. Ultimately, the Court remanded the case to the South
Dakota Supreme Court on the question of “whether some other principle in the Court’s Commerce Clause doctrine might invalidate the Act,” which may delay
federal legislation on the issue. However, as a result of the Court’s decision, additional states may now begin requiring all remote sellers, primarily those engaged
in e-commerce, to register, collect and remit sales and use taxes on transactions with in-state customers. Numerous states have either enacted legislation or
informally indicated that they will not assert liability for uncollected taxes on a retroactive basis. Nevertheless, the Company believes that it is possible that it will
incur a liability for uncollected sales tax on some portion of its e-commerce sales through January 3, 2020. Any retroactively imposed liability is not expected to be
material to the Company’s results of operations or financial position because direct end-user sales in states where the Company is not registered comprise a small
portion of total revenues.
86
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
11. Stockholders' Equity
Secondary Stock Offerings and Share Repurchase Program
In March 2017, the Company closed a secondary offering, whereby the selling stockholders, including Compass Group Diversified Holdings LLC ("Compass"),
sold 5,574 shares of the Company's common stock at a price of $26.65 per share, less underwriting discounts and commissions. The total shares sold included 466
shares, which were also sold by certain selling stockholders, in connection with the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares. The Company did not sell
shares or receive any proceeds from the sales of shares by the selling stockholders. As a result of the March 2017 secondary offering, Compass no longer holds any
equity interest in the Company.
The Company incurred approximately $113 of expenses in connection with the secondary offerings during the fiscal years ended December 29, 2017. The
Company did not incur any expenses related to secondary offerings during the fiscal years ended January 3, 2020 and December 28, 2018.
Equity Incentive Plans
The Company has outstanding awards under the following equity incentive plans: the 2008 Stock Option Plan (the "2008 Plan"), the 2008 Non-Statutory Stock
Option Plan (the "2008 Non-Statutory Plan") and the 2013 Omnibus Plan (the "2013 Plan"). No further awards will be granted pursuant to the 2008 Plan or the
2008 Non-Statutory Plan. Under the 2013 Plan, the Company has the ability to issue incentive stock options, non-statutory stock options, stock appreciation rights,
restricted stock awards, RSUs, performance units and/or performance shares.
The equity incentive plans are administered by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of the Company, which has the authority to determine the
type of incentive award, as well as the terms and conditions of the awards. Options granted under the plans have vesting periods ranging from one to five years and
expire no later than 10 years from the date of grant. RSUs generally vest over a four-year period with 25% vesting at the end of one year and the remaining vesting
annually thereafter. In addition to time-based vesting criteria, certain of our RSUs include performance-based vesting criteria. As of January 3, 2020, there were
2,491 shares reserved for issuance under the Company's equity incentive plans and 1,639 shares available for grant under the 2013 Plan. The Company generally
issues new shares in connection with awards under its equity incentive plans.
Stock-Based Compensation
Compensation expense related to the Company's share-based awards for the fiscal years ended January 3, 2020 and December 28, 2018 was $6,864 and $7,322,
respectively, all of which related to RSUs. No compensation expense related to stock options was incurred during the fiscal years ended January 3, 2020 and
December 28, 2018. Compensation expense related to the Company's share-based awards for the year ended December 29, 2017 was $8,727, of which $8,641
related to RSUs and $86 related to stock options.
The following table summarizes the allocation of stock-based compensation in the accompanying consolidated statements of income:
Cost of sales
Sales and marketing
Research and development
General and administrative
Total
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
2017
$
$
802 $
482 $
506
721
4,835
556
640
5,644
6,864 $
7,322 $
429
587
442
7,269
8,727
Stock-based compensation expense capitalized to inventory was not material for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017.
87
Table of Contents
Restricted Stock Units
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
The Company grants both time-based and performance-based stock awards, which also include a time-based vesting feature. Compensation expense for time-based
stock awards is measured at the grant date based on the closing market price of the Company's common stock, and recognized ratably over the vesting period.
For performance-based stock awards, compensation expense is measured based on estimates of the number of shares ultimately expected to vest at each reporting
date based on management’s expectations regarding the relevant performance criteria. The recognition of compensation expense associated with performance-
based stock awards requires defined criteria for assessing achievement and judgment in assessing the probability of meeting the performance goals.
The following table summarizes RSU activity:
Unvested at December 30, 2016
Granted
Canceled
Vested
Unvested at December 29, 2017
Granted
Canceled
Vested
Unvested at December 28, 2018
Granted
Canceled
Vested
Unvested at January 3, 2020
Unvested RSUs
Number of shares
outstanding
Weighted-average
grant date fair
value
811
$
411
(55)
(367)
800
223
(30)
(338)
655
131
(67)
(292)
427
$
16.53
31.38
17.45
16.93
23.91
37.07
25.16
21.98
29.34
74.70
32.29
26.06
44.98
The fair value of vested RSUs was $21,793, $13,874 and $12,587 for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017, respectively.
As of January 3, 2020, the Company had approximately $14,190 of unrecognized stock-based compensation expense related to RSUs, which will be recognized
over the remaining weighted-average vesting period of approximately 2.84 years.
88
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Stock Options
The following table summarizes stock option activity:
Balance at December 30, 2016
Options exercised
Options forfeited
Options expired
Balance at December 29, 2017
Options exercised
Balance at December 28, 2018
Options exercised
Balance at January 3, 2020
Options vested and expected to vest - January 3, 2020
Options exercisable - January 3, 2020
Number of shares
outstanding
Weighted-
average
exercise price
Weighted-average
remaining
contractual life
(years)
Aggregate
intrinsic
value
1,450
$
(541)
(14)
(9)
886
(166)
720
(289)
431
431
431
$
5.33
5.51
6.20
6.38
5.19
5.25
5.17
5.03
5.27
5.27
5.27
5 $
4
3
2
2
32,528
13,588
—
—
29,840
9,384
39,403
17,422
27,814
27,814
2 $
27,814
Aggregate intrinsic value represents the difference between the closing price of the Company's common stock on NASDAQ and the exercise price of outstanding,
in-the-money options. No options vested during the year ended January 3, 2020. As of January 3, 2020, stock-based compensation expense related to stock options
has been fully recognized.
During the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017, 289, 166, and 541 shares of common stock, respectively, were issued due to
the exercise of stock options, resulting in proceeds to the Company of approximately $1,451, $875, and $2,981, respectively.
89
Table of Contents
12. Earnings Per Share
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Basic earnings per share ("EPS") amounts are computed by dividing net income attributable to Fox Factory Holding Corp. stockholders for the period by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS amounts are computed by dividing net income for the period by the
weighted average number of shares of common stock and potentially dilutive common stock outstanding during the period. Potentially dilutive common shares
include shares issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options and vesting of restricted stock units, which are reflected in diluted earnings per share by
application of the treasury stock method.
The following table presents the calculation of basic and diluted earnings per share:
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
2017
Net income attributable to FOX stockholders
$
93,033 $
84,040 $
43,128
Weighted average shares used to compute basic earnings per share
Dilutive effect of employee stock plans
Weighted average shares used to compute diluted earnings per share
Earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
38,333
822
39,155
37,805
1,151
38,956
$
$
2.43 $
2.38 $
2.22 $
2.16 $
37,373
1,365
38,738
1.15
1.11
The Company did not exclude any potentially dilutive shares from the calculation of diluted earnings per share for the years ended January 3, 2020, December 28,
2018 and December 29, 2017, as none of these shares would have been antidilutive.
13. Income Taxes
Provision for Income Taxes
The components of income tax expense are as follows:
Current:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total
Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign
Total
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
2017
$
16,670 $
10,330 $
256
7,567
24,493
604
7,248
18,182
(11,158)
(11,462)
586
178
(671)
(526)
(10,394)
(12,659)
13,483
648
8,148
22,279
(923)
387
(641)
(1,177)
21,102
Provision for income taxes
$
14,099 $
5,523 $
90
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
The Company's income before provision for income taxes was subject to taxes in the following jurisdictions for the following periods:
United States
Foreign
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
2017
$
$
77,810 $
63,138 $
30,759
27,752
108,569 $
90,890 $
36,555
27,730
64,285
The following table presents a reconciliation of the statutory federal rate and the Company’s effective tax rate for the periods presented:
Tax at federal statutory rate
State taxes, net of federal benefit
Change in liability for unrecognized tax benefits
Stock-based compensation
Foreign derived income benefit
Research and development tax credit
Change in tax rates
California business development tax credit
Executive compensation deduction limitation
Foreign rate differential
Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets
Tax on unremitted foreign earnings
Other
Total provision
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
2017
21.0 %
1.8
0.2
(6.3)
(3.0)
(0.8)
—
—
1.2
—
0.2
0.3
(1.6)
13.0 %
21.0 %
1.8
(10.8)
(3.8)
(1.6)
(1.2)
(0.8)
(0.8)
2.2
0.4
0.4
0.4
(1.1)
6.1 %
35.0 %
2.0
(1.7)
(10.6)
—
(2.2)
(3.8)
—
—
(4.6)
9.4
8.9
0.4
32.8 %
The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the "TCJA") was enacted on December 22, 2017. The TCJA reduced the U.S. federal corporate tax rate from 35% to 21%, required
companies to pay a one-time transition tax on unremitted earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries that were previously tax deferred, created a new minimum tax on
certain foreign earnings, and provided incentives for U.S. companies to sell and license goods and services abroad, among other changes. In 2017, the Company
recorded provisional amounts for certain enactment-date effects of the Act by applying the guidance of the SEC's Staff Accounting Bulletin 118 ("SAB 118")
because the enactment-date accounting for these effects had not yet been completed.
Effective January 1, 2016, the Company sold the net assets of its Taiwan branch operations and its shares of Fox Factory IP Holding Corp. to Fox Factory
Switzerland GmbH. The Company’s Taiwan operations were, as a result, organized as a branch of the Swiss entity (together, "Fox Switzerland"). Fox Switzerland
generates earnings that prior to the enactment of the TCJA, were not subject to payment of U.S. income taxes or accrual of deferred tax expense because the
Company asserted that such earnings were permanently invested outside the U.S. The unremitted earnings of Fox Switzerland through 2017 became subject to U.S.
tax as a result of the one-time transition tax, which approximated $3,706. As a result of the change in U.S. taxation, the Company no longer considers the
unremitted earnings of Fox Switzerland to be permanently reinvested, and as such recorded a deferred withholding tax liability of approximately $2,026 in 2017. In
2018, the Company restructured its foreign operations to provide operational and treasury management efficiencies, while potentially permitting relief from
dividend withholding on profits earned in 2018 forward.
The Company has obtained tax incentives in Switzerland that are effective on a formal basis through March 2019, and indefinitely on a statutory basis, as long as
the Company's operations meet specified criteria. The effect of the tax incentive was not material to the Company's income tax provision for the years ended
December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017.
During the year ended December 28, 2018, the Company met certain in-state growth requirements in order to earn the final three tranches of a four-year, $1,700
tax credit from the State of California for a benefit of $950, or $751 net of federal income tax. The Company did not recognize any benefit for the year ended
December 29, 2017.
91
Table of Contents
Deferred Income Taxes
Deferred tax assets:
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
January 3,
December 28,
2020
2018
Foreign tax credits, including amounts associated with accrued charges
$
33,320 $
23,920
Inventory
Accrued liabilities
Lease liability
Research and development tax credits
Stock-based compensation
Other
Total deferred tax asset
Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax asset
Deferred tax liabilities:
Depreciation
Accrued withholding tax on unremitted foreign dividends
Lease right-of-use asset
Intangible assets
Other
Total deferred tax liability
Net deferred tax asset
3,542
2,862
4,304
4,369
961
975
50,333
(6,548)
43,785
(6,924)
(2,318)
(4,215)
(4,283)
(320)
(18,060)
$
25,725 $
3,086
2,815
—
2,536
1,067
787
34,211
(6,609)
27,602
(7,012)
(2,164)
—
(2,220)
(878)
(12,274)
15,328
As of January 3, 2020, the Company had foreign tax credits of $33,320 that begin to expire in 2025, unless previously utilized, and foreign net operating loss
carryforwards of $3,036, of which $2,940 begin to expire in 2025 if not utilized and $96 which do not expire. The Company also had federal and state research and
development credit carryforwards of approximately $2,817 and $2,876 respectively. The federal research and development credits begin to expire in 2036 unless
previously utilized, and the state research credits do not expire.
As of January 3, 2020, the Company assessed the realizability of deferred tax assets and evaluated the need for a valuation allowance for deferred tax assets for
each jurisdiction based on the framework of ASC 740. As a result of the TCJA, the Company believes that it is more likely than not that a portion of its foreign tax
credits will not be realizable, and as such, provided an allowance of $6,287 as of December 28, 2018. For the year ended January 3, 2020, the valuation allowance
decreased by $61, due to a release of the valuation allowance against the Company's Canadian subsidiary. The valuation allowance for foreign tax credits was
$6,466 as of January 3, 2020. It is reasonably possible that the Company could record a material adjustment to the valuation allowance in the next twelve months
as management assesses the progress and outcome of its restructuring activities.
Additionally, based on available evidence, it was concluded on a more likely than not basis that deferred tax assets of the Company's UK subsidiary and Austrian
branch are not realizable. Accordingly, a valuation allowance of $82 has been recorded to offset the deferred tax assets in these jurisdictions, which includes a
partial valuation allowance for Switzerland.
92
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
Unrecognized Tax Benefits
Balance - beginning of period
Increase related to current year tax positions
Increase related to prior year tax positions
Decrease related to prior year tax positions
Decrease due to expiration of statute of limitations
Balance - end of period
For the fiscal years ended
2019
2018
2017
1,996 $
8,154 $
557
313
—
(566)
457
36
(6,480)
(171)
2,300 $
1,996 $
7,440
460
1,770
—
(1,516)
8,154
$
$
As of January 3, 2020, the Company had $2,300 of unrecognized tax benefits, of which approximately $1,805, if recognized, would favorably impact the effective
tax rate. The Company regularly engages in discussions and negotiations with tax authorities regarding tax matters in various jurisdictions. In 2018, the Company
received a no change letter from the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") related to the audit of the Company's 2015 federal tax return. Additionally, the IRS and the
Company entered into a closing agreement that resolved the uncertainty about the deductibility of amortization and depreciation arising from the acquisition of the
Company in 2008 for all open tax years. The favorable conclusion resulted in a decrease in the unrecognized tax benefits of $6,198, of which $5,648 favorably
impacted the effective tax rate. Including the reversal of the amounts presented net of deferred tax assets and accrued interest and penalties, the favorable
conclusion resulted in a benefit of $9,838 to the provision for income tax for the year ended December 28, 2018. The deductibility of acquisition-related
amortization and depreciation for state tax purposes remains uncertain.
The Company believes that it is reasonably possible that unrecognized tax benefits at January 3, 2020 could be reduced by an additional $340 in the next twelve
months as a result of expiration of statute of limitations.
As of January 3, 2020 and December 28, 2018, the Company had approximately $36 and $73, respectively, of cumulative interest and penalties related to the
uncertain tax positions, and has elected to treat interest and penalties as a component of income tax expense.
The Company's 2017 forward federal tax returns, state tax returns from 2015 and forward, and foreign tax returns from 2017 and forward are subject to
examination by tax authorities. There are ongoing U.S. state audits covering fiscal years 2015-2017. We do not expect the results from any ongoing income tax
audit to have a material impact on our consolidated financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows.
93
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
14. Fair Value Measurement and Financial Instruments
The FASB's Accounting Standards Codification 820, "Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures" requires the valuation of assets and liabilities required or
permitted to be either recorded or disclosed at fair value based on hierarchy of available inputs as follows:
Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;
Level 2: Quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices for identical assets and liabilities in markets that are not active, or
inputs which are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and
Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported by little or
no market activity).
The following table presents the Company's hierarchy for its assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of the following periods:
January 3, 2020
December 28, 2018
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Level 1
Level 2
Level 3
Total
Liabilities:
Term debt
Non-controlling interest subject to put provisions
Total liabilities measured at fair value
$
$
— $
— $
— $
— $
— $ 59,426 $
— $ 59,426
—
—
15,719
15,719
—
—
14,282
14,282
— $
— $ 15,719 $ 15,719 $
— $ 59,426 $ 14,282 $ 73,708
There were no transfers of assets or liabilities between Level 1, Level 2 and Level 3 categories of the fair value hierarchy during the years ended January 3, 2020,
and December 28, 2018.
As of December 28, 2018, the carrying amount of the principal under the Company’s Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility approximated fair value
because it had a variable interest rate that reflected market changes in interest rates and changes in the Company’s net leverage ratio. The Company paid off the
Second Amended and Restated Credit Facility in June 2019 upon entering into the new revolving Credit Facility with Bank of America.
The Company has potential obligations to purchase the non-controlling interests held by third parties in the Tuscany subsidiary. These obligations are in the form
of put provisions and are exercisable at the third-party owners' discretion within the specified periods outlined in the put provision within the Tuscany stockholders'
agreement (see Note 16 - Acquisitions of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in this Annual Report on Form 10-K). If these put provisions were
exercised, the Company would be required to purchase the third-party owners' non-controlling interests at the appraised fair value. The initial non-controlling
interest value was implicit in the purchase price and is revalued each quarter, with the adjustment being recorded directly as a component of retained earnings. The
methodology the Company uses to estimate the fair value of the non-controlling interests subject to these put provisions is based on an average multiple of earnings
before income taxes, depreciation and amortization ("EBITDA"), taking into consideration historical earnings and other factors. The estimated fair value is then
compared to the carrying value based on the initial valuation and the cumulative net earnings attributable to the non-controlling interest. At January 3, 2020, the
estimated fair value was lower than the carrying value and in accordance with applicable guidance, the non-controlling interest has been adjusted to the carrying
value. The estimated fair values of the non-controlling interests subject to put provisions can fluctuate and the implicit multiple of earnings at which these non-
controlling interest obligations may ultimately be settled could vary significantly from our future estimates depending upon market conditions.
94
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending balances for the Company's obligations measured at fair value using Level 3 inputs:
Balance at December 28, 2018
Net income ascribed to non-controlling interest
Balance at January 3, 2020
15. Retirement Plan
Obligations
(measured with level
3 inputs)
$
$
14,282
1,437
15,719
The Company established a 401(k) plan to provide tax deferred salary deductions for all eligible employees. Participants may make voluntary contributions to the
401(k) plan, limited by certain IRS restrictions. The Company made matching contributions of $1,153, $850, and $437 for each of the years ended January 3, 2020,
December 28, 2018 and December 29, 2017, respectively.
16. Acquisitions
Ridetech
On May 3, 2019, the Company acquired substantially all of the assets of Air Ride Technologies, Inc., d/b/a Ridetech, a manufacturer of suspension systems that
enhance the handling and ride quality of muscle cars, trucks, sports cars and hot rods in an asset purchase accounted for as a business combination. In connection
with the acquisition, the Company paid approximately $13,971, of which $6,804 was cash on hand and $7,167 was from newly issued unregistered shares of
common stock. During the year ended January 3, 2020, the Company finalized the allocation of the purchase price to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed
based on their estimated respective fair values as of May 3, 2019, with the excess purchase price allocated to goodwill.
Identifiable intangible assets were valued at $4,320. The Company will amortize the acquired customer relationships asset of $2,850 over its expected useful life of
8 years, the core technologies assets of $1,000 over a weighted average expected useful life of 6 years and the trademarks and brand name asset of $470 over an
expected useful life of 5 years. The goodwill of $4,692 is expected to have an indefinite life and will be subject to impairment testing. The acquired goodwill is
expected to be deductible for income tax purposes. The acquisition was not material to the Company's financial statements.
Tuscany
On November 30, 2017, the Company acquired an 80% interest in Tuscany, a designer, manufacturer and distributor of premium aftermarket powered vehicle
performance packages in an asset purchase accounted for as a business combination, pursuant to ASC 805. In connection with the acquisition, the Company paid
$53,350 in cash financed through a combination of its existing credit facility and cash on hand. This purchase included $242 in intercompany accounts payable,
resulting in a total purchase price of $53,592.
The stockholders' agreement executed in association with the acquisition provides the Company with a call option to acquire the remaining 20% of Tuscany any
time from November 30, 2019 through November 30, 2024 at a value that approximates fair market value as defined in the purchase agreement. In addition, if the
call option has not been exercised as of November 30, 2024, the non-controlling owners shall be entitled to exercise a put option on November 30, 2024 and for a
180-day period thereafter, which would require the Company to purchase all of the remaining shares held by the non-controlling owners at a price that
approximates fair market value as defined in the purchase agreement.
In accordance with ASC 805, the Company recognized a non-controlling interest in Tuscany and measured the non-controlling interest at fair value on the
acquisition date. The Company concluded that the put feature embedded in the agreement causes the non-controlling interest to be redeemable, pursuant to ASC
480, because the put option requires cash settlement. Therefore, the Company has classified the non-controlling interest as temporary (mezzanine) equity in the
consolidated balance sheets.
95
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
The purchase price of Tuscany is allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated respective fair values as of November 30, 2017,
with the excess purchase price allocated to goodwill. During the year ended, December 28, 2018, the Company finalized the allocation of the purchase price and
recorded adjustments to Goodwill of $440 related to the completion of the Company's validation of working capital, intangible valuation procedures, and analysis
of opening warranty provisions. Goodwill represents the value of synergies from combining operations Tuscany and the Company, as well as intangibles that do
not qualify for separate recognition. Intangibles and goodwill related to the Company's 80% interest are deductible for tax purposes.
The Company incurred $900 of transaction costs in conjunction with the Tuscany acquisition for the year ended December 29, 2017, which is included in general
and administrative expense in the accompanying consolidated statement of income.
The Company’s allocation of the purchase price to the net tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed is as follows:
Acquisition consideration
Cash consideration
Settlement of pre-existing accounts
Total consideration at closing
Fair market values
Other current and non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
Customer relationships
Trademarks and brand
Goodwill
Total assets acquired
Accounts payable and accrued expenses
Debt assumed in acquisition
Deferred tax liability for tax free rollover of non-controlling interest
Total liabilities assumed
Redeemable non-controlling interest
Purchase price allocation
96
$
$
$
$
53,350
242
53,592
5,966
1,416
28,600
6,500
30,392
72,874
3,329
465
2,588
6,382
12,900
53,592
Table of Contents
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP.
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements - Continued
January 3, 2020
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
17. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
Selected summarized quarterly financial information for 2019 and 2018 is as follows:
Quarter Ended
Jan 3,
2020
Sep 27,
2019
Jun 28,
2019
Mar 29,
2019
Dec 28,
2018
Sep 28,
2018
Jun 29,
2018
Mar 30,
2018
$ 185,881 $ 211,317 $ 192,122 $ 161,700 $ 156,810 $ 175,798 $ 156,825 $ 129,792
59,641
26,159
69,817
35,360
62,220
29,471
51,057
21,819
50,953
22,853
60,486
31,452
52,413
24,275
41,644
15,952
22,522
29,487
22,921
18,103
20,135
24,312
18,369
21,224
$
$
0.58 $
0.58 $
0.77 $
0.75 $
0.60 $
0.59 $
0.48 $
0.46 $
0.53 $
0.52 $
0.64 $
0.62 $
0.49 $
0.47 $
0.56
0.55
Sales
Gross profit
Income from operations
Net income attributable to Fox
Stockholders
Earnings per share:
Basic
Diluted
18. Subsequent Events
On February 11, 2020 the Company entered into an agreement to acquire substantially all the issued and outstanding capital stock of SCA Performance Holdings,
Inc. ("SCA") from Southern Rocky Holdings, LLC for $328,000, exclusive of vehicle inventory. SCA is a leading OEM authorized specialty vehicle manufacturer
(“SVM”) for light duty trucks and sports utility vehicles with headquarters in Trussville, Alabama. The Company expects this acquisition to expand its North
American geographic manufacturing footprint and broaden its product offerings in the automotive industry. The transaction will be financed through an expanded
and syndicated Credit Facility led by Bank of America. The Company also agreed to an additional $13,000 of contingent, performance-based retention incentives
for key SCA management payable over the next two years. The transaction is expected to close late in the first quarter of fiscal 2020.
97
Exhibit 4.3
DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES
The following description of the terms of the common stock of Fox Factory Holding Corp. (“FOX”) is not complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to
our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation (the “Certificate of Incorporation”), and our Amended and Restated Bylaws (the “Bylaws” and together
with the Certificate of Incorporation, our “Charter Documents”), both of which are exhibits to our Annual Reports on Form 10-K and Quarterly Reports on Form
10-Q.
Our authorized capital stock consists of 90,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of undesignated preferred stock,
$0.001 par value per share. The common stock of FOX is listed on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “FOXF.”
Dividend rights
Subject to preferences that may apply to any shares of preferred stock outstanding at the time, the holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out
of funds legally available if our board of directors, in its discretion, subject to applicable law, determines to issue dividends and then only at the times and in the
amounts that our board of directors may determine.
Voting rights
Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote for each share held on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative
voting for the election of directors in our Certificate of Incorporation. Our Certificate of Incorporation establishes a classified board of directors that is divided into
three classes with staggered three-year terms. Only the directors in one class are subject to election at each annual meeting of our stockholders, with the directors in
the other classes continuing for the remainder of their respective three-year terms.
No preemptive or similar rights
Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights, and is not subject to conversion, redemption or sinking fund provisions.
Right to receive liquidation distributions
If we become subject to a liquidation, dissolution or winding-up, the assets legally available for distribution to our stockholders would be distributable ratably
among the holders of our common stock and any participating preferred stock outstanding at that time, subject to prior satisfaction of all outstanding debt and
liabilities and the preferential rights of and the payment of liquidation preferences, if any, on any outstanding shares of preferred stock.
Preferred stock
Our board of directors is authorized, subject to limitations prescribed by Delaware law, to issue preferred stock in one or more series, to establish from time to time
the number of shares to be included in each series, and to fix the designation, powers, preferences, and rights of the shares of each series and any of its
qualifications, limitations or restrictions, in each case, without further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors can also increase or decrease the
number of shares of any series of preferred stock, but not above the total number of authorized shares of a series or below the number of shares of that series then
outstanding, without any further vote or action by our stockholders. Our board of directors may authorize the issuance of preferred stock with voting or conversion
rights that could adversely affect the voting power or other rights of the holders of our common stock.
Options
As of January 3, 2020, we had outstanding options to purchase an aggregate of 431,178 shares of our common stock, with a weighted average exercise price of
$5.27, pursuant to our 2008 Stock Option Plan and our 2008 Non-Statutory Stock Option Plan. Of these options, the options to purchase an aggregate of 431,178
shares of our common stock were exercisable as of January 3, 2020.
Restricted Stock Units
As of January 3, 2020, we had 426,872 shares of common stock issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units granted to our directors, officers and other
employees pursuant to our 2013 Omnibus Plan.
Anti-Takeover Effects
The provisions of our Charter Documents, which are summarized below, may have the effect of delaying, deferring, or discouraging another person from acquiring
control of our company. These provisions are expected to discourage coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These provisions are also designed,
in part, to encourage persons seeking to acquire control of our company to first negotiate with our board of directors. However, these provisions could have the
effect of delaying, discouraging or preventing attempts to acquire us, which could deprive our stockholders of opportunities to sell their securities at prices higher
than prevailing market prices.
Our Charter Documents include a number of provisions that could deter hostile takeovers or delay or prevent changes relating to the control of our board of
directors or management team, including the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Board of directors vacancies. Our Charter Documents authorize only our board of directors to fill vacant directorships, including newly created seats. In
addition, the number of directors constituting our board of directors is permitted to be set only by a resolution adopted by a majority vote of our entire
board of directors. These provisions prevent a stockholder from increasing the size of our board of directors and then gaining control of our board of
directors by filling the resulting vacancies with its own nominees. This makes it more difficult to change the composition of our board of directors and
promotes continuity of management.
Classified board. Our Charter Documents provide that our board of directors is classified into three classes of directors. A third party may be discouraged
from making a tender offer or otherwise attempting to obtain control of us as it is more difficult and time consuming for stockholders to replace a majority
of the directors on a classified board of directors.
Advance notice requirements for stockholder proposals and director nominations. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws provides advance notice
procedures for stockholders seeking to bring business before our annual meeting of stockholders or to nominate candidates for election as directors at our
annual meeting of stockholders. Our Amended and Restated Bylaws also specify certain requirements regarding the form and content of a stockholder’s
notice. These provisions might preclude our stockholders from bringing matters before our annual meeting of stockholders or from making nominations
for directors at our annual meeting of stockholders if the proper procedures are not followed. We expect that these provisions may also discourage or deter
a potential acquirer from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquirer’s own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our
company.
No cumulative voting. The Delaware General Corporate Law provides that stockholders may cumulate votes in the election of directors if the
corporation’s certificate of incorporation allows for such mechanism. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation does not permit cumulative
voting.
Directors removed only for cause. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that stockholders may remove directors only for
cause.
Issuance of undesignated preferred stock. Our board of directors has the authority, without further action by the stockholders, to issue up to 10,000,000
shares of undesignated preferred stock with rights and preferences, including voting rights, designated from time to time by our board of directors. The
existence of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock would enable our board of directors to render more difficult or to discourage an attempt to
obtain control of us by means of a merger, tender offer, proxy contest, or other means.
Amendment of Charter Document provisions. Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation currently requires any amendment or repeal of the
above provisions in our Charter Documents, with the exception of the ability of our board of directors to issue shares of preferred stock and designate any
rights, powers and preferences thereto, will require approval by holders of at least two-thirds of the voting power of all then outstanding shares of our
capital stock entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.
Exhibit 10.27
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
BY AND AMONG
SOUTHERN ROCKY HOLDINGS, LLC,
SCA PERFORMANCE HOLDINGS, INC.
AND
FOX FACTORY, INC.
DATED AS OF FEBRUARY 11, 2020
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Certain Definitions
Interpretation
Purchase and Sale of the Shares
Closing of the Transactions Contemplated by this Agreement
Deliveries at the Closing
Purchase Price.
Withholding
ARTICLE 1 CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1
Section 1.2
ARTICLE 2 PURCHASE AND SALE
Section 2.1
Section 2.2
Section 2.3
Section 2.4
Section 2.5
ARTICLE 3 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries
Section 3.1
Capitalization of the Group Companies
Section 3.2
Authority
Section 3.3
Financial Statements
Section 3.4
Consents and Approvals; No Violations
Section 3.5
Material Contracts
Section 3.6
Absence of Changes
Section 3.7
Litigation
Section 3.8
Compliance with Legal Requirements; Prohibited Payments
Section 3.9
International Trade & Anti-Corruption Matters
Section 3.10
Employee Plans
Section 3.11
Environmental Matters
Section 3.12
Intellectual Property
Section 3.13
Labor Matters
Section 3.14
Insurance
Section 3.15
Tax Matters
Section 3.16
Brokers
Section 3.17
Real Property
Section 3.18
Transactions with Affiliates
Section 3.19
No Undisclosed Liabilities
Section 3.20
Product Warranty; Product Recalls
Section 3.21
Product Liability
Section 3.22
Material Customers
Section 3.23
Material Suppliers
Section 3.24
Accounts Receivable
Section 3.25
Inventory
Section 3.26
Data Privacy
Section 3.27
Title to and Sufficiency of Assets
Section 3.28
EXCLUSIVITY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 3.29
ARTICLE 4 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
Section 4.1
Organization
PAGE
1
1
15
16
16
16
16
17
20
20
20
21
21
22
22
23
25
27
27
27
28
30
31
33
34
34
35
35
36
37
37
37
38
38
38
38
39
39
40
40
40
Organization
Authority
Consents and Approvals; No Violations
Brokers
Acquisition of Equity For Investment
Financial Capacity
Authority
Consents and Approvals; No Violations
Title to the Shares; Ownership of Seller
Litigation
EXCLUSIVITY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Section 4.2
Section 4.3
Section 4.4
Section 4.5
Section 4.6
ARTICLE 5 REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER
Section 5.1
Section 5.2
Section 5.3
Section 5.4
Section 5.5
Section 5.6
ARTICLE 6 COVENANTS
Section 6.1
Section 6.2
Section 6.3
Section 6.4
Section 6.5
Section 6.6
Section 6.7
Section 6.8
Section 6.9
Section 6.10
Section 6.11
Section 6.12
ARTICLE 7 CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS
AGREEMENT
Section 7.1
Section 7.2
Section 7.3
Section 7.4
ARTICLE 8 TERMINATION
Section 8.1
Section 8.2
ARTICLE 9 SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS; INDEMNIFICATION
Section 9.1
Section 9.2
Section 9.3
Section 9.4
Section 9.5
Section 9.6
Section 9.7
Conduct of Business of the Company
Access to Information
Efforts to Consummate
Public Announcements
Indemnification; Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance
Exclusive Dealing
Documents and Information
Contact with Customers and Other Business Relations
Employee Benefit Matters
Tax Matters
Debt Payoff Letters
R&W Insurance Policy
Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants
General Indemnification
Third Party Claims.
Limitations on Indemnification Obligations
Exclusive Remedy
Manner of Payment; Escrow
Mitigation
Conditions to the Obligations of the Company, Buyer and Seller
Other Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer
Other Conditions to the Obligations of the Company and Seller
Frustration of Closing Conditions
Termination
Effect of Termination
40
41
41
41
41
42
42
42
42
43
43
43
43
43
46
46
47
47
49
49
50
50
52
55
55
55
55
55
57
57
57
57
58
58
59
59
60
60
61
62
62
Section 9.8
Section 9.9
ARTICLE 10 MISCELLANEOUS
Section 10.1
Section 10.2
Section 10.3
Section 10.4
Section 10.5
Section 10.6
Section 10.7
Section 10.8
Section 10.9
Section 10.10
Section 10.11
Section 10.12
Section 10.13
Section 10.14
Section 10.15
Materiality Scrape
Subrogation
Entire Agreement; Assignment; Amendment
Notices
Governing Law
Fees and Expenses; Cost of R&W Insurance Policy
Construction
Exhibits and Schedules
Parties in Interest
Extension; Waiver
Severability
Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures
WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL
Jurisdiction and Venue
Remedies
Non-Recourse
Waiver of Conflicts
EXHIBITS
A
B
C
—
—
—
Example Statement of Net Working Capital
Form of Escrow Agreement
R&W Insurance Policy
62
63
63
63
63
65
65
65
65
66
66
66
66
67
67
67
68
68
STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT
This STOCK PURCHASE AGREEMENT (this “Agreement”), dated as of February 11, 2020, is made by and among
SCA Performance Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), Southern Rocky Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company (“Seller”), Fox Factory, Inc., a California corporation (“Buyer”), and solely for purposes of Section 6.9(f), SCA
Performance Group, LLC a Delaware limited liability company (“SCA Performance Group”). The Company, Seller and Buyer shall
be referred to herein from time to time collectively as the “Parties”.
RECITALS:
WHEREAS, as of the date hereof, Seller owns 100% of the issued and outstanding capital stock of the Company,
consisting of 100 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Common Shares”) and 21 shares of
Class A preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company (the “Preferred Shares”, and collectively with the Common
Shares, the “Shares”);
WHEREAS, the Parties desire that, upon the terms and subject to the conditions hereof, Buyer will purchase from
Seller, and Seller will sell to Buyer, all of the Shares; and
WHEREAS as of the date hereof, the Restrictive Covenant Agreement with Kinderhook, which will also provide for
the termination upon Closing of the Management Services Agreement, has also been entered into, which will become effective upon
the Closing.
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual promises contained herein and for other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby intending to be legally
bound agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
CERTAIN DEFINITIONS
Section 1.1 Certain Definitions. As used in this Agreement, the following terms have the respective meanings set forth
below.
“Accounting Firm” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii).
“Accounting Principles” means the principles, practices, methodologies and procedures used by the Company in the
preparation of the Example Statement of Net Working Capital.
“Accrued Taxes” means an amount (not less than zero ($0) dollars) equal to the sum of the amount of the aggregate amount
of any unpaid Taxes of each Group Company for any Pre-Closing Tax Period ending on or after December 31, 2019 and prior to the
Closing Date and the Pre-Closing Tax Period (or portion thereof) that ends on the Closing Date in each case in respect of solely
those jurisdictions in which the Company or its applicable Subsidiary is currently filing Tax Returns or in which the Company or its
applicable Subsidiary commences operations after the date of this Agreement, less the aggregate current Tax assets of each Group
Company for any Pre-Closing Tax Period (or portion thereof) that ends on the Closing Date, determined (i) by including the
Transaction Tax Deductions and assuming such Transaction Tax Deductions are accrued and deductible in the Pre-Closing Tax
Period (or the portion of any Straddle Period) that ends on the Closing Date, (ii) by excluding any Liabilities for accruals or reserves
established or required to be established under GAAP methodologies for contingent Taxes or with respect to uncertain Tax positions,
(iii) by excluding any Taxes attributable to any action taken by Purchaser or any of its Affiliates (including the Company) after the
Closing outside the Ordinary Course, (iv) in accordance with past practices (including reporting positions, elections and Tax
accounting methods) of the Company and its Subsidiaries in preparing its Tax Returns, (v) excluding any deferred Tax assets and
Liabilities and (vi) taking into account any estimated Tax payments and overpayments of Taxes with respect any Pre-Closing Tax
Period as reductions of the Liability for Taxes for such period.
“Acquisition Transaction” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.6.
“Actual Adjustment” means an amount, which may be a negative number, equal to (i) the Purchase Price as finally
determined pursuant to Section 2.4(b), minus (ii) the Estimated Purchase Price.
“Adjustment Escrow Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i).
“Adjustment Escrow Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i).
“Adjustment Escrow Funds” means, at any time, the portion of the Adjustment Escrow Amount then remaining in the
Adjustment Escrow Account.
“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, any other Person who directly or indirectly, through one or more
intermediaries, controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, such Person. The term “control” (including, with
correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of
the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise.
“Affordable Care Act” means that Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education
Reconciliation Act of 2010, and regulatory and other guidance promulgated thereunder.
“Agreement” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Anti-Corruption Laws” means all U.S. and non-U.S. Legal Requirements relating to the prevention of corruption and
bribery, including, without limitation, the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended.
“Bailment Agreements” means the following agreements: (1) Ford Authorized Converter Pool Agreement dated April 9,
2018 between Ford Motor Company and SCA Performance, Inc., as amended by the Amendment to the Ford Authorized Converter
Pool Agreement dated May 14, 2019 between Ford Motor Company and SCA Performance, Inc.; (2) the Special Vehicle
Manufacturer Converters Agreement dated August 28, 2018 between General Motors LLC and SCA performance Inc.; (3) the
Special Vehicle Manufacturer Converters Agreement dated August 23, 2018 between General Motors LLC and RR Manufacturing
Dyad, LLC, as amended by the Assignment and Assumption of Special Vehicle Manufacturer Converters Agreement dated March
25, 2019 by and among RR Manufacturing Dyad, LLC, Rocky Ridge Trucks, Inc. and General Motors LLC; (4) the Special Vehicle
Manufacturer Converters Agreement dated February 27, 2019 between General Motors LLC and Rocky Mountain Truckworks, Inc.;
(5) the FCA US LLC Bailment Pool Agreement dated April 18, 2018 between FCA US LLC and SCA Performance Inc.; (6) the
FCA US LLC Bailment Pool Agreement dated April 3, 2019 between FCA US LLC and Rocky Ridge Trucks, Inc.; (7) the FCA US
LLC Bailment Pool Agreement dated March 4, 2019 between FCA US LLC and Rocky Mountain Truckworks, Inc.; and (8) the
Nissan Bailment Agreement dated September 24, 2018 between Nissan North America, Inc. and RR Manufacturing, LLC, as
amended by the Assignment and Assumption Agreement dated February 25, 2019 by and among RR Manufacturing, LLC, Rocky
Ridge Trucks, Inc. and Nissan North America, Inc.
“Business Day” means a day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, on which commercial banks in New York City are open for
the general transaction of business.
“Buyer” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Buyer Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a).
“Buyer Related Party” means (i) Buyer, (ii) any Group Company after Closing, (iii) the current and future direct or indirect
holders of any equity, general or limited partnership or limited liability company interest, controlling persons, management
companies, portfolio companies, financing sources, incorporators, directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, Affiliates,
members, managers, general or limited partners, stockholders, representatives, successors or assignees of Buyer or any Group
Company after Closing and (iv) any current or future direct or indirect holders of any equity, general or limited partnership or
limited liability company interest, controlling persons, management companies, portfolio companies, financing sources,
incorporators, directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, Affiliates, members, managers, general or limited partners,
stockholders, successors or assignees of any of the Persons described in clause (iii) above.
“Capital Lease” means a lease of personal property which is required to be classified as a capital lease in accordance with
GAAP.
“Cash and Cash Equivalents” means the sum of (i) the aggregate amount (expressed in United States dollars) of all cash and
(ii) the aggregate fair market value (expressed in United States dollars) of all cash equivalents (including marketable securities,
checks, bank deposits, lease deposits and short term investments), in each case, of the Group Companies as of immediately prior to
the Closing on the Closing Date and calculated in accordance with GAAP. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained
herein, “Cash and Cash Equivalents” shall (A) exclude amounts that are included in Net Working Capital and (B) include any
amounts paid in respect of the “tail” policy if purchased by a Group Company prior to the Closing.
“Closing” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
“Closing Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.
“Closing Date Indebtedness” means the aggregate amount of Indebtedness of the Group Companies as of immediately prior
to the Closing on the Closing Date.
“COBRA” means Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, Section 4980B of the Code and any similar state law.
“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.
“Common Shares” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
“Company” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Company 401(k) Plan” means the SCA Performance, Inc. Retirement Plan, Plan No. 001.
“Company Intellectual Property Rights” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13.
“Company IT Assets” means the Company Software and all other computer, communications and other information
technology systems and related documents that are owned, purported to be owned or controlled by the Group Companies, that are
used in the operation of the Group Companies’ business, including all such computer hardware and peripherals, telecommunications
equipment, servers, workstations, routers, hubs, switches, data communication lines, networks, databases, software, communication
facilities and other information technology-related equipment, infrastructure and assets.
“Company Material Adverse Effect” means any event, change, effect, occurrence, circumstance, state of facts or
development that, when considered either individually or in the aggregate, is, or could reasonably be expected to become,
individually or in the aggregate, materially adverse to (a) the ability of Seller or the Group Companies to consummate the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or (b) the condition (financial or otherwise), business, properties, assets or results of
operations of the Group Companies; provided, however, that none of the following (or the results thereof) shall be taken into
account, either alone or in combination, in determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred: (i) conditions
generally affecting the United States economy or credit, securities, currency, financial, banking or capital markets (including any
disruption thereof and any decline in the price of any security or any market index) in the United States or elsewhere in the world,
(ii) any national or international political or social conditions, including the engagement by the United States in hostilities, whether
or not pursuant to the declaration of a national emergency or war, or the occurrence of any military or terrorist attack upon the
United States, or any of its territories, possessions, or diplomatic or consular offices or upon any military installation, equipment or
personnel of the United States, (iii) changes in GAAP, (iv) changes in any laws, rules, regulations, orders, or other binding directives
issued by any Governmental Entity or any action required to be taken under any law, rule, regulation, order or existing contract by
which any Group Company (or any of their respective assets or properties) is bound, (v) any change that is generally applicable to
the industries or markets in which the Group Companies operate, (vi) the public announcement of the transactions contemplated by
this Agreement (including by reason of the identity of Buyer or any communication by Buyer or any of its Affiliates regarding its
plans or intentions with respect to the business of any Group Company, and including the impact thereof on relationships with
customers, suppliers, distributors, partners, employees, or others having relationships with any Group Company) or litigation arising
from or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby, (vii) the taking of any action contemplated by this
Agreement and the other agreements contemplated hereby, including the completion of the transactions contemplated hereby and
thereby or (viii) any matter set forth on the Schedules; provided, that, in the case of the foregoing clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) or (v), if
such event, change, effect, occurrence, circumstance, state of facts or development disproportionately affects the Group Companies
as compared to other Persons or businesses that operate in the industries or markets in which the Group Companies operate, then
such disproportionate event, change, effect, occurrence, circumstance, state of facts or development may be taken into account in
determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur. Notwithstanding
the foregoing exclusions, (A) the receipt by any Group Company during the period beginning on the date hereof and ending as of the
Closing of notice from any of Ford Motor Company, General Motors LLC or FCA US LLC (an “Applicable OEM”) specifically
stating that such Applicable OEM will (1) have no ongoing business relationship, or (2) materially and adversely change the
business relationship, with the Group Companies and Buyer for the sale of personal use up-fitted vehicles of such Applicable OEM
will be deemed to be a “Company Material Adverse Effect” solely for purposes of Section 7.2(c) of this Agreement until such time
(if any) at which such Applicable OEM retracts such notice, in which case, upon such retraction no such Company Material Adverse
Effect will be deemed to have occurred and (B) a Proceeding being filed in a court of competent jurisdiction against a Party during
the period beginning on the date hereof and ending as of the Closing that both (i) if successful, would be reasonably likely to have a
material adverse effect on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and (ii) is reasonably likely to be successful on the
merits, will be deemed to be a “Company Material Adverse Effect” solely for purposes of Section 7.2(c) of this Agreement until
such time (if any) at which such Proceeding is either dismissed or withdrawn, in which case, upon such dismissal or withdrawal no
such Company Material Adverse Effect will be deemed to have occurred (provided that, at all times, the condition set forth in
Section 7.1(a) shall remain applicable); provided, notwithstanding the foregoing, a Party shall have the right to terminate this
Agreement prior to such Proceeding being dismissed or withdrawn so long as (and only if) such termination is otherwise permitted
pursuant to the express terms of Section 8.1 hereof.
“Company Products” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.21(a).
“Company Software” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(e).
“Company’s Knowledge” means, as it relates to the Company or any other Group Company, as of the applicable date, the
actual knowledge or constructive knowledge of Michael McSweeney, Matthew McSweeney, Alisha Onushko, Deidre Allman, Todd
Gunter and Chris Ritter after due inquiry. For the avoidance of doubt, such individuals shall have no personal liability or obligations
regarding such knowledge.
“Confidentiality Agreement” means the confidentiality agreement, dated October 14, 2019, by and between SCA
Performance, and Fox Factory Holding Corp.
“Continuing Employees” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(c).
“Contract” means any agreement, instrument, document, lease, sublease, license, sublicense, concession, contract, purchase
order, statement of work, note, bond, indenture, mortgage, assignment or other arrangement, understanding, permission or
commitment (in each case, whether written or oral and including any extension, renewal, amendment or other modification thereof).
“Controlling Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10(f).
“Credit Facilities” means that certain Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2019, by and among
SCA Performance, as the borrower, the Company, as Holdings (as defined therein), Regions Bank, as Administrative Agent (as
defined therein) and Collateral Agent (as defined therein), and each lender from time to time party thereto, as amended by that
certain First Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of May 20, 2019, that certain Second Amendment to
Amended and Restated Credit Agreement, dated as of July 2, 2019, and that Third Amendment to Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement, dated as of October 8, 2019.
“Data Protection Requirements” means all of the following: (a) all Legal Requirements relating to the privacy or security of
Personal Data; (b) Payment Card Industry Data Security Standard (PCI DSS) (if applicable to the Group Companies); and (c)
obligations of the Group Companies relating to the privacy or security of Personal Data under any Contract into which the Group
Companies have entered or by which the Group Companies are otherwise bound.
“Debt Payoff Letters” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.11.
“Developed IP” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(d).
“Employee Benefit Plan” means each “employee benefit plan” (within the meaning of Section 3(3) of ERISA), whether or
not subject to ERISA, and each employment, individual consulting, individual independent contractor, bonus, incentive,
commission, equity purchase, option, equity or other equity-based, retirement or supplemental retirement, pension, profit sharing,
deferred compensation, loan, educational assistance, perquisite, sabbatical, relocation, severance, termination, retention, change of
control, Code Section 125, life, disability or other insurance, paid-time off, vacation, fringe benefit, post-retirement or retiree
welfare, or other benefit or compensation plan, agreement, program, policy or other arrangement, (i) that is maintained, sponsored,
contributed to or obligated to be contributed to by any Group Company for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer,
director or independent contractor of any Group Company, or the beneficiaries or dependents of any such individual, or (ii) under
which any Group Company has any Liability.
“Enterprise Value” means $341,000,000.
“Environmental Laws” means all applicable federal, state, local and foreign laws (including common laws), rules,
regulations, codes, orders and ordinances as are in effect on or prior to the Closing Date concerning: (a) public or occupational
health and safety, including industrial hygiene standards (regarding Hazardous Materials), (b) pollution or the protection of natural
resources, endangered or threatened species, human health or safety (regarding Hazardous Materials), or the environment (including
ambient air, soil, surface water or groundwater, or subsurface strata); or (c) the presence of, exposure to, or the management,
manufacture, import, export, use, containment, storage, recycling, reclamation, reuse, treatment, generation, discharge, Release,
transportation, processing, production, disposal or remediation of any Hazardous Materials.
“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.
“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business, whether or not incorporated, that, together with one or more of the Group
Companies, is or would have been, at any date of determination, treated as a single employer within the meaning of Code Section
414 or Section 4001 of ERISA.
“Escrow Agent” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i).
“Escrow Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i).
“Escrow Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i).
“Estimated Purchase Price” means a good faith estimate of the Purchase Price, as determined by the Company.
“Estimated Purchase Price Calculation” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a).
“Example Statement of Net Working Capital” means the statement of Net Working Capital as of October 31, 2019, attached
hereto as Exhibit A.
“Ex-Im Laws” means all U.S. and non-U.S. Legal Requirements relating to export, re-export, transfer, and import controls,
including, without limitation, the Export Administration Regulations, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, and the Legal
Requirements related to customs and imports administered by U.S. Customs and Border Protection.
“Federal Rules of Evidence” means the Federal Rules of Evidence of the United States as in effect on the date of this
Agreement.
“Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4.
“Floor Plan Financing Agreements” means the following agreements: (1) Inventory Loan and Security Agreement, dated as
of February 18, 2019, by and between Ally Bank and Rocky Mountain Truckworks, Inc.; (2) Inventory Loan and Security
Agreement, dated as of March 20, 2019, by and between Ally Bank and Rocky Ridge Trucks, Inc.; (3) Ally Financial Master
Manufacturer’s Finance Plan Agreement, dated as of 2018, by and between Ally Financial and SCA Performance, Inc.; and (4)
Master Loan and Security Agreement, dated April 17, 2018, by and between SCA Performance, Inc. and Ford Motor Credit
Company, LLC, as well as each Continuing Guaranty entered into for the benefit of Ford Motor Credit Company, LLC in connection
therewith. As a point of clarity and by way of example, all of the amounts set forth as outstanding as of December 31, 2019 under
the subheadings of “Bailment” and “Floor Plan” within Note 11 of the Unaudited Financial Statements for the Company that are
attached hereto as Schedule 3.4 represent the amounts outstanding pursuant to the Floor Plan Financing Agreements as of December
31, 2019.
“Floor Plan Indebtedness” means, as of any time, the outstanding principal amount of, accrued and unpaid interest on, and
other payment obligations pursuant to any Floor Plan Financing Agreement.
“Floor Plan Vehicles” means all vehicles, vehicle chassis, limousines, truck or camper bodies and/or other goods related
thereto of the business of the Group Companies, which are held at, or are in transit from or to, the locations at which the Group
Companies operate, which are used or held for use by the Group Companies, including any of the foregoing obtained under the Floor
Plan Financing Agreements or the Bailment Agreements.
“Fundamental Representations” means Section 3.1(a) (Organization), Section 3.2 (Capitalization of the Group Companies),
Section 3.3 (Authority), Section 3.17 (Brokers), Section 3.19, (Transactions with Affiliates), Section 4.1 (Organization), Section 4.2
(Authority), Section 4.4 (Title to the Shares; Ownership of Seller) and Section 5.2 (Authority).
“Funded Indebtedness” means, as of any time, without duplication, the outstanding principal amount of, accrued and unpaid
interest on, and other payment obligations (including any prepayment premiums payable as a result of the consummation of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement) arising under, any obligations of any Group Company consisting of (i) indebtedness
for borrowed money or indebtedness issued in substitution or exchange for borrowed money, (ii) indebtedness evidenced by any
note, bond, debenture or other debt security, in each case, as of such time, or (iii) indebtedness under all Capital Leases.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Funded Indebtedness” shall not include any (A) undrawn letters of credit (including any that are
outstanding under the Credit Facilities), (B) obligations under any interest rate, currency or other hedging agreements (other than
breakage costs payable upon termination thereof on the Closing Date), (C) amounts included as Seller Expenses, or (D) Floor Plan
Indebtedness.
“GAAP” means United States generally accepted accounting principles consistently applied, as in effect from time to time.
“Governing Documents” means the legal document(s) by which any Person (other than an individual) establishes its legal
existence or which govern its internal affairs. For example, the “Governing Documents” of a corporation include its certificate of
incorporation and by-laws, the “Governing Documents” of a limited partnership include its limited partnership agreement and
certificate of limited partnership and the “Governing Documents” of a limited liability company include its operating agreement and
certificate of formation.
“Governmental Entity” means any (i) nation, state, county, city, district or other similar jurisdiction, (ii) federal, state, local
or foreign government, (iii) governmental, regulatory or administrative authority, agency, division, instrumentality, bureau,
governmental department or commission or (iv) judicial or arbitral or other body (including, without limitation, accreditation
agencies or licensure boards) entitled by applicable Legal Requirement to exercise, any arbitrative, administrative, executive,
judicial, legislative, police, regulatory or taxing authority or power.
“Grant Agreement” means (1) each Grant Agreement between a grantee and Seller under the Southern Rocky Holdings, LLC
2019 Incentive Equity Plan or (2) each Grant Agreement between a grantee and SCA Performance Group, LLC under the SCA
Performance Group, LLC 2018 Incentive Equity Plan.
“Group Companies” means, collectively, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries.
“Hazardous Materials” means any material or substance that (a) is defined as hazardous, acutely hazardous, toxic or is
otherwise regulated under any Environmental Laws, including due to its dangerous or deleterious properties or characteristics; or
(b) contains any petroleum or hydrocarbons in any form, and any derivative or by-product thereof, natural gas or natural gas
products, asbestos and asbestos-containing materials, or polychlorinated biphenyls.
“HSR Act” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder.
“Indebtedness” means, as of any time, without duplication, (i) Funded Indebtedness, (ii) all obligations of the type referred to
in the definition of “Funded Indebtedness” of any Person other than any Group Company the payment of which any Group
Company is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor, surety or otherwise, including any guarantee of such
obligations (other than obligations of the Company in respect of any of its Subsidiaries and obligations of any Subsidiary in respect
of any other Subsidiary), (iii) any capitalized lease obligations of any Group Company (iv) breakage costs payable upon termination
on the Closing Date of any obligations of any Group Company under interest rate swap, currency swap, forward currency or interest
rate contracts or other interest rate or currency hedging arrangements, (v) the deferred purchase price of property or services
(including any seller notes and any earn-out obligations whether or not contingent and regardless of when due, but excluding any
trade payables and accrued expenses arising in the ordinary course of business) of any Group Company, and (vi) all outstanding
reimbursement obligations in respect of drawn letters of credit issued for the account of any Group Company (but for the avoidance
of doubt excluding any obligations in respect of undrawn letters of credit), in each case, outstanding as of such time. For the
avoidance of doubt “Indebtedness” shall not include any (A) amounts included Other Liabilities, (B) amounts included as Seller
Expenses, (C) amounts otherwise taken into account in the calculation of Net Working Capital, (D) Floor Plan Indebtedness or (E)
item that would otherwise constitute “Indebtedness” that is an obligation between the Company and any Subsidiary of the Company
or between any two Subsidiaries of the Company.
“Indemnified Party” means a Buyer Indemnitee or Seller Indemnitee, as the case may be.
“Indemnity Escrow Account” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i).
“Indemnity Escrow Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(a)(i).
“Indemnity Escrow Funds” means, at any time, the portion of the Indemnity Escrow Amount then remaining in the
Indemnity Escrow Account.
“Insurance Policies” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.15.
“Intellectual Property Rights” means all domestic and foreign patents, copyrights, trademarks, service marks, trade names
and other designations of origin, all goodwill associated therewith and all registrations and applications therefor, Internet domain
names, trade secrets, and know-how, and any and all other rights in any intellectual or industrial property, in each case, to the full
extent protectable by applicable Legal Requirement.
“Inventory” means all inventories of the Group Companies, which are held at, or are in transit from or to, the locations at
which the Group Companies operate, or located at suppliers remises on consignment, including the Group Companies interest in the
Floor Plan Vehicles, raw materials, works in progress and finished goods, in each case, which are used or held for use by the Group
Companies, including any of the foregoing purchased subject to any conditional sales or title retention agreement in favor of any
other Person, together with all rights of the Group Companies against suppliers of such inventories
“Latest Balance Sheet” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(b).
“Latest Balance Sheet Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(b).
“Legal Requirement” means all federal, state and local laws, statutes, codes, rules, regulations, ordinances, measures,
judgments, determinations, orders, decrees, writs, injunctions, and acts of any Governmental Entity, including common law.
“Liability” means any liability or obligation of any kind or nature whatsoever, whether known or unknown, asserted or
unasserted, absolute or contingent, accrued or unaccrued, liquidated or unliquidated, and whether due or to become due and
regardless of when asserted.
“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge. For the avoidance of doubt, the term
“Lien” shall not be deemed to include any license, option, or covenant of, or other contractual obligations with respect to Intellectual
Property Rights.
“Loss” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(a).
“Management Services Agreement” means that certain Management Services Agreement, dated as of April 13, 2018, by and
between SCA Performance and Kinderhook Industries V, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership (“Kinderhook”), as amended by that
certain First Amendment to Management Services Agreement, dated as of March 4, 2019.
“Material Contracts” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.6(a).
“Material Customer” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.23.
“Material Supplier” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.24.
“MCM Lease” means that certain Commercial Lease entered into by and between MCM Properties 8220, LLC and SCA
Performance, Inc., dated April 12, 2018 for the property located at 7769 Gadsden Hwy, Trussville, AL 35173.
“Multiemployer Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(37) of ERISA or Section 4001(a)(3) of ERISA.
“Net Working Capital” means the aggregate value of the current assets of the Group Companies less the aggregate value of
the current liabilities of the Group Companies, in each case, determined on a consolidated basis without duplication, as of
immediately prior to the Closing on the Closing Date and calculated in accordance with the Accounting Principles and (i) including
only current assets and current liabilities to the extent that such assets and liabilities are of the type and kind included in the Example
Statement of Net Working Capital, and (ii) establishing levels of reserves and materiality using the same principles, practices,
methodologies and procedures and in the same manner as such levels were established in preparing the Example Statement of Net
Working Capital; provided, that for the avoidance of doubt, Net Working Capital shall exclude any Tax assets and any Tax
liabilities. Notwithstanding the foregoing, “Net Working Capital” shall exclude any amounts related to (1) Cash and Cash
Equivalents, (2) Funded Indebtedness, (3) Seller Expenses, and (4) Other Liabilities.
“Net Working Capital Adjustment” means (i) the amount by which Net Working Capital exceeds the Target Net Working
Capital or (ii) the amount by which Net Working Capital is less than the Target Net Working Capital, in either case, if applicable;
provided that any amount which is calculated pursuant to clause (ii) above shall be deemed to be, and shall be, expressed as a
negative number.
“New Plans” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.9.
“Notice of Claim” means a written notice that specifies with reasonable specificity and detail the breach of representation or
warranty set forth in this Agreement or any certificate furnished under this Agreement or any other basis for indemnification
hereunder (including the Sections of this Agreement that are the subject of such breach) pursuant to which Losses are being claimed
by the Indemnified Party and whether such Losses are liquidated in nature.
“Ordinary Course” means, with respect to any Person, any action taken by such Person in the ordinary course of that Person’s
business consistent with past practice (including as to quantity, quality, and frequency) and in the ordinary course of the normal day-
to-day operations of such Person.
“Other Liabilities” means, as of the Closing, without duplication, the sum of (i) the aggregate amount of liabilities of the
Group Companies related to the matters set forth on Schedule 1.1(b), in each case calculated in accordance with GAAP, and (ii)
Accrued Taxes.
“Owned Real Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(a).
“Parties” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Permitted Liens” means (i) lessor’s, mechanic’s, materialmen’s, carriers’, repairers’ and other similar Liens arising or
incurred in the Ordinary Course for amounts that are not yet delinquent or are being contested in good faith, (ii) Liens for Taxes,
assessments or other governmental charges not yet due and payable as of the Closing Date or which are being contested in good
faith, (iii) encumbrances and restrictions on real property (including easements, covenants, rights of way and similar restrictions of
record) that do not materially interfere with the Group Companies’ present uses or occupancy of such real property, (iv) Liens
securing the obligations of the Group Companies under the Credit Facilities, (v) Liens on inventory that secure obligations of the
Group Companies under any Floor Plan Financing Agreement, (vi) zoning, building codes and other land use laws regulating the use
or occupancy of real property or the activities conducted thereon which are imposed by any Governmental Entity having jurisdiction
over such real property and which are not violated by the current use or occupancy of such real property or the operation of the
businesses of the Group Companies or any violation of which would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect, and (vii) Liens
described on Schedule 1.1(a).
“Person” means an individual, partnership, corporation, limited liability company, joint stock company, unincorporated
organization or association, trust, joint venture, association, Governmental Entity or other similar entity, whether or not a legal
entity.
“Personal Data” means any information (including a person’s name, street address, telephone number, e-mail address,
photograph, social security number, tax identification number, driver’s license number, passport number, bank account information
and other financial information, customer or account numbers, account access codes and passwords, Internet Protocol address,
geographic location, Social Security Number, persistent identifier, order histories, amounts spent, platform behavior, conduct,
preferences, demographic data and any other data and information) which, whether alone or in combination with other information,
identifies or can be used to identify an identified natural person.
“Pre-Closing Tax Period” means any tax period ending on or prior to the Closing Date and the pre-closing portion of any
Straddle Period.
“Pre-Closing Tax Returns” has the mean set forth in Section 6.10(b).
“Preferred Shares” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
“Privacy/Security Obligations” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.27(a).
“Proceeding” means any action, arbitration, audit, charge, claim, complaint, decree, demand, dispute, inquiry, hearing,
investigation, litigation, judgment, mediation, order, proceeding or suit (whether civil, criminal, administrative, investigative or
informal) commenced, brought, conducted, or heard by or before, or otherwise involving, any Governmental Entity or arbitrator.
“Proposed Closing Date Calculations” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b)(i).
“Purchase Price” means (i) the Enterprise Value, plus (ii) the Net Working Capital Adjustment (which may be a negative
number), plus (iii) Cash and Cash Equivalents, minus (iv) Closing Date Indebtedness, minus (v) Unpaid Seller Expenses, minus
(vi) Other Liabilities.
“Purchase Price Dispute Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii).
“R&W Insurance Policy” means an insurance policy that certain Buyer-side representations and warranties policy obtained
by Buyer attached hereto as Exhibit C.
“Real Property Lease” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.18(b).
“Release” means any actual or threatened release, spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging,
injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, abandonment, disposing or migrating into or through the environment (including, without
limitation, ambient air (indoor or outdoor), surface water, groundwater, land surface or subsurface strata or within any building,
structure, facility or fixture).
“Responsible Party” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(a).
“Review Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.4(b)(ii).
“SCA Performance” means SCA Performance, Inc., a Delaware corporation and wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company
“Schedules” means the disclosure schedules to this Agreement.
“Seller” has the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Agreement.
“Seller Expenses” means, without duplication, the aggregate amount of all out of pocket costs and expenses incurred or
otherwise payable by Seller, any Group Company, or any of their respective Affiliates (to the extent such amounts are a Liability of
any Group Company) as a result of the entry by Seller into this Agreement and the other Transaction Documents or as a result of the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement including (a) fees, costs and expenses of legal counsel,
investment bankers, accountants, brokers or other representatives and consultants incurred in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement and (b) any change of control, severance, retention, transaction bonus or other compensatory
payments payable to, or in respect of, any current or former employees, independent contractors, officers or directors solely as a
result of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (including all transaction bonuses payable pursuant to the Transaction
Bonus Agreements) and (c) any fees payable by a Group Company in connection with the termination of the Management Services
Agreement; provided, however, that “Seller Expenses” shall (A) include fifty percent (50%) of the amounts payable by the Group
Companies in connection with the “tail” policy pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.5(c); (B) include (i) fifty percent (50%)
of the filing fees associated with the HSR Act filing and (ii) fifty percent (50%) of the premium of the R&W Insurance Policy; and
(C) include fifty percent (50%) of the Transfer Taxes pursuant to and in accordance with Section 6.10(a).
“Seller Indemnitee” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.2(c).
“Seller Related Party” means (i) Seller, (ii) any Group Company prior to Closing, (iii) the former, current and future direct or
indirect holders of any equity, general or limited partnership or limited liability company interest, controlling persons, management
companies, portfolio companies, financing sources, incorporators, directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, Affiliates,
members, managers, general or limited partners, stockholders, representatives, successors or assignees of Seller or any Group
Company prior to Closing and (iv) any former, current or future direct or indirect holders of any equity, general or limited
partnership or limited liability company interest, controlling persons, management companies, portfolio companies, financing
sources, incorporators, directors, officers, employees, agents, attorneys, Affiliates, members, managers, general or limited partners,
stockholders, successors or assignees of any of the Persons described in clause (iii) above.
“Shares” has the meaning set forth in the recitals to this Agreement.
“Sponsor” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13(d).
“Straddle Period” means any Tax period including, but not ending on or before, the Closing Date.
“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, company, limited liability company, partnership,
association, or other business entity of which (i) if a corporation or a company, a majority of the total voting power of shares of stock
entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers, or trustees thereof is at
the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by such Person or one or more of the other Subsidiaries of such Person or a
combination thereof or (ii) if a limited liability company, partnership, association, or other business entity (other than a corporation
or a company), a majority of the partnership or other similar ownership interests thereof is at the time owned or controlled, directly
or indirectly, by such Person or one or more Subsidiaries of such Person or a combination thereof and for this purpose, a Person or
Persons own a majority ownership interest in such a business entity (other than a corporation or a company) if such Person or
Persons shall be allocated a majority of such business entity’s gains or losses or shall be a, or control any, managing director or
general partner of such business entity (other than a corporation or a company). The term “Subsidiary” shall include all Subsidiaries
of such Subsidiary.
“Survival Period Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.1.
“Target Net Working Capital” means $5,263,992.
“Tax” means any federal, state, local or foreign income, gross receipts, franchise, estimated, alternative minimum, add-on
minimum, sales, use, transfer, real property gains, registration, value added, excise, severance, stamp, occupation, windfall profits,
customs, duties, real property, personal property, capital stock, social security (or similar), unemployment, disability, payroll,
license, employee or other withholding, or other tax, of any kind whatsoever and any interest, penalties or additions to tax in respect
of the foregoing.
“Tax Claim” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10(f).
“Tax Benefit” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10(g)(ii).
“Tax Refund” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.10(g)(i).
“Tax Return” means any return, report or similar statement filed or required to be filed with respect to any Tax (including
any attached schedules), including any information return, claim for refund, amended return or declaration of estimated Tax.
“Termination Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1(d).
“Third Party Claims” has the meaning set forth in Section 9.3(a).
“Trade Control Laws” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.10(a).
“Transaction Bonus Agreements” each Transaction Bonus Agreement that has been entered into by SCA Performance, Inc.
on or prior to the date hereof with a current officer or employee of SCA Performance, Inc. or another Group Company as further
disclosed on Schedule 1.1(c).
“Transaction Documents” means, collectively, this Agreement, the Escrow Agreement, and each agreement, document,
instrument and/or certificate contemplated by this Agreement to be executed in connection with the transactions contemplated
hereby.
“Transaction Tax Deductions” means, to the extent “more likely than not” deductible under applicable Tax law, any income
Tax deductions resulting from the following, calculated without duplication: (a) the fees and expenses (including any breakage fees
or accelerated deferred financing fees) incurred by any Group Company with respect to the payment of Indebtedness in connection
with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement; (b) the amount of Seller Expenses and the amount of any expenses paid by
any Group Company prior to the Closing that would be treated as Seller Expenses if paid on or after the Closing; and (c) the amount
of any employment Taxes of any Group Company attributable to items described in clause (b) hereof; provided that, in connection
with the foregoing, Buyer shall be assumed to cause the Group Companies to make an election under Revenue Procedure 2011-29,
2011-18 IRB (and analogous state or local Tax procedure), to treat 70% of any success-based fees that were paid by or on behalf of
the Group Companies as an amount that did not facilitate the transactions contemplated under this Agreement.
“Transfer Taxes” has the meaning as set forth in Section 6.10(a).
“Unaudited Financial Statements” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.4(b).
“Unpaid Seller Expenses” means the aggregate amount of Seller Expenses incurred and unpaid as of immediately prior to the
Closing on the Closing Date.
“WARN Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.14(a).
Section 1.2 Interpretation. Unless otherwise indicated to the contrary herein by the context or use thereof: (i) the
words, “herein,” “hereto,” “hereof” and words of similar import refer to this Agreement as a whole, including the Schedules
and Exhibits, and not to any particular section, subsection, paragraph, subparagraph or clause contained in this Agreement;
(ii) masculine gender shall also include the feminine and neutral genders, and vice versa; (iii) words importing the singular
shall also include the plural, and vice versa; (iv) the words “include”, “includes” or “including” shall be deemed to be
followed by the words “without limitation”; (v) the words “party” or “parties” shall refer to parties to this Agreement; (vi)
all references to Articles, Sections, Exhibits or Schedules are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement;
(vii) the word “or” is disjunctive but not necessarily exclusive; (viii) terms used herein that are not defined herein but are
defined in GAAP have the meanings ascribed to them therein; (ix) the words “writing”, “written” and comparable terms
refer to printing, typing and other means of reproducing words (including electronic media) in a visible form; (x) references
to any agreement or contract are to that agreement or contract as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in
accordance with the terms hereof and thereof; (xi) references to any Person include the successors and permitted assigns of
that Person; (xii) references from or through any date mean, unless otherwise specified, from and including or through and
including, respectively; (xiii) the words “dollar” or “$” shall mean U.S. dollars; and (xiv) the word “day” means calendar
day unless Business Day is expressly specified. If any action under this Agreement is required to be done or taken on a day
that is not a Business Day, then such action shall be required to be done or taken not on such day but on the first succeeding
Business Day thereafter.
ARTICLE 2
PURCHASE AND SALE
Section 2.1 Purchase and Sale of the Shares. Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, at
the Closing, Buyer will purchase, acquire and accept from Seller, and Seller will sell, assign, transfer, convey and deliver to Buyer,
the Shares free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens).
Section 2.2 Closing of the Transactions Contemplated by this Agreement. The closing of the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement (the “Closing”) shall take place on a date to be specified by the Parties, which shall be no later than two (2)
Business Days after satisfaction (or waiver by the Party entitled to waive the same) of the conditions set forth in ARTICLE 7 (other
than those conditions which are to be satisfied by the delivery of documents or taking of any other action at the Closing by any
Party, but subject to the satisfaction or waiver of such conditions) (such date, the “Closing Date”), remotely by electronic or
facsimile transmission, unless another time, date or place is agreed to in writing by Buyer and Seller. For accounting purposes, the
Closing will be deemed to have occurred at 11:59 P.M. Eastern Standard Time on the Closing Date.
Section 2.3 Deliveries at the Closing.
(a) Deliveries by Seller. At the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer all certificate(s) representing the Shares, duly
endorsed in blank or accompanied by any other proper instrument of assignment endorsed in blank in proper form for transfer.
(b) Deliveries by Buyer. At the Closing, Buyer shall pay the Estimated Purchase Price in accordance with the
provisions set forth in Section 2.4. The Parties agree that (i) the portion of the Estimated Purchase Price equal to (A) $21,000,000
plus (B) compounded interest of 8.5% per annum (calculated on the applicable Business Date) calculated from March 4, 2019
through the Closing Date shall be allocated to the Preferred Shares (with no other portion of the Purchase Price, whether paid at or
after the Closing, being allocated to the Preferred Shares) and (ii) the remainder of the Estimated Purchase Price (as well as any
other portion of the Purchase Price) after taking into account the foregoing clause (i) shall be allocated to the Common Shares.
(c) Other Deliveries. The closing certificates and other documents required to be delivered pursuant to this Agreement
with respect to the Closing pursuant to ARTICLE 7 will be exchanged.
Section 2.4 Purchase Price.
(a) Estimated Purchase Price. No later than two (2) Business Days prior to the Closing, Seller shall deliver to Buyer a
good faith calculation of the Estimated Purchase Price (the “Estimated Purchase Price Calculation”). In determining the Estimated
Purchase Price, the Company shall use the Enterprise Value and set forth good faith estimates of the (i) Closing Date Indebtedness,
(ii) Cash and Cash Equivalents, (iii) Unpaid Seller Expenses, (iv) Net Working Capital (and the related Net Working Capital
Adjustment, if any), and (v) the Other Liabilities and, in each case, the components thereof and in a manner consistent with the
definitions thereof. Seller agrees to prepare the Estimated Purchase Price Calculation in a manner consistent with the Accounting
Principles, and Seller shall not make any changes to the assumptions underlying the Accounting Principles. At the Closing, Buyer
shall pay or cause to be paid, in cash by wire transfer of immediately available funds, the Estimated Purchase Price as follows:
(i) (A) $1,278,750 of cash (such amount, the “Indemnity Escrow Amount”) shall be deposited into an escrow
account (the “Indemnity Escrow Account”) as security for Seller’s obligations pursuant to ARTICLE 9, and (B) $1,000,000 of cash
(such amount, the “Adjustment Escrow Amount” and together with the Indemnity Escrow Amount, the “Escrow Amount”) shall be
deposited into an escrow account (the “Adjustment Escrow Account”) as security for Seller’s obligations pursuant to Section 2.4(c)
(ii), which shall be established pursuant to an escrow agreement (the “Escrow Agreement”), which Escrow Agreement shall be (x)
entered into on the Closing Date by and among Seller, Buyer and CitiGroup, N.A. (the “Escrow Agent”) and (y) substantially in the
form of Exhibit B attached hereto;
(ii) on behalf of Seller and the Group Companies, (A) the portion of the Closing Date Indebtedness that is
Funded Indebtedness and (B) the Seller Expenses that are included in the Estimated Purchase Price, each in accordance with the
Debt Payoff Letters, invoices or other documents evidencing such amounts delivered to Buyer at least one Business Day prior to the
Closing Date; and
(iii) to Seller, an amount equal to (A) the Estimated Purchase Price, minus (B) the Escrow Amount.
(b) Determination of the Final Purchase Price.
(i) As soon as practicable, but no later than ninety (90) days following the Closing Date, Buyer shall prepare,
or cause to be prepared, and deliver to Seller, a statement setting forth Buyer’s good faith proposed calculation of (A) Net Working
Capital (and the related Net Working Capital Adjustment, if any), (B) Cash and Cash Equivalents, (C) Closing Date Indebtedness,
(D) Unpaid Seller Expenses, (E) the Other Liabilities and (F) the Purchase Price, and, in each case, the components thereof
and in a manner consistent with the definitions thereof. The proposed calculations described in the previous sentence shall
collectively be referred to herein from time to time as the “Proposed Closing Date Calculations”. Buyer agrees to prepare the
Proposed Closing Date Calculations in a manner consistent with the Accounting Principles, and Buyer shall not make any changes to
the assumptions underlying the Accounting Principles (including levels of reserves used by the Group Companies with respect
thereto).
(ii) Seller shall have thirty (30) days following receipt of the Proposed Closing Date Calculations to review
such calculations (the “Review Period”). Seller may, on or prior to the last day of the Review Period, give to Buyer a written notice
of dispute, which sets forth its objections to Buyer’s calculation of the Proposed Closing Date Calculations (a “Purchase Price
Dispute Notice”). To be effective, a Purchase Price Dispute Notice must (x) specify in reasonable detail the nature and amount of
any disagreement so asserted (and an alternative amount for each such disputed item) and (y) shall include a proposed calculation by
Seller of the Proposed Closing Date Calculations in dispute. Any item not specifically disputed by Seller in the Purchase Price
Dispute Notice shall be deemed final and binding on the Parties as set forth in the Proposed Closing Date Calculations. Seller and
the other Parties agree that, unless Seller gives a Purchase Price Dispute Notice to Buyer on or before the last day of the Review
Period the Proposed Closing Date Calculations shall be deemed to set forth the final Net Working Capital (and the related Net
Working Capital Adjustment, if any), Cash and Cash Equivalents, Closing Date Indebtedness, Unpaid Seller Expenses, the Other
Liabilities and the Purchase Price, in each case, for all purposes hereunder (including the determination of the Actual Adjustment).
Prior to the end of the Review Period, Seller may accept the Proposed Closing Date Calculations by delivering written notice to that
effect to Buyer, in which case the Purchase Price will be deemed to have been finally determined when such notice is given. If Seller
gives a Purchase Price Dispute Notice to Buyer on or prior to the last day of the Review Period, then Buyer and Seller shall use
commercially reasonable efforts to resolve in writing any disputes set forth in the Purchase Price Dispute Notice during the 30-day
period commencing on the date Buyer receives the applicable Purchase Price Dispute Notice from Seller. During such 30-day
consultation period, Buyer shall have full access to the working papers of Seller’s accountants prepared in connection with the
Purchase Price Dispute Notice. If Seller and Buyer do not agree upon a final resolution with respect to any disputed items set forth in
the Purchase Price Dispute Notice within such 30-day period, then the remaining items in dispute shall be submitted promptly by
Buyer and Seller to KPMG US LLP (the “Accounting Firm”). The Accounting Firm shall be requested to render a written
determination of the applicable dispute (acting as an expert and not as an arbitrator) within 45 days after referral of the matter to
such Accounting Firm, which determination must be in writing and must set forth, in reasonable detail, the basis therefor and must
be based solely on (i) the definitions and other applicable provisions of this Agreement, (ii) a single presentation (which
presentations shall be limited to the remaining items in dispute set forth in the Proposed Closing Date Calculations and Purchase
Price Dispute Notice) submitted by each of Buyer and Seller to the Accounting Firm within 15 days after the engagement thereof
(which the Accounting Firm shall forward to the other Party) and (iii) one written response submitted to the Accounting Firm within
5 Business Days after receipt of each such presentation (which the Accounting Firm shall forward to the other Party), and not on
independent review, which such determination shall be conclusive and binding on Buyer and Seller. The terms of appointment and
engagement of the Accounting Firm shall be as reasonably agreed upon between Seller and Buyer, and any associated engagement
fees shall initially be borne 50% by Seller and 50% by Buyer; provided that such fees shall ultimately be borne by Seller and Buyer
in the same proportion as the aggregate amount of the disputed items that is unsuccessfully disputed by each such Party (as
determined by the Accounting Firm) bears to the total amount of the disputed items submitted to the Accounting Firm. Except as
provided in the preceding sentence, all other costs and expenses incurred by the Parties in connection with resolving any dispute
hereunder before the Accounting Firm shall be borne by the Party incurring such cost and expense. The Accounting Firm shall
resolve each disputed item by choosing a value not in
excess of, nor less than, the greatest or lowest value, respectively, set forth in the presentations (and, if applicable, the responses)
delivered to the Accounting Firm pursuant to this Section 2.4(b)(ii). Such determination of the Accounting Firm shall be conclusive
and binding upon the Parties absent fraud or manifest error. The Proposed Closing Date Calculations shall be revised as appropriate
to reflect the resolution of any objections thereto pursuant to this Section 2.4(b)(ii), and, as so revised, such Proposed Closing Date
Calculations shall be deemed to set forth the final Net Working Capital, Cash and Cash Equivalents, Closing Date Indebtedness,
Unpaid Seller Expenses, the Other Liabilities and Purchase Price, in each case, for all purposes hereunder (including the
determination of the Actual Adjustment).
(iii) During the Review Period, Buyer shall, and shall cause each Group Company to, upon reasonable written
request of Seller, promptly provide Seller, its accountants and other representatives (including the Accounting Firm) reasonable
access to the Group Company’s working papers and books and records relating to the Proposed Closing Date Calculations, provided
that any such access or furnishing of such information shall be conducted at Seller’s sole expense, during normal business hours
under the reasonable supervision of Buyer’s agents and in such a manner as not to interfere in any material respect with the normal
operations of Buyer (or any of the Group Companies); and provided, further, that the recipients of such information shall treat all
such information as confidential and, to the extent reasonably required by Buyer shall execute and deliver a customary non-
disclosure agreement.
(iv) Buyer and Seller agree that the procedures set forth in this Section 2.4 for resolving disputes with respect
to the Proposed Closing Date Calculations shall be the sole and exclusive method for resolving any such disputes; provided, that this
provision shall not prohibit either Party from instituting litigation to enforce any final determination of the Purchase Price pursuant
to Section 2.4(b)(ii) in any court of competent jurisdiction in accordance with Section 10.12. The substance of any determination of
the Accounting Firm shall not be subject to review or appeal, absent a showing of fraud or manifest error. It is the intent of the
Parties to have any final determination of the Purchase Price by the Accounting Firm proceed in an expeditious manner; however,
any deadline or time period contained herein may be extended or modified by the written agreement of the Parties and the Parties
agree that the failure of the Accounting Firm to strictly conform to any deadline or time period contained herein shall not be a basis
for seeking to overturn any determination rendered by the Accounting Firm which otherwise conforms to the terms of this Section
2.4.
(c) Adjustment to Estimated Purchase Price.
(i) If the Actual Adjustment is a positive amount, then (A) Buyer shall pay, or shall cause to be paid, to Seller
an amount equal to such positive amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds within three (3) Business Days after the
date on which the Purchase Price is finally determined pursuant to Section 2.4(b) above and (B) the Parties shall deliver joint written
instructions to the Escrow Agent instructing the Escrow Agent to deliver to Seller the Adjustment Escrow Funds.
(ii) If the Actual Adjustment is a negative amount, then within three (3) Business Days after the date on which
the Purchase Price is finally determined pursuant to Section 2.4(b), then the Parties shall deliver joint written instructions to the
Escrow Agent instructing the Escrow Agent to deliver (A) to the Company an amount equal to the absolute value of such negative
amount from the Adjustment Escrow Funds and (B) to the Seller the amount remaining of the Adjustment Escrow Funds after taking
into account the payment pursuant to the foregoing clause (A). If the absolute value of the Actual Adjustment is an amount that
exceeds the Adjustment Escrow Amount, then the Seller shall pay, or cause to be paid, to the Company an amount equal to the
absolute value of the Actual Adjustment minus
the Adjustment Escrow Amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds within three (3) Business Days after the date on
which the Purchase Price is finally determined pursuant to Section 2.4(b) above.
Purchase Price for all purposes hereunder.
(iii) Any amount which becomes payable pursuant to this Section 2.4(c) will constitute an adjustment to the
Section 2.5 Withholding. Buyer and any applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from
any and all payments made under this Agreement to the extent such amounts that are required to be deducted and withheld
under applicable Tax law, it being agreed that in such case, except with respect to (x) payments in the nature of
compensation to be made under this Agreement, (y) any backup withholding requirements or (z) the failure to satisfy the
requirements of Section 7.2(d)(iv), Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to provide Seller with a written notice of
such party’s intention to withhold at least five (5) Business Days prior to any such withholding. To the extent that such
amounts are so withheld and paid over to the proper Governmental Entity, such withheld and deducted amounts will be
treated for all purposes of this Agreement as having been paid to the Person in respect of which such deduction or
withholding was made. The Parties shall cooperate in good faith to reduce or otherwise eliminate any amount required to be
deducted and withheld under applicable Tax law.
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE COMPANY
The Company hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:
Section 3.1 Organization and Qualification; Subsidiaries.
ARTICLE 3
(a) The Company is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of
Delaware. Each Subsidiary of the Company is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other business entity, as the
case may be, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or the equivalent thereof) under the laws of its respective
jurisdiction of formation. Schedule 3.1(a) sets forth each Group Company and the jurisdiction in which each Group Company is
licensed or qualified to do business. Each Group Company has the requisite corporate, partnership, limited liability company or other
applicable entity power and authority to own, lease and operate its material assets and properties and to carry on its businesses as
presently conducted.
(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.1(b), each Group Company is duly qualified or licensed to transact business and
is in good standing (or the equivalent thereof) in each jurisdiction in which the property owned, leased or operated by it, or the
nature of the business conducted by it, makes such qualification or licensing necessary.
Section 3.2 Capitalization of the Group Companies.
(a) The Shares comprise all of the Company’s equity interests that are issued and outstanding and are held
beneficially and of record by Seller, and the Shares have been duly authorized and validly issued. Except for the Shares, there are no
outstanding (i) equity or equity-based securities of the Company, (ii) securities of the Company convertible into or exchangeable for,
at any time, equity securities of the Company or (iii) options, warrants, phantom interests, rights (including conversion or preemptive
rights and rights of first refusal or similar rights) or agreements, orally or in writing, to acquire from the Company, and no
obligations of the Company to issue, any equity securities or securities convertible into or exchangeable for equity securities of the
Company.
(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.2(b), no Group Company directly or indirectly owns any equity or similar
interest in, or any interest convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for, at any time, any equity or similar interest in, any
corporation, partnership, limited liability company, joint venture or other business association or entity. Except as set forth on
Schedule 3.2(b) or as set forth in its Governing Documents, all outstanding equity securities of each Group Company (except to the
extent such concepts are not applicable under the applicable Legal Requirement of such Group Company’s jurisdiction of formation
or other applicable Legal Requirement ) have been duly authorized and validly issued, are, to the extent applicable, fully paid and
non-assessable, are free and clear of any Liens (other than Permitted Liens) and are owned, beneficially and of record, by another
Group Company. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.2(b), there are no outstanding (i) equity or equity-based securities of any
Subsidiary of the Company, (ii) equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company convertible into or exchangeable for, at any
time, equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company, or (iii) options, warrants, phantom interests, rights (including conversion
or preemptive rights and rights of first refusal or similar rights) or agreements, orally or in writing, to acquire from any Subsidiary of
the Company, and no obligation of any Subsidiary of the Company to issue, any equity securities or securities convertible into or
exchangeable for, at any time, equity securities of any Subsidiary of the Company.
Section 3.3 Authority. The Company has the requisite corporate power and authority to execute and deliver each Transaction
Document to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution, delivery and performance
by the Company of each Transaction Document to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated
thereby have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action on the part of the Company. Each Transaction Document to
which it is a party has been duly executed and delivered by the Company and constitutes a valid, legal and binding agreement of the
Company (assuming that each such Transaction Document has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the other
parties thereto), enforceable against the Company in accordance with its terms, except (i) to the extent that enforceability may be
limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights
generally and (ii) that the availability of equitable remedies, including specific performance, is subject to the discretion of the court
before which any proceeding thereof may be brought. Each Transaction Document to be executed and delivered at Closing by each
other Group Company will, at Closing, constitute a valid, legal and binding agreement of such Group Company (assuming that each
such Transaction Document has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the other parties thereto), enforceable
against such Group Company in accordance with its terms, except (A) to the extent that enforceability may be limited by applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (B)
that the availability of equitable remedies, including specific performance, is subject to the discretion of the court before which any
proceeding thereof may be brought.
Section 3.4 Financial Statements. Attached hereto as Schedule 3.4 are true and complete copies of the following financial
statements (such financial statements, collectively, the “Financial Statements”):
(a) the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2018 and the related audited
consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and cash flows for the respective periods then ended; and
(b) the unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company as of December 31, 2019 (the “Latest Balance Sheet
Date”) (the “Latest Balance Sheet”) and the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income and cash flows
for the one year period then ended (collectively, the “Unaudited Financial Statements”).
(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.4, the Financial Statements (i) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP
applied on a consistent basis throughout the periods covered thereby, except as may be indicated in the notes thereto and except, in
the case of Unaudited Financial Statements, for the absence of footnotes and subject to year-end adjustments (the effect of which are
not material to the Group Companies taken as a whole), and (ii) fairly present, in all material respects, the consolidated financial
position of the Group Companies as of the dates thereof and their consolidated results of operations for the periods then ended
(subject, in the case of the Unaudited Financial Statements, to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end adjustments, which
adjustments are not material to the Group Companies taken as a whole). No accountant of Seller or the Group Companies has
notified Seller or the Group Companies in writing of any material weaknesses in internal accounting or other controls of the Group
Companies.
Section 3.5 Consents and Approvals; No Violations. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.5, assuming the truth and accuracy of
the representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in Section 5.3, no notice to, filing with, or authorization, consent or approval of
any Governmental Entity is necessary for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by the Group Companies or the
consummation by the Group Companies of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (i) compliance with and filings under
the HSR Act, (ii) those the failure of which to obtain or make would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect, and (iii) those
that may be required solely by reason of Buyer’s (as opposed to any other third party’s) participation in the transactions
contemplated hereby. Neither the execution, delivery and performance by any Group Company of any Transaction Document to
which such Group Companies is a party nor the consummation by any Group Company of the transactions contemplated thereby
will (a) conflict with or result in any breach of any provision of such Group Company’s Governing Documents, (b) except as set
forth on Schedule 3.5, result in a violation or breach of, or cause acceleration, constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time
or both) a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration), create a material payment obligation or loss
of material benefit under, or require any material action by the Group Companies (including any notice, authorization, consent or
approval) under the terms, conditions or provisions of any Material Contract, Material Permit or Real Property Lease to which any
Group Company is a party, (c) violate any order, writ, injunction, decree, law, statute, rule or regulation of any Governmental Entity
having jurisdiction over any Group Company or any of their respective material properties or assets, (d) except as contemplated by
this Agreement or with respect to Permitted Liens, result in the creation of any Lien upon any of the material assets of any Group
Company, or (e) give rise to any payment or compensation to any employee or other service provider to any Group Company, which
in the case of any of clauses (b) and (d) above, would have a Company Material Adverse Effect.
Section 3.6 Material Contracts.
(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.6(a) (collectively, the “Material Contracts”) and except for this Agreement and
any Real Property Lease, as of the date of this Agreement, no Group Company is a party to or bound by any:
(i) (A) Contract for the employment or engagement of any individual or other Person on a full‑time, part-time,
consulting or other basis, other than any such Contract that may be terminated at the will of the employing or engaging Person, or
(B) Contract to provide severance or similar benefits (other than, for the avoidance of doubt, any accrued payments or benefits) upon
any termination of employment or other engagement, or (C) any Contract with any staffing agency, labor agency, or similar provider
of contingent workers;
Company has pledged any material assets or subjected them to any Lien (other than Permitted Liens);
(ii) Contract relating to Indebtedness for an amount in excess of $50,000 or pursuant to which any Group
(iii) Contract under which any Group Company is lessee of or holds or operates, in each case, any tangible
property (other than real property), owned by any other Person, except for any lease or agreement under which the aggregate annual
rental payments do not exceed $50,000;
(iv) Contract that provides for any Person to be the exclusive provider of any product or service to the Group
Companies, or the exclusive recipient of any product or service of the Group Companies during any period of time or that otherwise
involves the granting of exclusive rights of any kind;
obligations on any of the Group Companies after the Closing Date;
(v) Contract that is a settlement, conciliation, or similar agreement imposing any monetary or non-monetary
(vi) Contract (or group of related Contracts) for the purchase or sale of raw materials, commodities, supplies,
products, or other personal property, or for the furnishing or receipt of services, the performance of which (A) will extend over a
period of more than one (1) year from the date hereof and is not terminable by the Group Company’s upon ninety (90) days or less
notice without penalty or other Liability, or (B) has or will involve consideration in excess of $50,000 in any twelve (12) month
period;
(vii) Contract under which any Group Company is lessor of or permits any third party to hold or operate, in
each case, any tangible property (other than real property), owned or controlled by any Group Company, except for any lease or
agreement under which the aggregate annual rental payments do not exceed $50,000;
Company is a party;
(viii) partnership or joint venture Contract (other than the Governing Documents) to which any Group
(ix) Contract restricting any Group Company with respect to non-competition, or that otherwise restricts or
limits any Group Company, or any officer or key employee of the Group Companies (in each case, acting on behalf of the Group
Companies) from engaging in any line of business or in any geographic area (including any agreement with provisions regarding
non-solicitation of employees, co-existence agreements, and settlement agreements);
employees of the Group Companies, other than participant loans under the Company 401(k) Plan;
(x) Contract under which any Group Company has advanced or loaned an amount to any of the officers or
profits, costs or losses by any Group Company with the other Person;
(xi) manufacturer, development or supply agreement or other Contract which involves a sharing of revenues,
Company, or any merger or business combination with respect to any Group Company;
(xii) Contract that relates to the future disposition or acquisition of material assets or properties by any Group
(xiii) Contract pursuant to which any Group Company grants any Person, or receives from any Person, a
license to use any material Company Intellectual Property Rights (other than (x) non-exclusive licenses of Intellectual Property
Rights granted by or to customers, suppliers, vendors, contractors or similar Persons in the Ordinary Course and (y) licenses of
generally or commercially available software or equipment);
(xiv) Contract with any Governmental Entity;
(xv) agent, sales representative, sales or distribution Contract;
(xvi) power of attorney or other similar agreement or grant of agency;
(xvii) Contract with any Material Supplier or Material Customer;
(xviii) Contract that contains any “most-favored nation” or minimum commitment terms;
any of the Group Companies’ business;
(xix) Contract pursuant to which the Group Companies subcontracts work to a third party in connection with
Effect; or
(xx) other Contract under which the consequences of a default could have a Company Material Adverse
(xxi) any Contract to enter into any of the foregoing.
(b) Each Material Contract is valid and binding on each Group Company that is a party thereto and enforceable in
accordance with its terms against such Group Company (subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or
other laws affecting generally the enforcement of creditors’ rights and subject to general principles of equity) and, to the Company’s
Knowledge, the other parties thereto. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.6(b), each Material Contract shall be in full force and effect
without penalty in accordance with its terms immediately following consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement. The Group Companies are not currently in default under or in breach of, or in receipt of any written notice of default or
breach under, any Material Contract, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, the other parties thereto are not in default or breach
thereunder. No event has occurred which (with the passage of time or the giving of notice or both) could be reasonably expected to
result in a default or breach by the Group Companies under any Material Contract. No Group Company has received any notice that
(and, to the Company’s Knowledge, no facts or circumstances exist that would reasonably be expected to result in) any other party to
a Material Contract intends not to renew, or to breach, cancel, terminate or renegotiate the existing terms of, any Material Contract.
No Group Company has, within the previous twelve (12) months, received any indication from any other party to any Material
Contract that such other party intends to stop or materially decrease the rate of business done with the Group Companies, or
materially increase the cost to the Group Companies for the goods, services or rights delivered or provided to the Group Companies,
in each case, pursuant to such Material Contract.
(c) Seller has made available to Buyer a true, complete, correct and executed copy of each written Material Contract
together with all amendments, extensions, renewals, waivers or other changes thereto.
Section 3.7 Absence of Changes. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.7, since the Latest Balance Sheet Date and ending on the
date of this Agreement, (i) there have not occurred any events, circumstances or facts that would reasonably be expected to cause
any Company Material Adverse Effect and (ii) the Company and the Group Companies have conducted the business materially in
the Ordinary Course. Without limiting the foregoing, since the Latest Balance Sheet Date, no Group Company has:
(a) issued any notes, bonds or other debt securities or any capital stock or other equity securities or any securities
convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into any capital stock or other equity securities, or amended any term of any outstanding
equity securities;
(b) incurred any Indebtedness;
(c) declared, set aside or made any payment or distribution of cash or other property to its stockholders or
equityholders (other than to any Group Company) with respect to its capital stock or other equity securities or purchased or
redeemed any shares of its capital stock or other equity securities (including, without limitation, any warrants, options or other
rights to acquire its capital stock or other equity securities);
(d) mortgaged or pledged any of its properties or assets (tangible or intangible) or subjected them to any Lien, except
to the extent such mortgage or pledge results in a Permitted Lien;
(e) sold, assigned, transferred, leased, subleased, licensed, sublicensed, abandoned, permitted the cancellation of, or
otherwise disposed of or failed to take reasonable steps to maintain, enforce and protect any portion of its material tangible or
intangible assets, except in the Ordinary Course;
(f) acquired (other than as a result of a capital expenditure), disposed of or transferred any asset with a value in
excess of $50,000 individually or $100,000 in the aggregate;
(g) paid, discharged or satisfied any claims or liabilities in excess of $100,000 or forgave, cancelled, compromised,
waived or released any debts, claims or rights in excess of $50,000, other than in the Ordinary Course;
(h) issued, sold, granted, conferred, awarded, pledged or otherwise encumbered, any equity interests of any Group
Company;
(i) acquired (by merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise) any Person or enterprise;
(j) made any capital expenditures or commitments therefor that aggregate in excess of $100,000;
(k) made any loans or advances to, guarantees for the benefit of, or any investments in, any Persons in excess of
$50,000 in the aggregate;
(l) suffered any damage, destruction or casualty loss exceeding in the aggregate $50,000, whether or not covered by
insurance;
(m) amended or authorized any amendment to the Governing Documents of any Group Company;
(n) materially changed or authorized any material change in its accounting practices or method of accounting for any
items in the preparation of the financial statements of any Group Company;
(o) entered into any settlement, conciliation or similar agreement involving claims (i) not fully covered by insurance
in excess of $50,000, (ii) requiring waiver by the Company of any rights having a value in excess of $50,000, or (iii) containing an
admission of Liability or consenting to any non-monetary relief that would be material to the Group Companies taken as a whole;
(p) entered into, amended or terminated any Material Contract, Real Property Lease (or any agreement that would
have been a Material Contract or Real Property Lease if in effect as of the date hereof);
(q) suffered any losses or waived any rights of material value (whether or not in the Ordinary Course) in excess of
$100,000 in the aggregate or $50,000 in any one instance;
(r) wrote-off or otherwise reduced the amount of any receivables, except in the Ordinary Course and at levels which
are consistent with reserves for uncollectible amounts included in the Latest Balance Sheet; or
(s) agreed to take any of the actions described above.
Buyer acknowledges that the announcement by Seller of its intention to sell the Company (as well as the negotiation and
execution of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby) might affect one or more of the Group
Companies’ customer relationships, and that such effects do not and will not constitute a breach of this Section 3.7.
Section 3.8 Litigation. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.8(i), as of the date of this Agreement there are no, and for the last
three (3) years there have been no material Proceedings pending, or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, in each case, against
(i) any of the Group Companies, or (ii) any of its directors, officers, managers, employees, agents or Affiliates acting on behalf of
the Group Companies relating to the business of the Group Companies, in each case, at law or in equity, or before or by any
Governmental Entity. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.8(ii), as of the date of this Agreement, no Group Company is subject to any
material outstanding order, writ, judgment, award, injunction or decree.
Section 3.9 Compliance with Legal Requirements; Prohibited Payments.
(a) The Group Companies, and to the Company’s Knowledge, each officer, director, employee and independent
contractor of the Group Companies and each agent or other third party acting on behalf of the Group Companies is currently in
compliance in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements which are required to operate the Group Companies’
business, and except as set forth in Schedule 3.9 in the last three (3) years no claim has been filed against, and no notice has been
given to, Seller, or any Group Company alleging a violation of any such Legal Requirement. No Group Company is now subject
(nor has any Group Company been subject in the last three (3) years) to any investigation, penalty assessment, audit or other
Proceeding by any Governmental Entity or to any other allegation that any Group Company has violated the regulations of any such
Governmental Entity or made a material false statement or omission to any Governmental Entity.
Section 3.10 International Trade & Anti-Corruption Matters.
(a) No Group Company nor any officer, director, employee or independent contractor of any Group Company (or, to
the Company’s Knowledge, any agent or other third parties acting on behalf of any Group Company) nor the Seller: (x) is currently,
or has been in the last three (3) years: (i) a Sanctioned Person, (ii) organized, resident or located in a Sanctioned Country, (iii)
engaging in any dealings or transactions with any Sanctioned Person or in any Sanctioned Country, to the extent such activities
violate applicable Sanctions Laws or Ex-Im Laws, or (iv) otherwise in violation of applicable Sanctions Laws, Ex-Im Laws, or the
anti-boycott Legal Requirements administered by the U.S. Department of Commerce and the U.S. Department of Treasury’s Internal
Revenue Service (collectively, “Trade Control Laws”); or (y) has, directly or indirectly, (i) made or agreed to make any contribution,
payment or gift or thing of value to any official, employee or agent (in each case, whether of a Governmental Entity, private entity or
otherwise) in violation of any applicable Anti-Corruption Laws or the Legal Requirements of any federal, state, local or foreign
jurisdiction, (ii) established or maintained any unrecorded fund or asset for any purpose or made any false entries on the books and
records of the Group Companies for any reason, (iii) made or agreed to make any contribution, or reimbursed any political gift or
contribution made by any other Person, to any candidate for federal, state, local or foreign public office, (iv) paid or delivered any
fee, commission or any other sum of money or item of property or thing of value, however characterized, to any finder, agent,
government official or other party, in the United States or any other country, which in any manner relates to the assets, business or
operations of the Group Companies; or (v) has otherwise been in violation any applicable Anti-Corruption Laws.
(b) No Group Company has imported any merchandise into the United States that has been or is covered by an anti-
dumping duty order or countervailing duty order or is subject to or otherwise covered by any pending anti-dumping or
countervailing duty investigation by agencies of the United States government.
(c) During the three (3) years prior to the date hereof, no Group Company nor the Seller has, in connection with or
relating to any Group Company, received from any Governmental Entity or any other Person any notice or inquiry; made any
voluntary or involuntary disclosure to a Governmental Entity; or conducted any internal investigation or audit concerning any actual
or potential violation or wrongdoing related to Trade Control Laws or Anti-Corruption Laws.
Section 3.11 Employee Plans.
(a) Schedule 3.11 contains a true and complete list of each material Employee Benefit Plan. With respect to each
material Employee Benefit Plan, the Company has provided or made available to Buyer true and complete copies of: (i) such
Employee Benefit Plan, and (ii) to the extent applicable to such Employee Benefit Plan: all administrative agreements, insurance
contracts or other funding arrangements; the most recent Forms 5500 required to have been filed and all schedules thereto; the most
recent IRS determination or opinion letter; all current employee handbooks or manuals; all current summary plan descriptions and
any summaries of material modifications; all amendments and modifications to any such document currently in effect; the most
recent plan year’s nondiscrimination testing; and all material correspondence to or from a Governmental Entity since April 13, 2018.
(b) Except as disclosed in the Schedule 3.11(b):
(i) Each Employee Benefit Plan has been operated and administered in compliance in all material respects
with its terms and with all applicable Legal Requirements, including ERISA and the Code and the Affordable Care Act; and all
contributions and premiums required to have been paid by the Group Companies to any Employee Benefit Plan under the terms of
any such Employee Benefit Plan or its related trust, insurance contract or other funding arrangement, or pursuant to any applicable
Legal Requirements have been paid within the time prescribed by any such Employee Benefit Plan, arrangement or applicable Legal
Requirements. There is no action, claim, complaint, investigation, petition, suit, or other proceeding in law or in equity pending or,
to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against, or arising out of, any Employee Benefit Plan or the assets of any Employee
Benefit Plan (other than routine claims for benefits).
(ii) Each Employee Benefit Plan intended to be qualified under Code Section 401(a), and the trust (if any)
forming a part thereof, has received a favorable determination letter, where applicable, from the Internal Revenue Service as to its
qualification under the Code or is the subject of a favorable Internal Revenue Service opinion letter issued to a prototype or volume
submitter plan sponsor; and, to the Company’s Knowledge, nothing has occurred since the date of such determination or opinion
letter that could reasonably be expected to adversely affect such qualification or tax-exempt status.
(iii) No Employee Benefit Plan is (1) a “multiple employer plan” for purposes of Section 4063, Section 4064
or Section 4066 of ERISA or Code Section 413, (2) a Multiemployer Plan, (3) subject to Code Section 412 or Section 302 or Title
IV of ERISA, or (4) a “multiple employer welfare arrangement” as defined in Section 3(40) of ERISA. None of the Group
Companies has incurred any Liability (including as a result of any indemnification obligation or as a result of being treated as an
ERISA Affiliate with any other Person) under Title I or Title IV of ERISA for which any of the Group Companies could be liable.
(iv) No current or former employee, officer, director or independent contractor of any of the Group
Companies is or will become entitled (or any dependent thereof) to death or post-employment death, insurance or medical benefits
by reason of service to any of the Group Companies, other than coverage mandated by COBRA. None of the Group Companies have
incurred (whether or not assessed) or is subject to any material payment, Tax, penalty or other liability under the Affordable Care
Act, including under Code Sections 4980D and 4980H or with respect to the reporting requirements under Code Section 6055 and
Code Section 6056.
(v) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not, either alone or in
combination with another event or events, (1) entitle any employee, officer, director or individual independent contractor of the
Group Companies to severance pay or any other payments or benefits under any Employee Benefit Plan; (2) accelerate the time of
payment or vesting, increase the amount of compensation, or otherwise enhance any Employee Benefit Plan benefit due any such
individual; (3) directly or indirectly require any contributions or payments to fund any obligations under any Employee Benefit Plan;
(4) otherwise give rise to any material liability of any of the Group Companies under any Employee Benefit Plan; or (5) limit or
restrict the right of any of the Group Companies to terminate or amend any Employee Benefit Plan on or following the Closing.
(vi) Each Employee Benefit Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” (within the meaning of
Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1) has been and is in compliance, in all material respects, both in form and operation, with
Section 409A of the Code and the Treasury Regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder. There is no Contract, Employee
Benefit Plan or other arrangement which requires any of the Group Companies to pay a Tax gross-up, indemnification payment or
reimbursement for Taxes under Code Section 409A or Code Section 4999 or otherwise.
service provider working or residing outside of the United States.
(vii) No Employee Benefit Plan covers or otherwise provides benefits to any employee or other individual
(c) No Group Company has engaged in any non-exempt prohibited transaction (as defined in Section 4975 of the
Code or Section 406 of ERISA) with respect to any Employee Benefit Plan that would be reasonably likely to subject any Group
Company to any Tax or penalty (civil or otherwise) imposed by ERISA, the Code or other applicable Legal Requirement. There are
no pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened Proceedings (other than ordinary course claims for benefits) with respect to
any Employee Benefit Plan that would be reasonably likely to subject any Group Company to any Liability.
(d) No amount that could be received (whether in cash or property or the vesting of property), as a result of the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, by any employee, officer, director or stockholder or other service
provider of any Group Company under any Employee Benefit Plan would not be deductible by reason of Section 280G of the Code
or would be subject to an excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, determined without regard to any arrangements entered into or
negotiated with Buyer or any of its Affiliates.
(e) This Section 3.11 contains the sole and exclusive representations and warranties of the Company with respect to
the Group Companies’ Employee Benefit Plans.
Section 3.12 Environmental Matters.
(a) Except as set forth in Schedule 3.12(a):
all applicable Environmental Laws.
(i) Each of the Group Companies are, and for the past three (3) years have been, in material compliance with
(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Group Companies hold, and are and for the past three
(3) years have been in material compliance with, all material permits, licenses and other authorizations that are required pursuant to
Environmental Laws for the lawful conduct of their respective businesses.
(iii) During the past three (3) years, no Group Company has received any written notice of any material
violation of, or any material investigatory, corrective or remedial obligation under, any Environmental Laws and no unresolved such
notices or obligations exist regardless of when received.
(iv) There are no material Proceedings pending before, conducted by, or otherwise involving any
Governmental Entity or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened in writing against any Group Company under any Environmental
Laws.
(v) In the past three (3) years, no Group Company has received written notice regarding any actual or alleged
material violation of Environmental Laws, or any material or potential Liabilities, including any investigatory, remedial or corrective
obligations, relating to any Group Company and no unresolved such notices exist regardless of when received.
(vi) There has been no Release, treatment, storage, disposal or arrangement for disposal, transportation,
handling, manufacturing, distribution of, or exposure of any person to any Hazardous Materials by any Group Company (1) at any
property currently or to the Company’s Knowledge formerly owned, leased or operated by any Group Company; or (2) to the
Company’s Knowledge at any other location by any Group Company, except, as with respect to both subsections (1) and (2) above,
in compliance in all material respects with Environmental Law or as would not reasonably be expected to create any material
Liability of any Group Company thereunder.
(vii) Except as set forth in any Real property Lease, no Group Company has expressly assumed, undertaken,
become subject to, or provided an indemnity with respect to any material Liability of any other Person relating to Environmental
Laws.
(viii) Sellers have provided Buyers copies of all material environmental reports, assessments, sampling data,
and audits and other material documents regarding matters arising under Environmental Laws relating to each Group Company and
their current or former properties or operations, in each case prepared in the past three (3) years and in their possession, custody or
reasonable control.
Section 3.13 Intellectual Property.
(a) The Group Companies own, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens), or license under a valid and
enforceable license or otherwise have the right to use, all Intellectual Property Rights that are material to the conduct of the business
of the Group Companies as currently conducted (collectively, the “Company Intellectual Property Rights”). Schedule 3.13(a) sets
forth a complete and accurate list of all (i) patents, trademark registrations and copyright registrations and material domain name
registrations owned by any Group Company and (ii) patent applications, trademark applications and copyright applications owned
by any Group Company. The Company Intellectual Property Rights cover all Intellectual Property that is material to and necessary
for the conduct and continued operation of the businesses of the Group Companies.
(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.13(b), (A) there is not pending against any Group Company before any
Governmental Entity any Proceeding brought by any Person contesting the validity, enforceability, use or ownership of any
Company Intellectual Property Rights owned by such Group Company, or alleging that any Group Company is infringing or
misappropriating any Intellectual Property Rights of any Person in any material respect, and (B) there are no Proceedings pending
before any Governmental Entity that have been brought by any Group Company against any Person alleging infringement or
misappropriation of any Company Intellectual Property Rights owned by such Group Company. Except as set forth on Schedule
3.13(b), (i) no Group Company has infringed or misappropriated any Intellectual Property Rights of any third party in the past three
(3) years, and exercise of the Company Intellectual Property Rights owned by each Group Company does not infringe any such third
party rights, and (ii) to the Company’s Knowledge, no third party is infringing or misappropriating any Company Intellectual
Property Rights owned by any Group Company in any material respect. The Group Companies’ rights in the Intellectual Property
Rights set forth on Schedule 3.13(a) are subsisting and valid. No Intellectual Property owned by any Group Company is now
involved in any interference, reissue, re-examination, inter-partes review, post-grant review, or opposition proceeding.
(c) Neither the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement shall result in, or give any other Person the right
to cause, (i) a loss of any Company Intellectual Property Rights; (ii) a material breach of any Company Intellectual Property Rights
or related license rights; (iii) the grant, assignment or transfer to any other Person of any material rights or interest under any
Company Intellectual Property Rights owned by any Group Company; or (iv) the loss or impairment, or imposition of any Lien
(other than Permitted Liens) on any of the Company Intellectual Property Rights owned by any Group Company.
(d) The Group Companies have taken commercially reasonable actions under the circumstances to protect the
material trade secrets owned by the Group Companies. In the past three (3) years, no trade secret included in the Intellectual
Property owned by a Group Company has been authorized to be disclosed to or, to the Company’s Knowledge, has been actually
disclosed to, any Person who does not have any confidentiality obligation with respect to the disclosure and use thereof. All
employees and contractors of the Group Companies who have since April 13, 2018 participated in or contributed to the creation,
modification or development of any material Intellectual Property Rights for or on behalf of each Group Company (collectively,
“Developed IP”) have executed and delivered to such Group Company a valid and enforceable agreement providing for (i) the
nondisclosure by such Person of any confidential information related thereto and (ii) the assignment (via a present grant of
assignment) by such Person to such Group Company of all such Person’s right, title and interest in and to such Developed IP (unless
ownership of such Developed IP automatically vested with a Group Company under applicable Legal Requirement). None of the
Developed IP were developed by or on behalf of, or using grants or any other subsidies of, any Governmental Entity, university,
college or other educational institution or research center (collectively, a “Sponsor”) and no funding, facilities, or resources, of a
Sponsor was used in the development of any Developed IP.
(e) No Sponsor has any right, title or interest in or to any Intellectual Property Rights owned by any Group Company.
No proprietary software owned by any Group Company and included in any Company Products (“Company Software”) and tangible
embodiments thereof have been placed in escrow or licensed to any third party. No Company Software is subject to any “copyleft”
license that requires or purports to require the Company to grant any license with respect to the source code to such Company
Software. Each Group Company has taken reasonable steps to secure the ownership and maintain the confidentiality (in each case, if
applicable) of the Company Software.
(f) Each Group Company complies in all material respects with all applicable Legal Requirements and regulations
regarding the protection of Personal Data and related privacy protection and data security rights. Since April 13, 2018, no Group
Company has experienced any material breach of security, phishing incident, ransomware or malware attack, or other incident in
which confidential or sensitive information, payment card data, personally identifiable information, or other protected information
relating to individuals was accessed, disclosed, or exfiltrated in an unauthorized manner, and no Group Company has received any
written notices or complaints from any Person or been the subject of any claim, proceeding, or investigation with respect thereto.
(g) Each Group Company uses commercially reasonable efforts to protect the security of the Company IT Assets and
to prevent any unauthorized use, access, interruption, or modification of the Company IT Assets. Such Company IT Assets (i) are
sufficient in all material respects for the immediate needs of each Group Company, and (ii) are in sufficiently good working
condition to effectively perform all information technology operations as required by each Group Company in the Ordinary Course.
Since April 13, 2018, there have been no material failures, or other material adverse events affecting any such Company IT Assets
that (x) have caused any substantial disruption of or interruption in or to the use of such Company IT Assets and (y) have not been
remedied in all material respects. Each Group Company maintains commercially reasonable disaster recovery and business
continuity plans, procedures and facilities in connection with the operation of the Group Company’s business and acts in material
compliance therewith.
(h) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, other than under this Section 3.13 and Section 3.6(a)
(xiii), the Group Companies make no representations or warranties with respect to Intellectual Property Rights.
Section 3.14 Labor Matters.
(a) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.14(a), (i) no Group Company is bound by any collective bargaining agreement
or collective bargaining relationship with respect to its employees, (ii) there is no labor strike, concerted refusal to work overtime, or
work stoppage or walkout pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened in writing against any Group Company, (iii) to the
Company’s Knowledge, no union organization campaign is, or during the previous three (3) years, has been, in progress with respect
to any employees of any Group Company, and (iv) there are no material pending charges in connection with any Group Company
before the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission, Department of Labor or any state or local agency responsible for the
prevention of unlawful employment practices, and to the Company’s Knowledge, none of the foregoing have been threatened in
writing during the previous three (3) years. No Group Company has engaged in any plant closing or employee mass layoff activities
in the past ninety (90) days without complying in all material respects with the Worker Adjustment Retraining and Notification Act
of 1988, as amended, or any similar state or local plant closing or mass layoff statute, rule or regulation (collectively, the “WARN
Act”).
(b) The Group Companies are in material compliance with all applicable Legal Requirements respecting employment
and employment practices, including, without limitation, applicable Legal Requirements relating to compensation, employment Tax,
social security, the collection and payment of tax withholding, terms and conditions of employment, wages and hours, collective
bargaining, non-discrimination, affirmative action, plant closing and mass layoff, family and medical leave, immigration, health and
safety, worker classification and workers’ compensation. All independent contractors of any Group Company are properly classified
as such under Law, and all employees of the Group Companies who are classified as exempt from overtime under federal, state or
local law are properly classified as such under applicable Legal Requirements.
(c) Set forth on Schedule 3.14(c) (which schedule will be updated three (3) days prior to the Closing Date) is each
employee of the Group Companies (the “Continuing Employees”) (i) name and current job title or position, (ii) employer, (iii) hire
date, (iv) current base salary or the base hourly rate, (v) bonus eligibility and bonus payments, (vi) accrued, unused paid time off,
(vii) status (e.g., full-time, part-time, on leave) and if on leave, the type of leave (e.g., short-term disability or Family and Medical
Leave Act leave), (viii) exempt or non-exempt from overtime classification, and (ix) work location.
Section 3.15 Insurance. Schedule 3.15 contains a list of all policies of fire, liability, workers’ compensation, property,
casualty and other forms of insurance owned or held by or for the benefit of the Group Companies as of the date of this Agreement
(the “Insurance Policies”). All such Insurance Policies are, as of the date of this Agreement, in full force and effect, all premiums
with respect thereto covering all periods up to and including the Closing Date will have been paid, and no notice of cancellation or
termination has been received by any Group Company with respect to any such Insurance Policy or that any such Insurance Policy
will not be renewed on substantially the same terms as are now in effect or that the premium of any such Insurance Policy shall be
materially increased. A claims history relating to each Insurance Policy covering the time period from April 13, 2018 through the
date of this Agreement has been provided to Buyer.
Section 3.16 Tax Matters. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.16:
(a) each Group Company has prepared and filed all income and all other material Tax Returns required to be filed
under applicable Legal Requirement with respect to each Group Company, each such Tax Return is true and correct in all material
respects and each Group Company has timely paid all material Taxes owed or payable by it (whether or not shown on any Tax
Return), including material Taxes which any Group Company is obligated to withhold;
(b) no Group Company is currently the subject of any federal, state or other material Tax audit or examination;
(c) no Group Company has consented to extend the time in which any Tax may be assessed or collected by any taxing
authority (other than extensions of time to file Tax Returns obtained in the Ordinary Course);
(d) no Group Company has received from any taxing authority any written notice of proposed adjustment, deficiency
or underpayment of any amount of Taxes which has not been satisfied or been withdrawn;
(e) Within the past three (3) years, no written claim has been made by any taxing authority in a jurisdiction where any
Group Company does not file Tax Returns that any such Group Company is subject to a material amount of Tax by that jurisdiction,
which claim has not been satisfied or been withdrawn;
(f) no Group Company (i) has engaged in or otherwise been a party to any “listed transaction” within the meaning of
Treasury Regulations Section 1.6011-4(b), (ii) is a party to, is bound by or has an obligation under any Tax indemnity, Tax sharing,
Tax allocation or similar agreement with any other Person (other than any Group Company), in each case, other than provisions
contained in commercial agreements the principal subject matter of which does not relate to Taxes, (iii) has any liability for the
Taxes of any other Person (other than any other Group Company) payable by reason of operation of law (including Treasury
Regulations Section 1.1502-6), assumption, transferee or successor liability, (iv) is or has been a member of any affiliated,
consolidated, combined or unitary group for purposes of filing Tax Returns or paying Taxes (other than a group of which the
Company is the common parent), (v) is subject to any private letter ruling from the Internal Revenue Service or any comparable or
similar ruling of any taxing authority that is still in force or (vi) has been either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled
corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of stock qualifying in whole or in part for
tax-free treatment under Section 355 (or so much of Section 356 as relates to Section 355) or 361 of the Code since April 13, 2018;
(g) no Group Company has any material assets that may constitute unclaimed property under applicable law, and the
Group Companies have complied in all material respects with all applicable unclaimed property laws;
(h) no Group Company will be required to include any material item of income in, or be required to exclude any
material item of deduction or loss from, any period (or any portion thereof) ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (i)
change in accounting method made prior to the Closing, (ii) closing or similar agreement with any taxing authority entered into prior
to the Closing, (iii) deferred intercompany gain or any excess loss account described in the Treasury Regulations under Code Section
1502 (or any corresponding provision of state or local tax law), (iv) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing, or (v)
installment sale or open transaction disposition made prior to the Closing; and
(i) There are no liens with respect to material Taxes upon any of the assets of the Group Companies other than
Permitted Liens.
For the avoidance of doubt, no representation or warranty is made with respect to the existence, amount or usability of any net
operating loss, capital loss, Tax basis or other Tax attributes.
Section 3.17 Brokers. No broker, finder, financial advisor or investment banker, is entitled to any broker’s, finder’s, financial
advisor’s or investment banker’s fee or commission in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement based upon
arrangements made by or on behalf of the Company, Seller, or any of their Affiliates or to which any of the foregoing Persons is
subject, in each case, that will not be included in Seller Expenses as of the Closing Date.
Section 3.18 Real Property.
(a) Schedule 3.18(a) sets forth the address of each real property owned by any Group Company (such real property,
the “Owned Real Property”). Seller has provided Buyer with copies of any title insurance policies (or commitments for title
insurance in a policy has not been issued), and surveys in the possession or control of any Group Company with respect to each
parcel of Owned Real Property. With respect to each Owned Real Property: (i) a Group Company has good and marketable title to
such Owned Real Property, which shall be free and clear of all Liens as of the Closing Date, except Permitted Liens; (ii) except as
set forth on Schedule 3.18(a), the applicable Group Company has not leased or otherwise granted to any Person the right to use or
occupy such Owned Real Property or any portion thereof; (iii) other than the rights of Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, there are no
outstanding options, rights of first offer or rights of first refusal to purchase such Owned Real Property or any portion thereof or
interest therein; (iv) no Group Company is a party to any agreement or option to purchase any real property or interest therein
relating to the business of the Group Companies; (v) to the Company’s Knowledge, there are no pending or threatened condemnation
proceedings relating to the Owned Real Property; (vi) no Group Company has received written notice that any piece of Owned Real
Property or the Group Company's use thereof is in or, with the passage of time, will be in violation of any Legal Requirement; (vii)
except for any Permitted Liens, there are no covenants, easements, encroachments, restrictive covenants, rights-of-way or servitudes
encumbering any piece of Owned Real Property that would reasonably be considered to have a Company Material Adverse Effect on
such Owned Real Property or the Group Company's use thereof; (viii) each piece of Owned Real Property abuts on and has direct
access to a public road or access to a public road via a permanent, irrevocable appurtenant easement; (ix) the Group Companies
enjoy peaceful and undisturbed possession of all of their respective Owned Real Property; and (x) neither the whole nor any portion
of any Owned Real Property has been damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty that has not been repaired.
(b) Schedule 3.18(b) sets forth (whether as lessee or lessor) the address and a list of all leases (each a “Real Property
Lease”) of real property to which any Group Company is a party or by which any of them is bound, in each case, as of the date of
this Agreement. The Company has delivered to Buyer a true and complete copy of each such Real Property Lease agreement, in each
case, as amended or otherwise modified and in effect as of the date hereof. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.18(b), (i) each Real
Property Lease is legal, valid, binding and enforceable in accordance with its terms and is in full force and effect with respect to the
Group Company that is a party thereto and, to the Company’s Knowledge, with respect to each other party thereto; (ii) no Group
Company is in breach or default under any Real Property Lease, or, to the Company’s Knowledge, any other party to any Real
Property Lease is in breach or default under any Real Property Lease, and no event has occurred or circumstance exists which, with
the delivery of notice, the passage of time or both, would constitute such a breach or default, or permit the termination, modification
or acceleration of rent under such Real Property Lease; (iii) no Group Company has subleased, licensed or otherwise granted any
Person the right to use or occupy any real property under any Real Property Lease or any portion thereof; and (iv) except for any
Permitted Liens, there are no covenants, easements, encroachments, restrictive covenants, rights-of-way or servitudes encumbering
any Real Property Lease that would reasonably be considered to have a Company Material Adverse Effect on such Real Property
Lease or the Group Company's, or any other party to any Real Property Lease, use thereof. No Group Company has received written
notice that the use of the real property subject to each Real Property Lease is not permitted as of right under Legal Requirements.
Each piece of real property subject to a Real Property Lease has direct or indirect access to a public road or access to a public road
via a permanent, irrevocable appurtenant easement. Neither the whole nor any portion of any property subject to a Real Property
Lease has been damaged or destroyed by fire or other casualty that has not been repaired.
Section 3.19 Transactions with Affiliates. Schedule 3.19 sets forth all contracts or arrangements (other than employment
agreements and Governing Documents) between any Group Company, on the one hand, and any officer, director or Affiliate of the
Group Companies, on the other hand, that will not be terminated effective as of the Closing Date.
Section 3.20 No Undisclosed Liabilities. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.20, no Group Company has any liabilities of any
kind, whether accrued, contingent, absolute, determined, determinable or otherwise, other than (a) liabilities disclosed or provided
for in the Financial Statements (including the notes thereto), (b) liabilities existing as of the Latest Balance Sheet Date but that are
not required under GAAP to be reserved against or reflected in the Latest Balance Sheet, (c) liabilities disclosed in the Schedules, (d)
liabilities incurred in the Ordinary Course since the Latest Balance Sheet Date (none of which results from, arises out of, relates to,
is in the nature of, or was caused by any breach of contract, breach of warranty, tort, environmental matter, infringement,
misappropriation, lawsuit or violation of any Legal Requirement), (e) liabilities that would not individually or in the aggregate be
material to the Group Companies taken as a whole, or (f) liabilities incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or any other Transaction Document.
Section 3.21 Product Warranty; Product Recalls.
(a) All products or services designed, marketed, sold, distributed or delivered by or on behalf of the Group Companies
(the “Company Products”) for the past three (3) years have been in conformity in all material respects with all applicable contractual
commitments, Legal Requirements, and all express and implied warranties. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.21(a), the Group
Companies do not have any material Liability in connection with any Group Company’s business (or has received written notice of
any Proceeding giving rise to any such material Liability) for replacement of any Company Product, or for other damages related to
any Company Product, other than Liabilities for warranty claims arising in the Ordinary Course which are consistent with the
historical experience of the Group Companies. To the Company’s Knowledge, there exist no facts or circumstances that would
reasonably be expected to result in or form the basis of any claim against any Group Company’s business for material Liability on
account of any express or implied warranty to any third party in connection with the Company Products or services rendered by the
Group Companies. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.21(a), no Company Product and no services rendered by the Group Companies
are subject to any guarantee, warranty or other indemnity beyond the applicable industry standard terms and conditions of such sale
or service.
(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.21(b) and except for Ordinary Course recalls and Ordinary Course post-sale
warnings, in each case, given by vehicle manufactures, no Company Product is, and in the past three (3) years, no Company Product
has been, subject to any recall or post-sale warnings by the Group Companies, or to the Company’s Knowledge, any recall or post-
sale warning by any third party retained by the Group Companies, Seller or any distributor or wholesaler of such products. To the
Company’s Knowledge, there exist no facts or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to result in or form the basis of any
such recalls or post-sale warnings.
Section 3.22 Product Liability. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.22, all Company Products are, and for the last three
(3) years have been, without design defects or manufacturing defects and in the last three (3) years there have not been any,
and there currently are no, Proceedings pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened against or involving any
Company Product, or against any of the Group Companies, or any class of claims or lawsuits involving a Company Product,
in each case, resulting from an alleged defect in any Company Product or any alleged failure to warn. Except as set forth on
Schedule 3.22, none of the Group Companies have any material Liability in connection with any of the Group Companies
business (and to the Company’s Knowledge, there is no basis for any present or future Proceeding giving rise to any Liability
in connection with the Group Companies business) arising out of any injury to individuals or property as a result of the
ownership, possession or use of any Company Product.
Section 3.23 Material Customers. Schedule 3.23 sets forth a true, complete and correct list of the top twenty (20)
customers with whom the Group Companies have a relationship (each, a “Material Customer”) by dollar value of sales,
respectively, since January 1, 2019. Since January 1, 2019, the Group Companies have not received any notice from any
Material Customer to the effect that (and, to the Company’s Knowledge, there are no facts or circumstances indicating that)
any Material Customer has stopped, materially decreased the rate of or materially changed the terms (whether related to
payment, price or otherwise) with respect to, or will stop, materially decrease the rate of, or materially change the terms
(whether related to payment, price or otherwise) with respect to, purchasing products or services from the Group
Companies. Except as set forth in Schedule 3.23, the terms under which each Material Customer purchases products and
services from the Group Companies are at market rates and are the result of arm’s length transactions. There are no
unresolved disputes between the Group Companies and any Material Customer that would be material to the Group
Companies taken as a whole.
Section 3.24 Material Suppliers. Schedule 3.24 sets forth a true, complete and correct list of the top twenty (20)
suppliers and vendors (each, a “Material Supplier”) of the Group Companies by dollar of sales, respectively, since January
1, 2019. Since January 1, 2019, the Group Companies have not received any notice from any Material Supplier to the effect
that (and to the Company’s Knowledge, there are no facts or circumstances indicating that) any Material Supplier has
stopped, materially decreased the rate of or materially changed the terms (whether related to payment, price or otherwise)
with respect to, supplying materials, products or services to the Group Companies. The terms under which each Material
Supplier supplies materials, products or services to the Group Companies are at market rates and are the result of arm’s
length transactions. There are no unresolved disputes between the Group Companies and any Material Supplier that would
be material to the Group Companies taken as a whole.
Section 3.25 Accounts Receivable. All accounts receivable in the Latest Balance Sheet (the “Accounts Receivable”), (a)
have been legally and validly incurred pursuant to bona fide transactions in the Ordinary Course and (b) represent bona
fide indebtedness incurred by the applicable account debtor for goods sold or services performed by one or more of the
Group Companies. Except as set forth on Schedule 3.25, none of the Group Companies have received written notice of any
claim or dispute with respect to any of the Accounts Receivable.
Section 3.26 Inventory. The Inventory is merchantable and fit for the purpose for which it was procured or
manufactured, and is not damages, defective or obsolete, subject only to the customary reserves (which reserves are
adequate and were calculated on a basis consistent with GAAP). The Inventory consists of a quality and quantity usable and
saleable in the Ordinary Course at a level sufficient to maintain the requirements of the Group Companies business. None of
the Inventory has been consigned (that is, delivered but not sold or sold with an unlimited right of return) to any Person.
Since January 1, 2019, the Group Companies have maintained its Inventory levels consistent with past practices. Since
January 1, 2019, the Group Companies have not sold, used or otherwise transferred any portion of the Inventory except in
the Ordinary Course to a bona fide purchaser.
Section 3.27 Data Privacy.
(a) The Group Companies have used commercially reasonable efforts to implement policies, procedures and training
programs intended to ensure ongoing compliance with applicable Data Protection Requirements. The Company is in material
compliance with all Data Protection Requirements
and the Group Companies’ publicly available privacy policies (collectively, “Privacy/Security Obligations”) applicable to the Group
Companies.
(b) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.27(b), since April 13, 2018, there has been no loss, damage or unauthorized
access, use, modification or other misuse of any of (i) the Company IT Assets or any information or transactions stored or contained
therein or transmitted thereby (including without limitation Personal Data), or (ii) to the Company’s Knowledge, any Personal Data
of the Group Companies stored on third party systems or other Company data stored on third party systems.
(c) In the past three (3) years no notices have been received by, and no claim, charge or complaint has been made in
writing against the Group Companies alleging a violation of any Data Protection Requirements or Privacy/Security Obligations by
any Group Company, and no suit, action, Proceeding, arbitration, claim, review or investigation is pending or, to the Company’s
Knowledge, is threatened against the Group Companies relating to the Group Companies’ collection, use or disclosure of Personal
Data. In the past three (3) years, there have not been any material actual or alleged incidents of data security breaches involving
Personal Data or other confidential information in the possession or under the control of the Group Companies. In the past three (3)
years, no third party with whom the Group Companies have shared Personal Data has notified any Group Company in writing of (i)
any unauthorized acquisition, access, use or disclosure of any Personal Data received from or on behalf of any Group Company that
would trigger a notification or reporting requirement under any Data Protection Requirement; (ii) any attempted or successful
unauthorized access, use, disclosure, modification or destruction of Personal Data received from or on behalf of the Company; or
(iii) any interference with Company IT Assets that could materially affect the privacy or security of such Personal Data.
(d) The consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not violate any Data Protection
Requirements or Privacy/Security Obligations of the Group Companies. All Personal Data used in or necessary for the operation of
the Group Companies’ business as currently conducted in any material respect shall be available for use by the Group Companies
immediately after the Closing Date on terms and conditions substantially the same as those under which the Group Companies used
such Personal Data immediately prior to the Closing Date.
Section 3.28 Title to and Sufficiency of Assets.
(a) The Group Companies have good and marketable title to their tangible properties and assets and, to the
Company’s Knowledge, good title to its leasehold estates, in each case subject to no Liens other than Permitted Liens.
(b) With respect to the tangible property and assets leased by the Group Companies, the Group Companies are in
material compliance with such leases and, to the Company’s Knowledge, holds a valid leasehold interest free of any Liens other than
Permitted Liens.
(c) Except as set forth on Schedule 3.28(c), the Group Companies own, lease or employ (with respect to employees)
all of the tangible properties, employees, tangible assets and rights to tangible properties or assets currently used in, pertaining to or
necessary for the operation of the business of the Group Companies as conducted on the date hereof and such properties, employees,
assets and rights are sufficient for the continued conduct of the business of the Group Companies after the Closing in substantially
the same manner as conducted prior to the Closing, it being understood that this Section 3.28 is not, and shall not be interpreted,
deemed or construed as, any representation or warranty with respect to the infringement, misappropriation or other violation of any
Intellectual Property Rights. Other than with respect to the MCM Lease. neither Seller nor any of its Affiliates (other than the Group
Companies) have
any interest in any property (real or personal, tangible or intangible) or Contract used in or necessary for the operation of the
business of the Group Companies as conducted as of the date hereof.
Section 3.29 EXCLUSIVITY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. WITHOUT IN ANY WAY LIMITING
ANY RECOURSE FOR FRAUD, THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE BY THE COMPANY IN THIS
ARTICLE 3 ARE IN LIEU OF AND ARE EXCLUSIVE OF ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE
COMPANY, INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES; AND NO OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES,
WHETHER IN LAW OR EQUITY, UNDER STATUTE OR CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL APPLY. THE GROUP
COMPANIES HEREBY DISCLAIM ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE,
LEGAL OR CONTRACTUAL, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, NOTWITHSTANDING THE DELIVERY OR DISCLOSURE TO
BUYER OR ITS RESPECTIVE OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES OF ANY
DOCUMENTATION OR OTHER INFORMATION (INCLUDING ANY FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS OR OTHER
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA).
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER
Seller hereby represents and warrants to Buyer as follows:
ARTICLE 4
Section 4.1 Organization. Seller is a limited liability company, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under
the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted,
except where the failure to have such power or authority would not prevent or materially delay the consummation of the transactions
contemplated hereby.
Section 4.2 Authority. Seller has the requisite limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver each
Transaction Document to which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution and delivery
of each Transaction Document to which Seller is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby have been
duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action on the part of Seller. Each Transaction Document to which Seller is
a party has been duly executed and delivered by Seller and constitutes a valid, legal and binding agreement of Seller (assuming that
each such Transaction Document to which Seller is a party has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the other
parties thereto), enforceable against Seller in accordance with its terms, except (i) to the extent that enforceability may be limited by
applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally
and (ii) that the availability of equitable remedies, including specific performance, is subject to the discretion of the court before
which any proceeding thereof may be brought.
Section 4.3 Consents and Approvals; No Violations. Except as set forth on Schedule 4.3, assuming the truth and accuracy of
the representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in Section 5.3, no notice to, filing with, or authorization, consent or approval of
any Governmental Entity is necessary for the execution, delivery or performance of this Agreement by Seller or the consummation
by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby, except for (i) compliance with and filings under the HSR Act, (ii) those the failure
of which to obtain or make would not interfere in any material respect with Seller’s ownership of the Shares, or otherwise prevent or
materially delay the Closing and (iii) those that may be required solely by reason of Buyer’s (as opposed to any other third party’s)
participation in the transactions contemplated hereby. Neither the execution, delivery and performance of each Transaction
Document to which Seller is a party nor the consummation by Seller of the transactions contemplated hereby will (A) conflict with
or result in any breach of any provision of Seller’s Governing Documents, (B) result in a violation or breach of, cause acceleration,
or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or
acceleration), create a material payment obligation or loss of material benefit under, or require any material action taken by Seller
(including any notice, authorization, consent or approval) under any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any material agreement
to which Seller is a party or (C) violate any Legal Requirement having jurisdiction over Seller, which in the case of clauses (B) and
(C) above, would not have a material adverse effect on Seller’s ownership of the Shares, or otherwise prevent or materially delay the
Closing.
Section 4.4 Title to the Shares; Ownership of Seller. Seller owns of record and beneficially all of the Shares, and Seller has
good and marketable title to the Shares, free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens). Seller has full power and authority to
sell, transfer, assign and deliver the Shares to Buyer, and such delivery will convey to Buyer at the Closing good and valid title to the
Shares free and clear of all Liens (other than Permitted Liens).
Section 4.5 Litigation. As of the date of this Agreement, there is no Proceeding pending or, to Seller’s knowledge, threatened
against Seller which would have a material adverse effect on Seller’s ownership of the Shares, or otherwise prevent or materially
delay the Closing. Seller is not subject to any outstanding order, writ, injunction or decree that would have a material adverse effect
on Seller’s ownership of the Shares, or otherwise prevent or materially delay the Closing.
Section 4.6 EXCLUSIVITY OF REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES. WITHOUT IN ANY WAY LIMITING
ANY RECOURSE FOR FRAUD, THE REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES MADE BY SELLER IN THIS ARTICLE 4
ARE IN LIEU OF AND ARE EXCLUSIVE OF ALL OTHER REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF SELLER,
INCLUDING ANY IMPLIED WARRANTIES; AND NO OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, WHETHER IN
LAW OR EQUITY, UNDER STATUTE OR CONTRACT, OR OTHERWISE, SHALL APPLY. SELLER HEREBY DISCLAIMS
ANY OTHER REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND OR NATURE, LEGAL OR CONTRACTUAL,
EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, NOTWITHSTANDING THE DELIVERY OR DISCLOSURE TO BUYER OR ITS RESPECTIVE
OFFICERS, DIRECTORS, EMPLOYEES, AGENTS OR REPRESENTATIVES OF ANY DOCUMENTATION OR OTHER
INFORMATION (INCLUDING ANY FINANCIAL PROJECTIONS OR OTHER SUPPLEMENTAL DATA).
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF BUYER
Buyer hereby represents and warrants to Seller as follows:
ARTICLE 5
Section 5.1 Organization. Buyer is a corporation, duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the
jurisdiction of its formation and has all requisite power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted, except where
the failure to have such power or authority would not prevent or materially delay the consummation of the transactions contemplated
hereby.
Section 5.2 Authority. Buyer has all necessary power and authority to execute and deliver each Transaction Document to
which it is a party and to consummate the transactions contemplated thereby. The execution, delivery and performance of each
Transaction Document to which Buyer is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated thereby have been duly
authorized by all necessary action on the part of Buyer and no other proceeding (including by its equityholders) on the part of Buyer
is necessary to authorize each Transaction Document to which Buyer is a party or to consummate the transactions contemplated
thereby. No vote of Buyer’s equityholders is required to approve this Agreement or for Buyer to consummate the transactions
contemplated hereby. Each Transaction Document to which Buyer is a party has been duly and validly executed and delivered by
Buyer and constitutes a valid, legal and binding agreement of Buyer (assuming that each such Transaction Document has been duly
and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the other parties thereto), enforceable against Buyer in accordance with its terms,
except (i) to the extent that enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other
laws affecting the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally and (ii) that the availability of equitable remedies, including specific
performance, is subject to the discretion of the court before which any proceeding thereof may be brought.
Section 5.3 Consents and Approvals; No Violations. No notices to, filings with, or authorizations, consents or approvals of
any Governmental Entity is necessary for the execution, delivery or performance of any of the Transaction Documents to which
Buyer is a party or the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated thereby, except for (i) compliance with and filings
under the HSR Act and (ii) those set forth on Schedule 5.3. Neither the execution, delivery and performance of any of the
Transaction Documents to which Buyer is a party nor the consummation by Buyer of the transactions contemplated thereby will
(A) conflict with or result in any breach of any provision of Buyer’s Governing Documents, (B) except as set forth on Schedule 5.3,
result in a violation or breach of, or cause acceleration, or constitute (with or without due notice or lapse of time or both) a default
(or give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration), create a payment obligation or loss of material benefit under,
or require any action by Buyer (including any notice, authorization, consent or approval) under any of the terms, conditions or
provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, lease, license, contract, agreement or other instrument or obligation to which
Buyer is or will be a party or by which any of them or any of their respective properties or assets may be bound, or (C) violate any
Legal Requirement applicable to Buyer or any of Buyer’s Subsidiaries or any of their respective material properties or assets, except
in the case of clauses (B) and (C) above, for violations which would not prevent or materially delay the consummation of the
transactions contemplated thereby.
Section 5.4 Brokers. Except for Jefferies Group LLC, no broker, finder, financial advisor or investment banker is entitled to
any brokerage, finder’s, financial advisor’s or investment banker’s fee or commission in connection with the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement based upon arrangements made by and on behalf of Buyer or any of its respective Affiliates for
which Seller or any Group Company may become liable.
Section 5.5 Acquisition of Equity For Investment. Buyer has such knowledge and experience in financial and business
matters that it is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of its purchase of the Shares. Buyer confirms that it can bear the
economic risk of its investment in the Shares and can afford to lose its entire investment in the Shares, has been furnished the
materials relating to the purchase of the Shares which Buyer has requested, and the Company has provided Buyer and its
representatives the opportunity to ask questions of the officers and management employees of the business and to acquire additional
information about the business and financial condition of the Group Companies. Buyer is acquiring the Shares for investment and
not with a view toward or for sale in connection with any distribution thereof, or with any present intention of distributing or selling
such Shares. Buyer agrees that the Shares may not be sold, transferred, offered for sale, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise disposed
of without compliance with applicable United States prospectus and registration requirements, except pursuant to an exemption
therefrom under applicable United States securities laws.
Section 5.6 Financial Capacity. As of the date hereof Buyer has, and as of the Closing Buyer will have, sufficient funds
readily available or accessible to enable Buyer to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and to satisfy
Buyer’s monetary and other obligations contemplated by this Agreement, including to pay at Closing the Estimated Purchase Price
and to make the other payments required to be made by Buyer at Closing pursuant to Section 2.4(a).
ARTICLE 6
COVENANTS
Section 6.1 Conduct of Business of the Company. Except as contemplated by this Schedule 6.1 or elsewhere in this
Agreement, from and after the date hereof until the earlier of the Closing Date and the termination of this Agreement in accordance
with its terms, the Company shall and shall cause each other Group Company to, except as consented to in writing by Buyer (which
consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), (i) conduct its business in the Ordinary Course and (ii) not take
or omit to take any action which would have a Company Material Adverse Effect. Without limiting the generality of the immediately
preceding sentence and except as set forth on Schedule 6.1, from and after the date hereof until the earlier of the Closing Date and
the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Company shall not and shall cause each other Group Company
not to, except as consented to in writing by Buyer (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed):
(a) issue any notes, bonds or other debt securities or any capital stock or other equity securities or any securities
convertible, exchangeable or exercisable into any capital stock or other equity securities;
(b) mortgage or pledge any of its properties or assets (tangible or intangible) or subject them to any Lien, except to
the extent such mortgage or pledge results in a Permitted Lien;
(c) sell, assign, transfer, lease or license any of its material tangible or intangible assets, except in the Ordinary
Course;
(d) form a Subsidiary;
(e) settle any material Proceeding or (ii) waive or release any material rights or material claims;
(f) commence any Proceeding (other than to enforce the terms of this Agreement);
(g) acquire (other than as a result of a capital expenditure), dispose of or transfer any asset with a value in excess of
$50,000 individually or $100,000 in the aggregate;
(h) pay, discharge or satisfy any claims or liabilities in excess of $50,000 or forgive, cancel, compromise, waive or
release any debts, claims or rights in excess of $50,000, in each case, other than in the Ordinary Course;
(i) effect any restructuring, reorganization or complete or partial liquidation;
(j) acquire (by merger, consolidation, acquisition of stock or assets or otherwise) any Person or enterprise;
(k) make any capital expenditures or commitments therefor that aggregate in excess of $100,000;
(l) make any loans or advances to, guarantees for the benefit of, or any investments in, any Persons in excess of
$50,000 in the aggregate;
(m) amend or authorize any amendment to the Governing Documents of any Group Company;
(n) materially change or authorize any material change in its financial accounting practices or method of accounting
for any items in the preparation of the financial statements of any Group Company;
(o) enter into any settlement, conciliation or similar agreement involving claims not fully covered by insurance in
excess of $50,000 or waived any rights having a value in excess of $50,000;
(p) enter into, amend or terminate any Material Contract or Real Property Lease (or any agreement that would be a
Material Contract or Real Property Lease if in effect as of the date hereof);
(q) write-off or otherwise reduce the amount of any receivables, except in the Ordinary Course and at levels which
are consistent with reserves for uncollectible amounts included in the Latest Balance Sheet;
(r) make, change or revoke any material Tax election, change any material method of Tax accounting, settle any Tax
claim without giving Buyer prior written notice of the material terms of such settlement, waive or extend the statute of limitations
with respect to a material amount of Taxes (other than in connections with extensions of time to file Tax Returns obtained in the
Ordinary Course), or enter into any private letter ruling or closing agreement with any taxing authority;
(s) (i) except as may be required by applicable Legal Requirement or the terms of an Employee Benefit Plan in
existence on the date hereof, increase the compensation or benefits payable or provided to any employee, officer, director,
individual consultant or individual independent contractor of any Group Company (other than for non-officer employees or
independent contractors with annual base salary of less than $50,000) or (ii) except as required by applicable Legal Requirement,
terminate, adopt, enter into, or amend any material Employee Benefit Plans or any plan, policy, program or agreement that would
have constituted a material Employee Benefit Plan if it had been in effect on the date of this Agreement;
(t) engage in (i) any practice that would have the effect of accelerating pre-Closing periods collections of receivables
that would otherwise be expected (based on past practice) to be made in post-Closing periods, (ii) any practice which would have
the effect of postponing to post-Closing periods payments by the Group Companies that would otherwise be expected (based on
past practice) to be made in pre-Closing periods or (iii) any other promotional, sales, discount activity or deferred revenue activity,
in each case in this clause (iii), in a manner outside the Ordinary Course;
(u) agree in writing to take any of the actions described above in clauses (a) through (m) of this Section 6.1;
(v) create any easement, restriction or other encumbrance (other than Permitted Liens) on the Owned Real Property
that would have a Company Material Adverse Effect on the Owned Real Property; or
(w) fail to use commercially reasonable efforts to preserve any permits required for the conduct of the business as
currently conducted or the ownership and use of the assets, other than such failures that would not be expected to be material to the
Group Companies taken as a whole.
Section 6.2 Access to Information. From and after the date hereof until the earlier of the Closing Date or the termination of
this Agreement in accordance with its terms, from time to time at Buyer’s request upon reasonable notice and at reasonable times
through the Closing, and subject to restrictions contained in any confidentiality agreement to which Seller or any Group Company is
subject, Seller and each Group Company shall provide to Buyer, Buyer’s potential debt financing sources and each of their
respective agents, employees and accounting, tax, legal and other advisors: (a) reasonable access to all accounts, insurance policies,
Tax Returns and Tax records, Contracts, systems, properties, and other books and records concerning the Group Companies and
their operations and such other relevant information and materials as may be reasonably requested (including the ability to make
copies and abstracts thereof); provided, that access to the Group Companies properties shall not include any sampling or testing of
environmental media and (b) the opportunity to discuss the affairs, finances and accounts of the Group Companies with senior
management employees so long as such access does not unreasonably interfere with the Group Companies operations. Any such
information disclosed pursuant to this Section 6.3 shall be treated as “Confidential Information” pursuant to the terms of the
Confidentiality Agreement, the provisions of which are by this reference hereby incorporated herein.
Section 6.3 Efforts to Consummate.
(a) Subject to the terms and conditions herein provided, each of Seller and Buyer shall use commercially reasonable
efforts to take, or cause to be taken, all actions and to do, or cause to be done, all things reasonably necessary, proper or advisable
under applicable Legal Requirements and regulations to consummate and make effective as promptly as practicable the transactions
contemplated hereby (including the satisfaction, but not waiver, of the closing conditions set forth in ARTICLE 7 and obtaining
consents of all Governmental Entities necessary to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby).
(b) In the event any Proceeding by a Governmental Entity or other Person is commenced which questions the validity
or legality of the transactions contemplated hereby or seeks damages in connection therewith, the Parties agree to cooperate and use
all commercially reasonable efforts to defend against such Proceeding and, if an injunction or other order is issued in any such
action, suit or other proceeding, to use all commercially reasonable efforts to have such injunction or other order lifted, and to
cooperate reasonably regarding any other impediment to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby.
(c) Seller and Buyer shall permit counsel for the other Party reasonable opportunity to review in advance, and
consider in good faith the views of the other Party in connection with, any proposed written material communication to any
Governmental Entity relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, subject to appropriate confidentiality protections.
Each of Seller and Buyer agrees not to participate in any material substantive meeting or discussion, either in person or by telephone
with any Governmental Entity in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement unless it consults with the other
Party in advance and, to the extent not prohibited by such Governmental Entity and reasonably practicable, gives the other Party the
opportunity to attend and participate in such meeting or discussion.
(d) During the period from the date of this Agreement and continuing until the earlier of the termination of this
Agreement or the Closing, except as required by this Agreement or any Legal Requirements, Buyer and its Affiliates shall not
engage in any action or enter into any transaction, that would be reasonably foreseen to materially impair or delay Buyer’s ability to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or perform its obligations hereunder. Without limiting the generality
of the foregoing, none of Buyer, the Subsidiaries of Buyer or their respective Affiliates shall acquire (whether by merger,
consolidation, stock or asset purchase or otherwise), or agree to so acquire, any amounts of assets of or any equity in any other
Person or any business or division thereof, unless that acquisition or agreement would not reasonably be expected to (i) increase the
risk of not obtaining any authorizations, consents, orders, declarations or approvals of any Governmental Entity necessary to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or (ii) increase the risk of any Governmental Entity entering an order
prohibiting the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or increase the risk of not being able to remove
any such order on appeal or otherwise.
Section 6.4 Public Announcements. Buyer (and the Company, if following the Closing), on the one hand, and Seller (and the
Company, if prior to the Closing), on the other hand, shall consult with one another and seek one another’s approval (not to be
unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed) before issuing any press release, or otherwise making any public statements, with
respect to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and shall not issue any such press release or make any such public
statement prior to such consultation and approval; provided that each Party may make any such announcement which it in good faith
believes, based on advice of counsel, is necessary or advisable in connection with any Legal Requirement, it being understood and
agreed that each Party shall provide the other Parties with copies of any such announcement in advance of such issuance and
consider in good faith the comments provided to such disclosing Party by the other Party; provided, further, that Seller shall be able
to communicate with its and its Affiliates investors relating to publicly available information regarding this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated herein at any time after Buyer has made a press release regarding the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement.
Section 6.5 Indemnification; Directors’ and Officers’ Insurance.
(a) Buyer agrees that all rights to indemnification, exculpation and advancement of expenses now existing in favor of
the directors, officers, employees, fiduciaries, trustees and agents of each Group Company, as provided in the Group Companies’
Governing Documents or otherwise in effect as of the date hereof with respect to any matters occurring prior to the Closing Date,
shall survive the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and shall continue in full force and effect and that Buyer shall cause
the Group Companies (on their own or on Seller’s behalf) to perform and discharge the Group Companies’ obligations to provide
such indemnification, exculpation and advancement of expenses. To the maximum extent permitted by applicable Legal
Requirement, such indemnification shall be mandatory rather than permissive, and Buyer shall cause the Group Companies to
advance expenses in connection with such indemnification as provided in the applicable Group Company’s Governing Documents or
other applicable agreements. The indemnification, liability limitation, exculpation or advancement of expenses provisions of the
Group Companies’ Governing Documents shall not be amended, repealed or otherwise modified after the Closing Date in any
manner that would adversely affect the rights thereunder of individuals who, as of the Closing Date or at any time prior to the
Closing Date, were directors, officers, employees, fiduciaries, trustees or agents of Seller or any Group Company, unless such
modification is required by applicable Legal Requirement.
(b) Without limiting any additional rights that any director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee or agent may have
under any agreement, arrangement, Employee Benefit Plan or under any Group Company’s Governing Documents, from and after
the Closing, Buyer shall, and shall cause the applicable Group Company, to the fullest extent permitted under applicable Legal
Requirement as in effect from time to time, to indemnify and hold harmless each present and former director, officer, employee,
fiduciary, trustee or agent of any Group Company against any and all Losses in connection with any Proceeding or investigation,
whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, arising out of or pertaining to the fact that such Person is or was a director,
officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee or agent of any Group Company or arising out of actions taken (or failed to be taken) by such
Person at the request of any Group Company, including any and all such Losses arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the
transactions contemplated hereby, for a period of six (6) years after the Closing Date. Buyer or the Group Companies shall promptly
advance expenses to any such director, officer, employee, fiduciary, trustee or agent of any Group Company, as incurred, to the
fullest extent permitted under applicable Legal Requirement as in effect from time to time. Neither Buyer nor any Group Company
shall settle, compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment in any actual or threatened Proceeding or investigation in respect of
which indemnification has been or could be sought by a Person hereunder unless such settlement, compromise or judgment includes
an unconditional release of such Person from all liability arising out of such Proceeding or investigation. Neither Buyer nor any
Group Company shall have any obligation hereunder to any Person when and if a court of competent jurisdiction shall ultimately
determine (and such determination shall have become final and non-appealable) that the indemnification of such Person in the
manner contemplated hereby is prohibited by applicable Legal Requirement.
(c) The Group Companies shall purchase, prior to the Closing, with Buyer and Seller each being responsible for 50%
of such costs and expenses, a “tail” policy providing, effective as of the Closing Date, employees’, fiduciaries’, trustees’, directors’
and officers’ liability insurance coverage for a period of six (6) years after the Closing Date for the benefit of those Persons who are
covered by any Group Company’s employees’, fiduciaries’, trustees’, directors’ and officers’ liability insurance policies as of the
date hereof or at the Closing, with respect to matters occurring prior to the Closing. Prior to the Closing Date, Seller shall deliver to
Buyer policy documents establishing that tail coverage has been acquired so as to ensure the continuation of such insurance
coverages for no less than six (6) years after Closing. Such a “tail” policy shall provide coverage that is at least equal to the coverage
provided under Seller’s or the Group Companies’ current employees’, fiduciaries’, trustees’, directors’ and officers’ liability
insurance policies; provided that the Group Companies may substitute therefor policies of at least the same coverage containing
terms and conditions which are no less advantageous to the beneficiaries thereof so long as such substitution does not result in gaps
or lapses in “tail” coverage with respect to matters occurring prior to the Closing Date.
(d) Buyer agrees, and will cause the Group Companies, not to take any action that would have the effect of limiting
the aggregate amount of insurance coverage required to be maintained for the individuals referred to in this Section 6.5. If Buyer,
any Group Company or any of their respective successors or assigns (i) shall merge or consolidate with or merge into any other
corporation or entity and shall not be the surviving or continuing corporation or entity of such consolidation or merger or (ii) shall
transfer all or substantially all of its properties and assets as an entity in one or a series of related transactions to any individual,
corporation or other entity, then in each such case, proper provisions shall be made so that the successors or assigns of Buyer or such
Group Company shall assume all of the obligations set forth in this Section 6.5; provided that neither Buyer nor such Group
Company shall be relieved from such obligation. In addition, neither Buyer nor any Group Company shall distribute, sell, transfer or
otherwise dispose of any of its assets in a manner that would reasonably be expected to render Buyer or such Group Company
unable to satisfy its obligations under this Section 6.5.
(e) The directors, officers, employees, fiduciaries, trustees and agents of Seller and each Group Company entitled to
the indemnification, liability limitation, exculpation and insurance set forth in this Section 6.5 are intended to be third party
beneficiaries of this Section 6.5. This Section 6.5 shall survive the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement and shall be binding on all successors and assigns of Buyer.
Section 6.6 Exclusive Dealing. During the period from the date of this Agreement until the earlier of the Closing Date or the
termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, the Company shall not, nor shall it permit any of its Affiliates, officers,
directors, employees, representatives, consultants, financial advisors, attorneys, accountants or other agents to directly or indirectly:
(i) solicit, initiate or encourage the submission of any proposal or offer from any Person (whether such negotiations are initiated by
the Company, an Affiliate, a third party or otherwise), other than Buyer or its Affiliates, relating to any (A) liquidation, dissolution
or recapitalization of, (B) merger or consolidation with or into, (C) acquisition or purchase of any material asset (or any material
portion of the assets) of, or any equity interest in, or (D) similar transaction or business combination involving, the Seller or the
Group Companies (an “Acquisition Transaction”); (ii) provide non-public information or documentation with respect to the Group
Companies to any Person, other than Buyer or its Affiliates or its or their representatives, relating to an Acquisition Transaction; (iii)
participate in any discussions or negotiations regarding, furnish any information with respect to, assist or participate in, or facilitate
in any other manner any effort or attempt by any other Person to do or seek an Acquisition Transaction; or (iv) enter into any
definitive agreement with any Person, other than Buyer or its Affiliates effecting an Acquisition Transaction; provided, however,
that Buyer hereby acknowledges that prior to the date of this Agreement, the Company provided information relating to the Group
Companies and has afforded access to, and engaged in discussions with, other Persons in connection with a proposed Acquisition
Transaction and that such information, access and discussions could reasonably allow the Person to form a basis for an Acquisition
Transaction without any breach by the Company of this Section 6.6. Seller shall promptly notify Buyer if any proposal with respect
to any of the foregoing, or any inquiry or contact with any Person with respect thereto, is made.
Section 6.7 Documents and Information. After the Closing Date, Buyer and the Company shall, and shall cause the Group
Companies to, until the seventh anniversary of the Closing Date, retain the books, records and other documents pertaining to the
business of the Group Companies in existence on the Closing Date in accordance with the Buyer’s recordkeeping policies in place
from time to time.
Section 6.8 Contact with Customers and Other Business Relations. During the period from the date of this Agreement
until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with its terms, Buyer hereby agrees that it is not
authorized to and shall not (and shall not permit any of its employees, agents, representatives or Affiliates to) contact any employee,
independent contractor or other material business relation of any Group Company regarding any Group Company or the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement without the prior consent of the Company, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned, or delayed, provided, however, the Parties acknowledge that the Buyer, Seller and/or the Group Companies (as
applicable) shall be permitted to jointly contact Ford, General Motors LLC, FCA US LLC, Nissan, and Jeep regarding the Company
Group’s business relationship with such parties after the Closing Date. Seller acknowledges that Buyer has its own business relations
which may be with the same third parties as those of Seller and the Group Companies, and nothing contained in this Section 6.8 shall
restrict the operations or communications of Buyer or any of its Affiliates in the Ordinary Course, provided, that such business
operations and communications do not explicitly discuss any Group Company, this Agreement or the transactions contemplated
hereby.
Section 6.9 Employee Benefit Matters; 280G.
(a) During the period beginning on the Closing Date and ending on the first anniversary of the Closing Date, Buyer
shall, or cause the Group Companies to, provide each Continuing Employee with base compensation that is no less favorable in the
aggregate than the compensation provided to such employees immediately prior to the Closing Date (including with respect to
opportunities for bonus compensation and post-termination severance pay but without regard to participation in any equity incentive
plan) and with employee benefits that are at least substantially comparable in the aggregate to the employee benefits offered to
similarly situated employees of Buyer. Buyer further agrees that, from and after the Closing Date, Buyer shall and shall cause each
Group Company to grant each Continuing Employee credit for any service with any Group Company earned and recognized by such
Group Company prior to the Closing Date (i) for eligibility and vesting purposes other than those related to incentive equity and
(ii) for purposes of vacation accrual and severance benefit determinations under any benefit or compensation plan, program,
agreement or arrangement that may be established or maintained by Buyer or a Group Company or any of its or their Subsidiaries on
or after the Closing Date (the “New Plans”). In addition, Buyer hereby agrees that Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts
to (A) cause to be waived all pre-existing condition exclusion and actively-at-work requirements and similar limitations, eligibility
waiting periods and evidence of insurability requirements under any New Plans to the extent waived or satisfied by a Continuing
Employee (or covered dependent thereof)under any Employee Benefit Plan as of the Closing Date and (B) cause any deductible, co-
insurance and out-of-pocket covered expenses paid on or before the Closing Date by Continuing Employee (or covered dependent
thereof) to be taken into account for purposes of satisfying applicable deductible, coinsurance and maximum out-of-pocket
provisions after the Closing Date under any applicable New Plan in the year of initial participation. Nothing contained herein,
express or implied, is intended to confer upon any employee of any Group Company any right to continued employment for any
period. Nothing in this Section 6.9 shall be deemed to limit the right of Buyer, the Company or any of their respective Affiliates to
terminate the employment of any employee at any time.
(b) Prior to the Closing, the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to obtain a stockholder approval that
complies with the requirements of Section 280G(b)(5) of the Code and Treasury Regulations § 1.280G-1, with respect to payments
and benefits that will be made or provided to any Person who, with respect to the Company, is a “disqualified individual” (as such
term is defined for purposes of Section 280G of the Code) and that, absent such approval, would constitute “excess parachute
payments,” within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(1) of the Code (such vote, the “Requisite Section 280G Approval”). Prior to the
date hereof, Buyer hereby confirms to the Company that Buyer has provided to the Company a summary of the material
compensation related terms of any agreement, contract or arrangement that Buyer or its Affiliates are providing or entering into on
or prior to the Closing Date with respect to any disqualified individual in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby that
would reasonably be expected to be treated as a “parachute payment” (either alone or together with any other payments to a
disqualified individual disclosed to Buyer prior to the date hereof). All materials and information that are prepared by the Company
to be used in connection with any effort to obtain the Requisite Section 280G Approval shall be provided to Buyer at least two (2)
days in advance of the distribution of such materials and information to the applicable stockholders that will be provided with such
materials and information for the Requisite Section 280G Approval, Buyer shall be provided with a reasonable opportunity to
comment thereon and the Company shall consider in good faith any comments with respect to the same as are provided by Buyer.
(c) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall cause the Company 401(k) Plan to be terminated effective at least
one (1) day prior to the Closing Date. The Company shall provide Buyer with evidence that such Company 401(k) Plan has been
terminated (the form and substance of which shall be subject to review and approval by Buyer (not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed) not later than the day immediately preceding the Closing Date).
(d) Prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall have responsibility for making any and all necessary employee
notifications under the WARN Act with any terminations of employment of Employees, and for any financial obligations and
liabilities in connection therewith or otherwise required in connection with any terminations of employment of Employees. Buyer
shall have such responsibility with respect to Continuing Employees to the extent such responsibility arises after the Closing Date.
(e) The Parties acknowledge and agree that all provisions contained in this Section 6.9 are included for the sole
benefit of the Parties and nothing contained herein shall (i) be construed as an amendment to any Employee Benefit Plan or New
Plan or the creation of any new employee benefit plan, (ii) create any third-party beneficiary or other rights in any other Person,
including any employee or former employee of the Group Companies or their respective Affiliates, or any dependent or beneficiary
thereof, or (iii) otherwise obligate Buyer, the Group Companies, or any Affiliates thereof, to maintain any particular Employee
Benefit Plan, New Plan or other employee benefit plan following the Closing Date.
(f) Seller and SCA Performance Group, LLC acknowledge and agree that any Continuing Employee who has entered
into a Grant Agreement will not be in violation of the Grant Agreement, including but not limited to the restrictive covenants or
confidential information sections, in connection with any employment with or services to the Buyer, the Company or one of its
Subsidiaries.
Section 6.10 Tax Matters.
(a) Transfer Taxes. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, any real property transfer Taxes, sales Taxes, use
Taxes, stamp Taxes, direct or indirect stock transfer Taxes, or other similar Taxes (including any withholding obligation with respect
thereto) imposed on the transactions contemplated by this Agreement (the “Transfer Taxes”) shall be borne one-half by Buyer and
one-half by Seller. Buyer shall file all Tax Returns required to be filed with respect to such Transfer Taxes; provided that Seller shall
reasonably cooperate with Buyer to reduce or otherwise eliminate any such Transfer Taxes.
(b) Tax Returns. With respect to any Tax Returns of the Group Companies for any Pre-Closing Tax Period due after
the Closing Date (the “Pre-Closing Tax Returns”), Buyer shall prepare the Pre-Closing Tax Returns in accordance with the prior
positions and practices of the Group Companies (unless otherwise required by law), and all Transaction Tax Deductions shall be
claimed as deductions on the Pre-Closing Tax Returns for the Tax period ending on the Closing Date to the extent such Transaction
Tax Deductions are “more likely than not” deductible in such Tax period. Buyer shall provide a draft of each Pre-Closing Tax
Return to Seller at least thirty (30) days prior to the due date of such Tax Return (or in the case of a non-income Tax Return, ten (10)
days) for Seller’s review, and Buyer shall accept any reasonable comments to such Tax Returns provided by Seller. With respect to
any Tax Returns of the Company and its Subsidiaries for any Straddle Period, the portion of such Tax Return that relates to any Pre-
Closing Tax Period shall be treated as a Pre-Closing Tax Return to which the procedures of this Section 6.10 shall apply.
(c) Straddle Period Allocation. For purposes of this Agreement, in the case of any Tax (or Tax refund or credit)
imposed with respect to a Straddle Period, the portion of such Tax (or Tax refund or credit) that is allocable to a Pre-Closing Tax
Period shall be (i) in the case of any Taxes, other than income Taxes and Taxes based on receipts, sales or payments and other Taxes
that are transaction-based, deemed to be the amount of such Tax for the entire Straddle Period multiplied by a fraction, the
numerator of which is the number of days in the Straddle Period prior to and ending on the Closing Date and the denominator of
which is the number of days in the entire Straddle Period, and (ii) in the case of all other Taxes, deemed equal to the amount which
would be payable if the relevant Straddle Period ended on the Closing Date, provided that all permitted allowances, credits,
exemptions and deductions that are normally computed on the basis of an entire year period (such as depreciation and amortization
deductions) shall accrue on a daily basis and shall be allocated between the pre-Closing portion of the Straddle Period and the post-
Closing portion of the Straddle Period in proportion to the number of days in each portion.
(d) Pre-Closing Tax Matters. Without the prior written consent of Seller (not to be unreasonably withheld,
conditioned or delayed), Buyer and its Affiliates shall not, and Buyer and its Affiliates shall not permit the Group Companies to, take
the following actions in each case only to the extent such action could result in an indemnification claim pursuant to ARTICLE 9) or
reduce any amount otherwise payable to Seller pursuant to Section 6.10(g): (i) amend or otherwise modify any Tax Return relating
to a Pre-Closing Tax Period, (ii) extend or waive, or cause to be extended or waived, any statute of limitations or other period for the
assessment of any Tax or deficiency related to a Pre-Closing Tax Period, (iii) make or change any Tax election or accounting
method or practice with respect to, or that has retroactive effect to, any Pre-Closing Tax Period or (iv) make or initiate any voluntary
contact with a taxing authority regarding any Pre-Closing Tax Period.
(e) Closing Tax Period. The parties hereto shall, to the maximum extent permitted under applicable Legal
Requirement, treat the Closing Date as the last day of the taxable period of the Group Companies for all Tax purposes, and Buyer
shall cause the Group Companies to join Buyer’s “consolidated group” (as defined in Treasury Regulations Section 1.1502-76(h))
(and analogous state and local income Tax law) effective on the day after the Closing Date.
(f) Tax Claims. Buyer shall promptly notify Seller upon receipt by Buyer any Group Company or any of their
respective Affiliates, of any notice of any tax audit, claim, litigation or other proceeding with respect to Taxes that could result in a
claim for indemnification under ARTICLE 9 or reduce any amount otherwise payable to Seller pursuant to Section 6.10(g) (a “Tax
Claim”). Seller shall have the right, at its election and expense, to control a Tax Claim solely relating to a Tax period ending on or
before the Closing Date, and if Seller does not elect, or does not have the right to elect, to control a Tax Claim, then Buyer shall
control the Tax Claim (such person that controls the Tax Claim, the “Controlling Party”); provided, that (i) the non-Controlling Party
shall have the right to participate in such Tax Claim, (ii) the Controlling Party shall keep the non-Controlling Party reasonably
informed with respect to any material issue or development relating to such Tax Claim, and (iii) the Controlling Party shall not settle
any Tax Claim without the non-Controlling Party’s prior written consent (not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed).
(g) Transaction Tax Deductions.
(i) Seller shall be entitled to the amount of any Tax refunds (or any Tax credits received in lieu thereof) that
are actually received in respect of a Pre-Closing Tax Period by Buyer, any Group Company, or any of their respective Affiliates after
the Closing for (A) the overpayment of estimated Taxes for any Pre-Closing Tax Period resulting from the Transaction Tax
Deductions or (B) the carryback of any net operating loss resulting from the Transaction Tax Deductions, in each case, excluding
any Transaction Tax Deductions to the extent included in the final computation of Accrued Taxes and net of any Taxes and
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with obtaining such Tax refunds (or credits) (any such income Tax refund
or credit, a “Tax Refund”).
(ii) Seller shall be entitled to the amount of any actual reduction in cash Tax payments that Buyer, any Group
Company, or any of their respective Affiliates would have been required to make for any Tax period (or portion thereof) beginning
after the Closing Date and ending on or before the third anniversary of the Closing Date to the extent such reduction results directly
from the Transaction Tax Deductions (excluding any Transaction Tax Deductions included in the final computation of Accrued
Taxes, and net of any Taxes and reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with obtaining such cash Tax savings)
(such reduction, a “Tax Benefit”).
(iii) For purposes of determining whether any reduction in post-Closing Taxes results from a Transaction Tax
Deduction pursuant to this Section 6.10(g) it shall be assumed that Buyer, the Group Companies and each of their respective
Affiliates recognize all other items of income, gain, loss, deduction or credit and use all other net operating loss carryforwards and
carrybacks and all other carryforwards, carrybacks and other tax attributes, whether now existing or hereafter available, before
receiving any Tax Benefit.
(iv) Buyer shall promptly pay over to Seller any such amounts that Seller is entitled to pursuant to this Section
6.10(g) within twenty (20) Business Days after the actual filing of the Income Tax Return related to such Tax Benefit or the actual
receipt of such Tax Refund (or with respect to any Tax Refund that is an income Tax credit received in lieu of a cash Income Tax
refund, on the filing of the applicable income Tax Return).
(v) Buyer shall use commercially reasonable efforts to promptly obtain any Tax Refund or Tax Benefit.
(vi) Upon receipt of a reasonable written request from Seller, Buyer shall provide Seller with a calculation and
supporting work papers setting forth the computation of any Tax Refunds or Tax Benefits after Buyer prepares and files the
applicable income Tax Return.
(vii) If the amount of any Tax Refund or Tax Benefit is subsequently reduced or eliminated as a result of an
examination of a Tax Return of a Group Company by an applicable Governmental Entity and pursuant to a final determination under
Section 1313(a) of the Code, Buyer shall be repaid, solely from the remaining funds (if any) in the Indemnity Escrow Account, any
such reduced or eliminated amounts that have already been paid to Seller, and Seller shall have no further obligations to Buyer with
respect to such amounts; provided that (i) as a condition to any such payment to Buyer from the Indemnity Escrow Account, Buyer
shall notify Seller in writing of such examination before the Survival Period Termination Date and (ii) Buyer’s recovery under this
Section 6.10(g)(vii) shall be limited to remaining funds (if any) in the Indemnity Escrow Account, subject to the limitations and
procedures under ARTICLE 9.
(h) Disputes. If any dispute arises concerning substantive Tax matters or payments under this Section 6.10 and such
dispute cannot be resolved through good faith negotiations among the Parties, such dispute shall be resolved promptly by the
Accounting Firm, and the cost of the Accounting Firm shall be borne equally by Buyer and Seller; provided that, if any dispute with
respect to a Pre-Closing Tax Return is not resolved prior to the due date for filing such Tax Return, such Pre-Closing Tax Return
shall be filed in the manner which the party responsible for preparing such Tax Return deems correct, but the content of such Tax
Return shall not prejudice, control or otherwise resolve the dispute hereunder and the liability, if any, of either party under this
Agreement.
(i) Intermediary Transaction Tax Shelter. Buyer shall not take any action or cause any action to be taken with respect
to the Company subsequent to the Closing that would cause the transactions contemplated by this Agreement to constitute part of a
transaction that is the same as, or substantially similar to, the “Intermediary Transaction Tax Shelter” described in IRS Notice 2001-
16 and/or IRS Notice 2008-111.
(j) Section 338(g) Elections. No election shall be made under Section 338(g) of the Code or any comparable provision
of state or local law with respect to the transaction contemplated by this Agreement.
Section 6.11 Debt Payoff Letters. The Company shall, and shall cause each other Group Company to, use
commercially reasonable efforts to (i) obtain payoff letters in a customary form (collectively, the “Debt Payoff Letters”) from
the (1) lenders under the Credit Facilities, (2) lenders under the Floor Plan Financing Agreements, and (3) lessors under the
Capital Leases, and (ii) provide Buyer with a copy of such Debt Payoff Letters at least one (1) Business Day prior to the
Closing Date. At the Closing, Buyer will cause all amounts then outstanding pursuant to the Floor Plan Financing
Agreements to be assumed or paid in full as set forth in the applicable Debt Payoff Letters, in such a manner so that all
guarantees that have been provided in connection with any of the Floor Plan Financing Agreements will terminate.
Section 6.12 R&W Insurance Policy. The R&W Insurance Policy obtained by Buyer shall provide that (i) the insurer
shall have no, and shall waive and not pursue, any and all subrogation rights against Seller except for fraud; (ii) Seller is a
third party beneficiary of such waiver; and (iii) following the Closing, Buyer shall not amend the R&W Insurance Policy in
any manner adverse to Seller (including with respect to the subrogation provisions or the exclusion provisions) without
Seller’s express written consent.
ARTICLE 7
CONDITIONS TO CONSUMMATION OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS AGREEMENT
Section 7.1 Conditions to the Obligations of the Company, Buyer and Seller. The obligations of the Company, Buyer and
Seller to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction (or, if permitted by applicable
Legal Requirement, waiver by the Party for whose benefit such condition exists) of the following condition:
(a) no order, decree or ruling (including by temporary restraining order or preliminary or permanent injunction) issued
by any court of competent jurisdiction or other Governmental Entity or other legal restraint or prohibition preventing the
consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be in effect.
Section 7.2 Other Conditions to the Obligations of Buyer. The obligations of Buyer to consummate the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver by Buyer of the following further conditions:
(a) the representations and warranties of the Company set forth in ARTICLE 3 hereof and Seller set forth in
ARTICLE 4 hereof shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date,
except (i) to the extent such representations and warranties are made on and as of a specified date, in which case the same shall
continue on the Closing Date to be true and correct as of the specified date and (ii) to the extent the failure of such representations
and warranties to be true and correct as of such dates would not have a Company Material Adverse Effect.
(b) Seller and the Group Companies shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all obligations,
covenants and agreements required to be performed or complied with by Seller and the Group Companies under this Agreement on
or prior to the Closing Date.
(c) Since the date of this Agreement, there shall have not occurred any event, occurrence, development or state of
circumstances or facts that has had or could reasonably be expected to have (with or without the passage of time) a Company
Material Adverse Effect.
(d) prior to or at the Closing, the Buyer shall have received, reviewed and approved the following documents:
conditions specified in Section 7.2(a), Section 7.2(b), and Section 7.2(c) have been satisfied by the Company;
(i) a certificate of an authorized officer of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the
those officers of the Company designated in writing by Buyer at least ten (10) Business Days prior to the Closing Date;
(ii) written resignations of, or evidence of the removal of, (A) each of the directors of the Company and (B)
2019 and an unqualified opinion of the independent auditor;
(iii) audited consolidated financial statements of the Company as of and for the year ended December 31,
(iv) a duly executed affidavit of non-foreign status from Seller, sworn under penalty of perjury, that complies
with Treasury Regulations Section 1.1445-2(b), in a form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Buyer, and a properly completed
and executed IRS Form W-9 from Seller in a form and substance reasonably acceptable to Buyer, dated as of the Closing Date;
(v) a copy of each Debt Payoff Letter duly executed by the applicable lender;
(vi) With respect to Seller and each Group Company, a copy of the articles of incorporation or certificate of
formation, certified (as of a date not more than twenty (20) days prior to Closing) by the Secretary of State (or equivalent
governmental officer) of the state of incorporation or formation, as the case may be;
(vii) With respect to Seller and each Group Company, a certificate, dated not earlier than the tenth (10th)
Business Day prior to the Closing Date, of the Secretary of State of the applicable state under the laws of which Seller and each
Group Company is incorporated or organized, stating that Seller or the Group Company, as the case may be, is in good standing, and
with respect to each Group Company that is qualified to conduct business in a state (other than its state of incorporation or
organization) as set forth on Schedule 3.1(a), a certificate, dated after the date hereof, of the Secretary of State of such state, stating
that the applicable Group Company is in good standing; and
(viii) the Escrow Agreement executed by Seller.
Section 7.3 Other Conditions to the Obligations of the Company and Seller. The obligations of the Company and Seller
to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the satisfaction or waiver by the Company and Seller
of the following further conditions:
(a) the representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in ARTICLE 5 hereof shall be true and correct in all material
respects as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date, except to the extent such representations and
warranties are made on and as of a specified date, in which case the same shall continue on the Closing Date to be true and correct as
of the specified date;
(b) Buyer shall have performed and complied in all material respects with all covenants required to be performed or
complied with by it under this Agreement on or prior to the Closing Date; and
(c) prior to or at the Closing, Seller shall have received, reviewed and approved the following documents:
specified in Section 7.3(a) and Section 7.3(b) have been satisfied by Buyer; and
(i) a certificate of an authorized officer of Buyer, dated as of the Closing Date, to the effect that the conditions
(ii) the Escrow Agreement executed by Buyer.
Section 7.4 Frustration of Closing Conditions. No Party may rely on the failure of any condition set forth in this ARTICLE
7 to be satisfied if such failure was caused by such Party’s failure to use commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Closing to
occur, as required by Section 6.3.
ARTICLE 8
TERMINATION
Section 8.1 Termination. This Agreement may be terminated and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement may be
abandoned at any time prior to the Closing:
(a) by mutual written consent of Buyer and Seller;
(b) by Buyer, if any of the representations and warranties of the Group Companies set forth in ARTICLE 3 or Seller
set forth in ARTICLE 4 shall not be true and correct or the Group Companies or Seller shall have failed to perform any covenant or
agreement on the part of the Group Companies or Seller, as applicable, set forth in this Agreement (including an obligation to
consummate the Closing) such that the condition to Closing set forth in Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b) would not be satisfied and,
to the extent curable, the breach or breaches causing such representations or warranties not to be so true and correct, or the failures to
perform any covenant or agreement, as applicable, is not cured within 15 days after written notice thereof is delivered to Seller by
Buyer; provided, that Buyer is not then
in breach of this Agreement so as to cause the conditions to Closing set forth in Section 7.3(a) or Section 7.3(b) to be unsatisfied;
(c) by Seller, if any of the representations and warranties of Buyer set forth in ARTICLE 5 shall not be true and
correct or if Buyer shall have failed to perform any covenant or agreement on the part of Buyer set forth in this Agreement
(including an obligation to consummate the Closing) such that the condition to Closing set forth in Section 7.3(a) or Section 7.3(b)
would not be satisfied and, to the extent curable, the breach or breaches causing such representations or warranties not to be so true
and correct, or the failures to perform any covenant or agreement, as applicable, is not cured within 15 days after written notice
thereof is delivered to Buyer by Seller; provided, that neither Seller nor the Company is then in breach of this Agreement so as to
cause the conditions to Closing set forth in Section 7.2(a) or Section 7.2(b) to be unsatisfied;
(d) by Buyer, if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not have been consummated within ninety (90)
days following the date of this Agreement (the “Termination Date”), unless the failure to consummate the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement is solely the result of a breach by Buyer of its representations, warranties, obligations or covenants under this
Agreement or if Buyer has an obligation to consummate the Closing and has failed to do so;
(e) by Seller, if the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall not have been consummated by the
Termination Date, unless the failure to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement is solely the result of a breach
by either Seller or the Company of its representations, warranties, obligations or covenants under this Agreement or if Seller has an
obligation to consummate the Closing and has failed to do so;
(f) by Buyer, if Buyer does not receive audited consolidated financial statements of the Company that a satisfy the
condition set forth in Section 7.2(d)(iii) by March 13, 2020; or
(g) by either Buyer or Seller, if any Governmental Entity shall have issued an order, decree or ruling or taken any
other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and such
order, decree or ruling or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; provided that the Party seeking to terminate this
Agreement pursuant to this Section 8.1(g) shall have used commercially reasonable efforts to remove such order, decree, ruling,
judgment or injunction and shall have complied in all respects and taken all actions required by Section 6.3 hereof.
Section 8.2 Effect of Termination.
(a) In the event of the termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1, this entire Agreement shall forthwith
become void and there shall be no Liability or obligation on the part of Buyer, Seller or the Company or their respective officers,
directors or equityholders with the exception of (i) the provisions of this Section 8.2, Section 6.4 and ARTICLE 10, and (ii) any
Liability of any Party for any breach of this Agreement prior to such termination. Nothing herein shall limit or prevent any Party
from exercising any rights or remedies it may have under Section 10.13 prior to termination of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 9
SURVIVAL OF REPRESENTATIONS, WARRANTIES AND COVENANTS; INDEMNIFICATION
Section 9.1 Survival of Representations, Warranties and Covenants. The representations and warranties of the Company,
Seller and Buyer contained in this Agreement or in any certificate delivered pursuant hereto shall survive the Closing until the date
that is twenty-four (24) months after the Closing Date (the “Survival Period Termination Date”). All covenants and agreements
contained herein which by their terms are to be performed in whole on or prior to the Closing Date shall terminate upon the Closing
and any claim made with respect to any such covenant or agreement must be made prior to the Survival Period Termination Date.
All covenants and agreements of Buyer, Seller and the Company, except for those covenants which by their terms are to be
performed in whole on or prior to the Closing Date, shall survive the Closing until fully discharged and performed. Claims for fraud
by any Party regarding the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement shall not expire.
Section 9.2 General Indemnification.
(a) Subject to the other provisions of this ARTICLE 9, after and subject to the occurrence of the Closing, Seller shall
indemnify, defend and hold Buyer and its Affiliates and Buyer’s and its Affiliates’ respective officers, directors, employees,
partners, lenders, representatives, successors, agents and permitted assigns (each a “Buyer Indemnitee”) harmless from and against
and in respect of all damages, losses, Liabilities, obligations, disbursements, injuries, demands, Proceedings, judgments, awards,
settlements, assessments, deficiencies, Taxes, fines, penalties, fees, costs, reductions in value, claims of any kind, interest or
expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses), (each a “Loss”) which Buyer Indemnitee has actually incurred as a
result of or in connection with: (i) any facts or circumstances which constitute an inaccuracy or breach of any representation or
warranty made by the Company contained in this Agreement, and (ii) any nonfulfillment or breach by the Company of any covenant,
obligation or agreements set forth in this Agreement which are to be performed by any Group Company on or before the Closing
Date.
(b) Subject to the other provisions of this ARTICLE 9, after and subject to the occurrence of the Closing, Seller shall
indemnify, defend and hold each Buyer Indemnitee harmless from any Loss actually incurred as a result of or in connection with: (i)
any facts or circumstances which constitute an inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty made by Seller contained in
this Agreement, and (ii) any nonfulfillment or breach by Seller of any covenant, obligation or agreements set forth in this Agreement
which are to be performed by Seller.
(c) Subject to the other provisions of this ARTICLE 9, after and subject to the occurrence of the Closing, Buyer
agrees to, and shall, after the Closing, cause the Group Companies to, indemnify, defend and hold Seller and its Affiliates, and
Seller’s and its Affiliates’ respective officers, directors, employees, partners, lenders, representatives, successors, agents and
permitted assigns (each a “Seller Indemnitee”) harmless from and against and in respect of, and pay on behalf of or reimburse such
Seller indemnitee as and when incurred for, any Loss which Seller Indemnitee has actually incurred as a result of or in connection
with: (i) any facts or circumstances which constitute an inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty made by Buyer
contained in this Agreement, (ii) any nonfulfillment or breach by Buyer of any covenant, obligation or agreements set forth in this
Agreement which are to be performed by Buyer and (iii) any nonfulfillment or breach by the Company of any covenant, obligation
or agreements set forth in this Agreement which are to be performed by any Group Company after the Closing Date.
(d) The obligations to indemnify and hold harmless pursuant to this Section 9.2 shall survive the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby for the applicable period set forth in Section 9.1, except for claims for indemnification asserted by
written notice to Seller or Buyer, as applicable, prior to the end of such applicable period (which claims shall survive until final
resolution thereof and so long as the Party making such claim is contesting such claim in good faith).
Section 9.3 Third Party Claims.
(a) If a Proceeding by a Person who is not a Party, a Group Company or an Affiliate of a Party or a Group Company
(other than a Tax Claim, the conduct of which shall be governed by Section 6.10) (a “Third Party Claim”) is made, commenced or
threatened in writing against any Person entitled to indemnification pursuant to Section 9.2 (an “Indemnified Party”), and if such
Person intends to seek indemnity with respect thereto under this ARTICLE 9, such Indemnified Party shall promptly give a Notice
of Claim to the Party obligated to indemnify such Indemnified Party (such notified Party, the “Responsible Party”); provided, that
the failure to give such Notice of Claim shall not relieve the Responsible Party of its obligations hereunder, except to the extent that
the Responsible Party is prejudiced thereby. The Indemnified Party shall conduct and control, at the expense of the Indemnified
Party, the settlement or defense thereof, and the Responsible Party shall cooperate with the Indemnified Party in connection
therewith (it being acknowledged and agreed that the Indemnified Party shall have the exclusive right to settle and defend such
Proceeding); provided, that the Indemnified Party shall permit the Responsible Party to participate in such settlement or defense
through counsel chosen by such Responsible Party (the fees and expenses of such counsel shall be borne by such Responsible Party);
provided, further, that the Indemnified Party shall not, except with the consent of the Responsible Party (which shall not be
unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), enter into any settlement that does not include as a term thereof the giving by the
Person(s) asserting such claim to all Indemnified Parties of a release from all liability with respect to such claim or consent to entry
of any judgment.
(b) Each Party shall, and Buyer shall cause the Group Companies to, reasonably cooperate in the defense or
prosecution of any Third Party Claim in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder and each of Buyer and Seller (or a
duly authorized representative of such Party) shall (and Buyer shall cause the Group Companies to) furnish such records,
information and testimony, and attend such conferences, discovery proceedings, hearings, trials and appeals, as may be reasonably
requested in connection therewith.
Section 9.4 Limitations on Indemnification Obligations. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, the
rights of the Buyer Indemnitees to indemnification pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.2(a) and Section 9.2(b) are subject to the
following limitations:
(a) the amount of any and all Losses shall be determined net of any amounts actually recovered by any Buyer
Indemnitees under insurance policies (net of any Taxes and other expenses incurred in connection with obtaining such amounts, as
well as any increased premium costs associated therewith) with respect to such Losses, provided, however, that the Buyer
Indemnitees and their Affiliates shall treat such amounts recovered under insurance policies as an adjustment to the Purchase Price
for U.S. federal and applicable state and local income Tax purposes to the maximum extent permitted under applicable Legal
Requirements;
(b) the Buyer Indemnitees shall not be entitled to recover Losses pursuant to Section 9.2(a)(i) or Section 9.2(b)(i)
(other than with respect to breaches of Fundamental Representations and Section 3.16) until the total amount which the Buyer
Indemnitees would recover under Section 9.2(a)(i) or Section 9.2(b)(i) (as limited by the provisions of Section 9.4(a)), but for this
Section 9.4(b), exceeds $1,278,750, in which case, the Buyer Indemnitees shall only be entitled to recover Losses in excess of such
amount, subject to the other limitations set forth herein;
(c) the Indemnity Escrow Funds remaining at any given time shall be the sole source of recovery with respect to
Losses indemnifiable pursuant to Section 9.2(a) or Section 9.2(b), and in no event shall the Buyer Indemnitees be entitled to recover
more than the amount of the funds available in the Indemnity Escrow Account pursuant to Section 9.2(a) or Section 9.2(b) in the
aggregate;
(d) in no event shall a Buyer Indemnitee be entitled to indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE 9 with respect to a
specific Loss to the extent such Loss is specifically included as a line-item deduction in the calculation of the Purchase Price, as
finally determined in accordance with Section 2.4(b); and
(e) Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, no Buyer Indemnitee shall have any right to indemnification
hereunder for any Losses attributable to Taxes (i) of any Group Company for a post-Closing Tax period (or portion thereof) (other
than as a result of breach of representations contained in Section 3.16(f)(ii), 3.16(f)(iii), 3.16(f)(iv), 3.16(f)(v) or 3.16(h)), (ii) as a
result of any transaction occurring on the Closing Date after the Closing outside the Ordinary Course or (iii) attributable to any
breach by Buyer and/or its Affiliates of any covenant in this Agreement.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, after the Closing, on the date that the Indemnity Escrow Funds are
reduced to zero, the Buyer Indemnitees shall have no further rights to indemnification under Section 9.2(a) or Section 9.2(b).
Section 9.5 Exclusive Remedy. Except with respect to the remedies available pursuant to Section 10.13, (a) indemnification
pursuant to the provisions of this ARTICLE 9 shall be the exclusive remedy for the Parties for any misrepresentation or breach of
any representation, warranty, covenant or other provision contained in this Agreement or in any certificate or other instrument or
document delivered pursuant hereto, including with respect to the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and
Liability Act and any other Environmental Law; provided that nothing herein shall operate to limit liability of Seller to Buyer for
fraud in the event Seller is finally determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to have committed fraud against Buyer regarding
the representations and warranties contained in this Agreement.
Section 9.6 Manner of Payment; Escrow.
(a) Any indemnification of the Buyer Indemnitees or the Seller Indemnitees pursuant to this ARTICLE 9 shall be
effected by wire transfer of immediately available funds from the applicable Persons to an account designated in writing by the
applicable Buyer Indemnitees or Seller Indemnitees, as the case may be, within ten (10) days after the final determination thereof;
provided, however, that any indemnification owed by Seller to the Buyer Indemnities pursuant to Section 9.2(a) or Section 9.2(b)
may only be satisfied from the funds then remaining in the Indemnity Escrow Account.
(b) Any funds remaining in the Indemnity Escrow Account as of the Survival Period Termination Date (minus the
aggregate amount claimed by the Buyer Indemnitees pursuant to claims made against such funds, not fully resolved prior to such
date and continued to be contested in good faith by a Buyer Indemnitee) shall be released to Seller by the Escrow Agent within two
(2) Business Days following the Survival Period Termination Date. At any time following the Survival Period Termination Date, to
the extent the funds held in the Indemnity Escrow Account exceed the aggregate amount claimed by the Buyer Indemnitees pursuant
to claims made prior to such Survival Period Termination Date, not fully resolved prior to the time of determination and continued to
be contested in good faith by a Buyer Indemnitee, the excess funds shall be promptly released to Seller.
(c) Seller and Buyer shall deliver joint written instructions to the Escrow Agent instructing the Escrow Agent to make
any distributions from the Indemnity Escrow Account expressly provided for herein.
Section 9.7 Mitigation. Each Party shall take commercially reasonable actions to mitigate all Losses incurred by it or
any Indemnified Party it controls (including incurring costs to the minimum extent necessary to remedy the circumstances
giving rise, or reasonably expected to give rise, to such Losses and pursuing all rights of recovery of Losses under or
pursuant to any applicable insurance coverage, including submission of any applicable notice of claim and taking any
additional action reasonably necessary to enforce the rights of the applicable insured under such coverage) upon becoming
aware of any fact, event or circumstance which has resulted in any such Loss. The Parties shall cooperate with each other
with respect to resolving any claim or liability underlying any Loss with respect to which one party is obligated to indemnify
any Person hereunder.
Section 9.8 Materiality Scrape. For purposes of determining whether there has been a breach of any representation,
warranty or covenant contained in this Agreement (and for purposes of determining the amount of Losses resulting
therefrom), all qualifications or exceptions therein referring to the terms “material”, “materiality”, “in all material respects”
or “Company Material Adverse Effect” shall be disregarded in all respects and given no effect for purposes of determining
whether any inaccuracy or breach of any representation or warranty, or any nonfulfillment or breach of any covenant,
obligation or agreement, has occurred pursuant to this Agreement, and for purposes of determining whether any Loss has
occurred and the amount of any such Loss; provided, that (i) the reference to “in all material respects” in Section 3.4(c) and
(ii) the reference to “Company Material Adverse Effect” in Section 3.7, in each case, shall not be disregarded.
Section 9.9 Subrogation. If a Responsible Party makes an indemnification payment to an Indemnified Party with
respect to any Loss, then such Responsible Party will be subrogated, to the extent of such payment, to all related rights and
remedies of such Indemnified Party under any insurance policy, acquisition agreement or other agreement or right
(excluding the R&W Insurance Policy (if any)) against or with respect to such Loss, except with respect to amounts not yet
recovered by such Indemnified Party (or any other such Person entitled to indemnification hereunder) under any such
insurance policy, acquisition agreement or other agreement or right that already have been netted against such Loss for
purposes of determining the indemnifiable amount of such Loss. Promptly following such Responsible Party’s request, such
Indemnified Party will take all reasonably necessary, proper or desirable actions (including the execution and delivery of any
document reasonably requested) to accomplish the foregoing at the sole cost of the Responsible Party.
ARTICLE 10
MISCELLANEOUS
Section 10.1 Entire Agreement; Assignment; Amendment. This Agreement, together with all Exhibits and Schedules
hereto, the Transaction Documents, and all agreements contemplated hereby and thereby as the same may from time to time be
amended, modified, supplemented or restated in accordance with the terms hereof, and together with the Confidentiality Agreement,
(a) constitute the entire agreement among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and supersede all other prior
agreements and understandings, both written and oral, among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and (b) shall not
be assigned, in whole or in part, by any Party (whether by operation of law or otherwise) without the prior written consent of Buyer
and Seller; provided, that Buyer may assign its rights under this Agreement, without the prior written consent of Seller, in whole or
in part, (i) to any Affiliate of Buyer, or (ii) any subsequent purchaser of Buyer (whether by merger, consolidation, sale of stock or
other equity interest or otherwise) or substantially all of the assets of Buyer, provided, further, that, for the avoidance of doubt, such
assignment will not relieve Buyer of any of its obligations under this Agreement or any Transaction Documents. Any attempted
assignment of this Agreement not in accordance with the terms of this Section 10.1 shall be void. This Agreement may be amended
or modified only by a written agreement executed and delivered by duly authorized officers of the Parties. This Agreement may not
be modified or amended except as provided in the immediately preceding sentence and any amendment by any Party or Parties
effected in a manner which does not comply with this Section 10.1 shall be void.
Section 10.2 Notices. All notices, requests, claims, demands and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and
shall be given (and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt) by delivery (a) in person, (b) via electronic transmission
(including by facsimile or electronic mail), or (c) via reputable overnight courier service (charges prepaid) or certified mail (postage
prepaid, return receipt requested). Such notices, demands and other communications shall be sent to Buyer, Seller, and the Group
Companies at the addresses indicated below or to such other address or to the attention of such other Person as the recipient party
has specified by prior written notice to the sending party.
To Buyer or to the Company (after the Closing):
Fox Factory, Inc.
6634 GA-53
Braselton, GA 30517
Attention: Michael Dennison
Address on file.
with copies (which shall not constitute notice to Buyer) to:
Fox Factory, Inc.
6634 GA-53
Braselton, GA 30517
Attention: Legal Department
Address on file.
Squire Patton Boggs (US) LLP
1230 Peachtree Street NE Suite 1700
Atlanta, GA 30309
Attention: Ann-Marie McGaughey
Address on file.
To Seller or to the Company (prior to the Closing):
Southern Rocky Holdings, LLC
c/o Kinderhook Industries, LLC
505 Fifth Avenue, 25th Floor
New York, NY 10017
Attention: Tom Tuttle
Address on file.
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to Seller) to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Brian Raftery
Address on file.
To the Company (prior to the Closing):
SCA Performance Holdings, Inc.
7769 Gadsden Highway
Trussville, AL 35173
Attention: Michael McSweeney
Address on file.
with a copy (which shall not constitute notice to Seller) to:
Kirkland & Ellis LLP
601 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10022
Attention: Brian Raftery
Address on file.
Section 10.3 Governing Law. All issues and questions concerning the construction, validity, interpretation and
enforceability of this Agreement and the exhibits and schedules hereto, and all claims and disputes arising hereunder o thereunder or
in connection herewith or therewith, whether purporting to sound contract or tort, or at law or in equity, shall be governed by and
construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, without giving effect to any choice of law or conflict of law
provision or rule (whether of the State of Delaware or any other jurisdiction) that would cause the application of the law of any
jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware.
Section 10.4 Fees and Expenses; Cost of R&W Insurance Policy. Except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement
(including, for the avoidance of doubt, the fees and expenses to be borne by the Parties in accordance with Section 6.3, Section 6.5
and Section 6.10), all fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement, including the fees and disbursements of counsel, financial advisors and accountants, shall be paid by the Party incurring
such fees or expenses; provided, that in the event that the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are consummated, Buyer
shall, or shall cause the Company to, pay all Unpaid Seller Expenses in accordance with Section 2.4(a)(ii)(B). The Buyer and Seller
shall split the premium of the R&W Insurance Policy.
Section 10.5 Construction. The headings contained in this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not affect
in any way the meaning or interpretation of this Agreement. No Party, nor its counsel, shall be deemed the drafter of this Agreement
for purposes of construing the provisions hereof, and all provisions of this Agreement shall be construed according to their fair
meaning and not strictly for or against any Party and no presumption or burden of proof will arise favoring or disfavoring any Person
by virtue of its authorship of any provision of this Agreement.
Section 10.6 Exhibits and Schedules. All Exhibits and Schedules, or documents expressly incorporated into this Agreement,
are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and are hereby made a part hereof as if set out in full in this Agreement. Any item
disclosed in any Schedule referenced by a particular Section in this Agreement shall be deemed to have been disclosed with respect
to every other Section in this Agreement where the relevance of such disclosure to such other section is reasonably apparent on its
face. The specification of any dollar amount in the representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or the inclusion of any
specific item in any Schedule is not intended to imply that such amount, or any higher or lower amount or the item so included or
any other item, is or is not material, and no Party shall use the fact of the setting of such amount or the inclusion of any such item in
any dispute or controversy as to whether any obligation, items or matter not described herein or included in a Schedule is or is not
material for purposes of this Agreement. Any capitalized term used in any Exhibit or Schedule but not otherwise defined therein
shall have the meaning given to such term in this Agreement.
Section 10.7 Parties in Interest. This Agreement shall be binding upon and inure solely to the benefit of each Party and its
successors and permitted assigns and, except as provided in Section 6.5, nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, is intended
to or shall confer upon any other Person any rights, benefits or remedies of any nature whatsoever under or by reason of this
Agreement.
Section 10.8 Extension; Waiver. At any time prior to the Closing, Seller may, on behalf of itself and the Company,
(i) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or other acts of Buyer contained herein, (ii) waive any
inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of Buyer contained herein or in any document, certificate or writing
delivered by Buyer pursuant hereto, or (iii) waive compliance by Buyer with any of the agreements or conditions contained
herein. At any time prior to the Closing, Buyer may (A) extend the time for the performance of any of the obligations or
other acts of the Company or Seller contained herein, (B) waive any inaccuracies in the representations and warranties of
the Company and Seller contained herein or in any document, certificate or writing delivered by the Company or Seller
pursuant hereto, or (C) waive compliance by the Company or Seller with any of the agreements or conditions contained
herein. Any agreement on the part of any Party to any such extension or waiver shall be valid only if set forth in a written
instrument signed on behalf of such Party. The failure of any Party to assert any of its rights hereunder shall not constitute a
waiver of such rights.
Section 10.9 Severability. Whenever possible, each provision of this Agreement will be interpreted in such a manner as to
be effective and valid under applicable Legal Requirements, but if any provision of this Agreement is held to be invalid, illegal or
unenforceable under applicable Legal Requirement, such provision will be ineffective only to the extent of such prohibition or
invalidity, without invalidating the remainder of such provisions or the remaining provisions of this Agreement. Upon such
determination that any provision of this Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable under applicable Legal Requirement, the
Parties shall negotiate in good faith to modify this Agreement so as to effect the original intent of the Parties as closely as possible in
an acceptable manner in order that the transactions contemplated hereby are consummated as originally contemplated to the greatest
extent possible.
Section 10.10 Counterparts; Facsimile Signatures. This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of
which shall be deemed to be an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement. Delivery of an executed
counterpart of a signature page to this Agreement by facsimile or scanned pages shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed
counterpart to this Agreement.
Section 10.11 WAIVER OF JURY TRIAL. EACH PARTY HEREBY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT
PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY OF ANY CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION
(I) ARISING UNDER THIS AGREEMENT OR (II) IN ANY WAY CONNECTED WITH OR RELATED OR INCIDENTAL TO
THE DEALINGS OF THE PARTIES IN RESPECT OF THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS RELATED
HERETO, IN EACH CASE, WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
TORT, EQUITY, OR OTHERWISE. EACH PARTY HEREBY FURTHER AGREES AND CONSENTS THAT ANY SUCH
CLAIM, DEMAND, ACTION, OR CAUSE OF ACTION SHALL BE DECIDED BY COURT TRIAL WITHOUT A JURY AND
THAT A PARTY MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS AGREEMENT WITH ANY COURT AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE
CONSENT OF THE PARTIES TO THE WAIVER OF THEIR RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY.
Section 10.12 Jurisdiction and Venue. Each Party (i) submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of the Chancery Court of the
State of Delaware (or, if the Chancery Court of the State of Delaware declines to accept jurisdiction over a particular matter, any
state or federal court within the State of Delaware) in any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement, (ii)
agrees that all claims in respect of such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court and (iii) agrees not to
bring any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement in any other court. Each Party waives any defense of
inconvenient forum to the maintenance of any action or proceeding so brought and waives any bond, surety or other security that
might be required of any other Party with respect thereto. Each Party agrees that service of summons and complaint or any other
process that might be served in any action or proceeding may be made on such Party by sending or delivering a copy of the process
to the Party to be served at the address of the Party and in the manner provided for the giving of notices in Section 10.2. Nothing in
this Section 10.12, however, shall affect the right of any Party to serve legal process in any other manner permitted by law. Each
Party agrees that a final, non-appealable judgment in any action or proceeding so brought shall be conclusive and may be enforced
by suit on the judgment or in any other manner provided by law.
Section 10.13 Remedies. Any and all remedies provided herein will be deemed cumulative with and not exclusive of any
other remedy conferred hereby, or by law or equity upon any Party, and the exercise by a Party of any remedy will not preclude the
exercise of any other remedy. The Parties agree that irreparable damage for which monetary damages, even if available, would not
be an adequate remedy, would occur in the event that the Parties do not fully and timely perform their respective obligations under
or in connection with the provisions of this Agreement (including failing to take such actions as are required of them hereunder to
consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement) in accordance with their specific terms or otherwise breach such
provisions. It is accordingly agreed that, prior to the valid termination of this Agreement pursuant to Section 8.1, the Parties shall be
entitled to an injunction or injunctions, specific performance and other equitable relief to prevent breaches of this Agreement and to
enforce specifically the terms and provisions of this Agreement, in each case without posting a bond or undertaking and without
proof of damages and this being in addition to any other remedy to which they are entitled at law or in equity. Each Party agrees that
it will not oppose the granting of an injunction, specific performance and other equitable relief when expressly available pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement on the basis that the other parties have an adequate remedy at law or an award of specific performance is
not an appropriate remedy for any reason at law or equity.
Section 10.14 Non-Recourse. All claims or causes of action (whether in contract or in tort, at law or in equity) that
may be based upon, arise out of or relate to this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents, or the negotiation,
execution or performance of this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents (including any representation or warranty
made in or in connection with this Agreement or the other Transaction Documents or as an inducement to enter into this
Agreement or the other Transaction Documents), may be made only against the entities that are expressly identified as
parties hereto and thereto. Except to the extent named in this Agreement or any other Transaction Document (then only to
the extent of the specific obligations of such parties set forth in this Agreement or such other Transaction Document), no
Buyer Related Party or Seller Related Party shall have any liability (whether in contract or in tort, in law or in equity, or
based upon any theory that seeks to impose liability of an entity party against its owners or affiliates) for any obligations or
liabilities arising under, in connection with or related to this Agreement or such other Transaction Document or any
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of this Agreement or such
other Transaction Document (as the case may be), the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby or the negotiation or
execution hereof or thereof; and each Party waives and releases all such liabilities, claims and obligations against any Buyer
Related Party or Seller Related Party. The Buyer Related Parties and the Seller Related Parties are expressly intended as
third party beneficiaries of this provision of this Section 10.14.
Section 10.15 Waiver of Conflicts. Recognizing that Kirkland & Ellis LLP has acted as legal counsel to Seller and its
Affiliates and the Group Companies prior to the Closing, and that Kirkland & Ellis LLP intends to act as legal counsel to
Seller and its Affiliates (which will no longer include the Group Companies) after the Closing, each of Buyer and the
Company hereby waives, on its own behalf and agrees to cause its Affiliates to waive, any conflicts that may arise in
connection with Kirkland & Ellis LLP representing Seller and/or its Affiliates after the Closing as such representation may
relate to Buyer, any Group Company or the transactions contemplated herein. In addition, all communications involving
attorney-client confidences between Seller, its Affiliates or any Group Company and Kirkland & Ellis LLP solely related to
the negotiation, documentation and consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby shall be deemed to be attorney-
client confidences that belong solely to Seller and its Affiliates (and not the Group Companies). Accordingly, the Group
Companies shall not, without Seller’s consent, have access to any files of Kirkland & Ellis LLP relating to its engagement,
whether or not the Closing shall have occurred.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the Parties has caused this Stock Purchase Agreement to be duly executed on its behalf
as of the day and year first above written.
SOUTHERN ROCKY HOLDINGS, LLC
By: /s/ Michael McSweeney
Name: Michael McSweeney
Title: Chief Executive Officer
SCA PERFORMANCE HOLDINGS, INC.
By: /s/ Michael McSweeney
Name: Michael McSweeney
Title: Chief Executive Officer
FOX FACTORY, INC.
By: /s/ Michael Dennison
Name: Michael Dennison
Title: Chief Executive Officer
and solely for purposes of Section 6.9(f) of this Agreement:
SCA PERFORMANCE GROUP, LLC
By: /s/ Michael McSweeney
Name: Michael McSweeney
Title: Chief Executive Officer
Exhibit 10.28
February 11, 2020
Fox Factory Holding Corp.
6634 Hwy-53
Braselton, GA 30517
Attention: John E. Blocher, Interim Chief Financial Officer
Commitment Letter
$550 million Senior Secured Credit Facility
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Fox Factory Holding Corp., a Delaware corporation (“you” or the “Borrower”) has advised Bank of America, N.A. (“Bank of America”) and BofA
Securities, Inc. (or any of its designated affiliates, “BofA Securities”) that the Borrower’s subsidiary, Fox Factory, Inc. intends to acquire (the “Acquisition”) all of
the equity interests of SCA Performance Holdings, Inc. a Delaware corporation (the “Target”) from Southern Rocky Holdings, LLC (the “Seller”). This letter,
together with the Summary of Terms and Conditions attached as Exhibit A hereto (“ Summary of Terms”), and incorporated herein by this reference, may be
hereinafter referred to as the “Commitment Letter”.
You have also advised Bank of America and BofA Securities that you intend to finance the Acquisition, the costs and expenses related to the Transactions
(as defined below), and the ongoing working capital and other lawful general corporate purposes of the Borrower and its subsidiaries after consummation of the
Acquisition, in each case, with an amendment to and syndication of the Borrower’s existing $250 million revolving credit facility and a new $300 million term
loan facility (together, the “Senior Credit Facility”) subject to the terms of this Commitment Letter and the Summary of Terms. The Acquisition, the entering into
and funding of the Senior Credit Facility, and all related transactions are hereinafter referred to, collectively, as the “Transactions”. The Senior Credit Facility may
be documented as an amendment and restatement of the Credit Agreement (the “Existing Credit Agreement”) dated as of June 3, 2019 among, inter alios, the
Borrower and Bank of America, as administrative agent.
In connection with the foregoing, Bank of America is pleased to advise you of its commitment to provide all of the Senior Credit Facility, and to act as the
sole administrative agent for the Senior Credit Facility (in such capacity, the “Administrative Agent”), all upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in
this Commitment Letter. BofA Securities is pleased to advise you of its willingness in connection with the foregoing commitment, as sole lead arranger and sole
bookrunner for the Senior Credit Facility (in such capacities, the “Lead Arranger”), to form a syndicate of financial institutions (including Bank of America)
(collectively, the “Lenders”) in consultation with you for the Senior Credit Facility, all upon and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Commitment
Letter. No additional agents, co-agents or lead arrangers will be appointed, and no other titles will be awarded, in each case, without our prior written approval.
1
The commitment of Bank of America hereunder, and the undertaking of the Lead Arranger to provide the services described herein, are each subject to
the conditions precedent set forth in the “Conditions Precedent to Closing” section in Exhibit A attached hereto and the conditions set forth in Addendum III
thereof.
Notwithstanding anything in this Commitment Letter, the Fee Letter, the Loan Documents, or any other letter agreement or other undertaking concerning
the financing of the Transactions to the contrary, the only representations relating to the Borrower, the Target, their respective subsidiaries and their businesses, the
accuracy of which shall be a condition to the availability of the Senior Credit Facility on the Closing Date, shall be: (a) the representations made by, or with respect
to, the Target and its subsidiaries in the Acquisition Agreement (as defined in the Summary of Terms), as are material to the interests of the Lenders, but only to the
extent that your subsidiary Fox Factory, Inc., has the right to terminate its obligations under the Acquisition Agreement, or to decline to consummate the
Acquisition pursuant to the Acquisition Agreement, as a result of a breach of such representations in the Acquisition Agreement (the “Acquisition Agreement
Representations”); and (b) the Specified Representations (as defined below). For purposes hereof, “Specified Representations” means the representations and
warranties relating to corporate status, corporate power and authority to enter into the Loan Documents (as defined in the Summary of Terms), due authorization,
execution, delivery and enforceability of the Loan Documents, no conflicts with or consents under laws, charter documents or material agreements (other than
consents that have been obtained), solvency, absence of litigation with respect to the Senior Credit Facility, Federal Reserve margin regulations, the Act (as defined
below), Office of Foreign Assets Control, the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, the Investment Company Act, accuracy of financial statements, status of the Senior
Credit Facility as senior debt, the creation, validity, priority and perfection of the security interests granted in the Collateral (as defined in the Summary of Terms)
(it being understood that, to the extent any security interest in the Collateral (other than any Collateral the security interest in which may be perfected by the filing
of a UCC financing statement, the filing of a short-form security agreement with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or the United States Copyright
Office, or the delivery of certificates evidencing equity interests) is not provided on the Closing Date after your use of best efforts to do so, the provision of such
perfected security interest(s) shall not constitute a condition precedent to the availability of the Senior Credit Facility on the Closing Date, but shall be required to
be delivered no later than thirty (30) days (or such longer period of time as may be agreed by the Administrative Agent in its sole discretion) after the Closing Date
pursuant to arrangements to be mutually agreed). This paragraph, and the provisions herein, shall be referred to as the “Certain Funds Provisions”.
The Lead Arranger intends to commence syndication of the Senior Credit Facility promptly upon your acceptance of this Commitment Letter and the Fee
Letter, and the commitment of Bank of America hereunder shall be reduced dollar-for-dollar as and when corresponding commitments are received from the
Lenders; provided that notwithstanding the Lead Arranger’s right to syndicate the Senior Credit Facility and receive commitments with respect thereto, (i) Bank of
America shall not be relieved, released or novated from its obligations hereunder (including, subject to the satisfaction of the conditions set forth herein, its
obligation to fund the Senior Credit Facility on the Closing Date) in connection with any syndication, assignment or participation of the Senior Credit Facility,
including its commitments in respect thereof, until after the Closing Date has occurred and (ii) unless you otherwise agree in writing, Bank of America shall retain
exclusive control over all rights and obligations with respect to its commitments in respect of the Senior Credit Facility, including all rights with respect to
consents, modifications, supplements, waivers and amendments, until after the Closing Date has occurred. You agree to actively assist, and to use your
commercially reasonable efforts to cause the Target to actively assist, the Lead Arranger in achieving a syndication of the Senior Credit Facility that is satisfactory
to the Lead Arranger and you. Such assistance shall include your: (a) providing, and causing your advisors to provide, Bank of America, the Lead Arranger, and
the other Lenders, upon request, with all information reasonably deemed necessary by Bank of America and the Lead Arranger to complete syndication, including,
but not limited to, information and evaluations prepared by you, the Target, and your and its respective advisors, or on your or its behalf, relating to the
Transactions (including the Projections (as defined below), the “Information”); (b) upon the request of the Lead Arranger, assisting in the preparation of a
confidential information memorandum and other materials to be used in connection with the syndication of the Senior Credit Facility (collectively with the
Summary of Terms, the “Information Materials”); (c) using your commercially reasonable efforts to ensure that the syndication efforts of the Lead Arranger
benefit materially from your existing banking relationships and the existing banking relationships of the Target; and (d) otherwise assisting Bank of America and
the Lead Arranger in their syndication efforts, including by making your officers and advisors, and the officers and advisors of the Target and its subsidiaries,
available from time to time to attend and make presentations regarding the business and prospects of the Borrower, the Target and their respective subsidiaries, as
appropriate, at one (1) or more meetings of prospective Lenders.
2
It is understood and agreed that the Lead Arranger will manage and control all aspects of the syndication in consultation with you, including decisions as
to the selection of prospective Lenders and any titles offered to proposed Lenders, when commitments will be accepted, and the final allocations of the
commitments among the Lenders. It is understood that no Lender participating in the Senior Credit Facility will receive compensation from you in order to obtain
its commitment, except on the terms contained herein, in the Summary of Terms, and in the Fee Letter. It is also understood and agreed that the amount and
distribution of the fees among the Lenders will be at the sole and absolute discretion of Bank of America and the Lead Arranger.
You represent, warrant and covenant that: (a) all financial projections concerning the Borrower, the Target and their respective subsidiaries that have
been, or are hereafter, made available to Bank of America, BofA Securities, or the Lenders by you or any of your representatives (or on your or their behalf), or by
the Target or any of its subsidiaries or representatives (or on any of their behalf) (the “Projections”), have been or will be prepared in good faith based upon
reasonable assumptions; and (b) all Information, other than Projections, which has been, or is hereafter, made available to Bank of America, BofA Securities, or the
Lenders by you or any of your representatives (or on your or their behalf), or by the Target or any of its subsidiaries or representatives (or on any of their behalf),
in connection with any aspect of the Transactions, as and when furnished, is and will be complete and correct in all material respects, and does not and will not
contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. You agree to
furnish us with further and supplemental information from time to time until the date of the initial borrowing under the Senior Credit Facility (the “Closing Date”),
and, if requested by us, for a reasonable period (not to exceed forty-five (45) days) thereafter as is necessary to complete the syndication of the Senior Credit
Facility, so that the representation, warranty and covenant in the immediately preceding sentence is correct on the Closing Date, and on such later date on which
the syndication of the Senior Credit Facility is completed, as if the Information were being furnished, and such representation, warranty and covenant were being
made, on such date. In issuing this commitment and in arranging and syndicating the Senior Credit Facility, Bank of America and the Lead Arranger are, and will
be, using and relying on the Information without independent verification thereof.
You acknowledge that the Lead Arranger and/or Bank of America, on your behalf, will make available Information Materials to the proposed syndicate of
Lenders by posting the Information Materials on IntraLinks, SyndTrak, or another similar electronic system. In connection with the syndication of the Senior
Credit Facility, unless the parties hereto otherwise agree in writing, you shall be under no obligation to provide Information Materials suitable for distribution to
any prospective Lender (each, a “Public Lender”) that has personnel who do not wish to receive material non-public information (within the meaning of the United
States federal securities laws, “MNPI”) with respect to the Borrower, the Target, any of their respective affiliates, or any other entity, or the respective securities of
any of the foregoing. You agree, however, that: (a) the Loan Documents will contain provisions concerning Information Materials to be provided to Public Lenders
and the absence of MNPI therefrom; (b) Information Materials made available to prospective Public Lenders in accordance with this Commitment Letter shall not
contain MNPI, whether or not any Information Materials are marked “PUBLIC”; and (c) the Lead Arranger and/or Bank of America, on your behalf, may
distribute the following documents to all prospective Lenders, (i) administrative materials for prospective Lenders, such as lender meeting invitations and funding
and closing memoranda, (ii) notifications of changes to the Senior Credit Facility’s terms, and (iii) other materials intended for prospective Lenders after the initial
distribution of the Information Materials, including drafts and final versions of the Loan Documents. Upon request of the Lead Arranger, prior to distribution of
Information Materials to prospective Lenders, you shall provide us with a customary letter authorizing the dissemination thereof.
By executing this Commitment Letter, you agree to reimburse Bank of America and the Lead Arranger, from time to time on demand, for all reasonable
out-of-pocket fees and expenses (including, but not limited to: (a) the reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of Moore & Van Allen PLLC, as counsel to
the Lead Arranger and the Administrative Agent, and of special and local counsel to the Lenders (limited to one counsel per jurisdiction) retained by the Lead
Arranger or the Administrative Agent; and (b) due diligence expenses) incurred in connection with the Senior Credit Facility, the syndication thereof, the
preparation of the Loan Documents, and any other aspect of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated hereby. You acknowledge that we may
receive a benefit, including, without limitation, a discount, credit or other accommodation, from any of such counsel based on the fees such counsel may receive on
account of their relationship with us, including, without limitation, fees paid pursuant hereto.
3
You agree to indemnify and hold harmless Bank of America, the Lead Arranger, each Lender, and each of their respective affiliates, and each of the
respective officers, directors, employees, agents, advisors, and other representatives of each of the foregoing (each, an “Indemnified Party”), from and against (and
will reimburse each Indemnified Party as the same are incurred for) any and all claims, damages, losses, liabilities and expenses (including, without limitation, the
reasonable fees, disbursements and other charges of counsel) that may be incurred by, or asserted or awarded against, any Indemnified Party, in each case, arising
out of, or in connection with or by reason of (including, without limitation, in connection with any investigation, litigation or proceeding, or preparation of a
defense in connection therewith), (a) any aspect of the Transactions or any other transactions contemplated by this Commitment Letter or the Fee Letter, (b) any
other matters contemplated by this Commitment Letter or the Fee Letter, (c) the Senior Credit Facility and any other financings, or (d) any use made, or proposed
to be made, with the proceeds thereof, except to the extent that such claim, damage, loss, liability or expense is found in a final, non-appealable judgment by a
court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from: (i) such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct; (ii) such Indemnified Party’s breach in
bad faith of its obligations under this Commitment Letter; or (iii) disputes solely between and among Indemnified Parties to the extent such disputes do not arise
from any act or omission of you or any of your affiliates (other than claims against an Indemnified Party acting in its capacity as an agent or arranger or similar
role under the Senior Credit Facility). In the case of an investigation, litigation or proceeding to which the indemnity in this paragraph applies, such indemnity shall
be effective whether or not such investigation, litigation or proceeding is brought by you, your equityholders or creditors, or an Indemnified Party, whether or not
an Indemnified Party is otherwise a party thereto, and whether or not any aspect of the Transactions, or any other transactions contemplated hereby, are
consummated. You also agree that no Indemnified Party shall have any liability (whether direct or indirect, in contract or tort or otherwise) to you or your
subsidiaries or affiliates, or to your or their respective equity holders or creditors, arising out of, related to, or in connection with any aspect of the Transactions or
any other transactions contemplated hereby, except to the extent of direct, as opposed to special, indirect, consequential or punitive, damages determined in a final,
non-appealable judgment by a court of competent jurisdiction to have resulted from such Indemnified Party’s gross negligence or willful misconduct.
Notwithstanding any other provision of this Commitment Letter, no Indemnified Party shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by others of information
or other materials obtained through electronic telecommunications or other information transmission systems.
This Commitment Letter and that certain fee letter, of even date herewith, by and among you, Bank of America, and the Lead Arranger (the “Fee Letter”),
and the contents hereof and thereof, are confidential, and, except for disclosure hereof or thereof on a confidential basis to your accountants, attorneys and other
professional advisors retained by you in connection with the Transactions, or as otherwise required by law, may not be disclosed by you, in whole or in part, to any
person or entity without our prior written consent; provided, that, it is understood and agreed that you may disclose this Commitment Letter but not the Fee Letter,
(a) on a confidential basis to the board of directors or managers (or equivalent governing body) and advisors of the Seller and the Target in connection with their
consideration of the Transactions, and (b) after your acceptance of this Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter, in filings with the Securities and Exchange
Commission and other applicable regulatory authorities and stock exchanges; provided, further, that, to the extent portions thereof have been redacted in a
customary manner (including the portions thereof addressing fees payable to the Administrative Agent, the Lead Arranger and/or the Lenders and economic flex
terms) reasonably satisfactory to the Lead Arranger, you may disclose the Fee Letter and the contents thereof to the Seller and the Target and the Target’s and the
Seller’s respective officers, directors, agents, employees, attorneys, accountants, advisors, or controlling persons or equity holders, in each case, on a confidential
and need-to-know basis. Bank of America and BofA Securities hereby notify you that, pursuant to the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act, Title III of Pub. L.
107–56 (signed into law October 26, 2001) (the “Act”), each of them is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies you, which information
includes your name and address and other information that will allow Bank of America or BofA Securities, as applicable, to identify you in accordance with the
Act.
4
Each of Bank of America and the Lead Arranger shall use all confidential information provided to them by, or on behalf of, you hereunder solely for the
purpose of providing the services which are the subject of this letter agreement, and otherwise in connection with the Transactions, and shall treat confidentially all
such information; provided, that, nothing herein shall prevent either Bank of America or the Lead Arranger from disclosing any such information: (a) pursuant to
the order of any court or administrative agency, or in any pending legal or administrative proceeding, or otherwise as required by applicable law or compulsory
legal process (in which case, Bank of America and the Lead Arranger agree to inform you promptly thereof prior to such disclosure to the extent not prohibited by
law, rule or regulation); (b) upon the request or demand of any regulatory authority having jurisdiction over Bank of America, the Lead Arranger, or any of their
respective affiliates; (c) to the extent that such information becomes publicly available other than by reason of disclosure in violation of this agreement by Bank of
America or the Lead Arranger; (d) to Bank of America’s and the Lead Arranger’s respective affiliates, and their and such affiliates’ respective employees, legal
counsel, independent auditors, and other experts or agents who need to know such information in connection with the Transactions and are informed of the
confidential nature of such information; (e) for purposes of establishing a “due diligence” defense; (f) to the extent that such information is or was received by
Bank of America or the Lead Arranger from a third party that is not, to Bank of America’s or the Lead Arranger’s knowledge, subject to confidentiality obligations
to you; (g) to the extent that such information is independently developed by Bank of America or the Lead Arranger; or (h) to potential Lenders, participants,
assignees, or potential counterparties to any swap or derivative transaction relating to the Borrower or any of its subsidiaries, or any of their respective obligations,
in each case, who agree to be bound by the terms of this paragraph (or language substantially similar to this paragraph contained in a click-through screen on any
electronic platform, or as otherwise reasonably acceptable to you, Bank of America and the Lead Arranger, including as may be agreed in any confidential
information memorandum or other marketing material). This paragraph shall terminate on the second (2nd) anniversary of the date hereof.
You acknowledge that Bank of America, the Lead Arranger, and/or their respective affiliates may be providing financing or other services to parties
whose interests conflict with yours. Bank of America and BofA Securities agree that they will not furnish confidential information obtained from you to any of
their other customers, and that they will treat confidential information relating to you, the Target, and your and its respective affiliates with the same degree of care
as they treat their own confidential information. Bank of America and BofA Securities further advise you that they will not make available to you confidential
information that they have obtained, or may obtain, from any other customer. In connection with the services contemplated hereby and the Transactions, you agree
that Bank of America and BofA Securities are permitted to access, use and share with any of their bank or non-bank affiliates, agents, advisors (legal or otherwise),
or representatives any information concerning you, the Target or any of your or their respective affiliates that is, or may come, into the possession of Bank of
America, BofA Securities, or any of such affiliates.
In connection with all aspects of each transaction contemplated by this Commitment Letter, you acknowledge and agree that: (a) (i) the arranging and
other services described herein regarding the Senior Credit Facility are arm’s-length commercial transactions between you and your affiliates, on the one hand, and
Bank of America and the Lead Arranger, on the other hand, (ii) you have consulted your own legal, accounting, regulatory and tax advisors to the extent you have
deemed appropriate, and (iii) you are capable of evaluating, and understand and accept, the terms, risks and conditions of the Transactions; (b) (i) Bank of America
and the Lead Arranger each has been, is, and will be acting solely as a principal, and, except as otherwise expressly agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has
not been, is not, and will not be acting as an advisor, agent or fiduciary for you, any of your affiliates, or any other person or entity, and (ii) neither Bank of
America nor the Lead Arranger has any obligation to you or your affiliates with respect to the Transactions, except those obligations expressly set forth herein; and
(c) Bank of America and the Lead Arranger and their respective affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ from
yours and those of your affiliates, and Bank of America and the Lead Arranger have no obligation to disclose any of such interests to you or your affiliates. To the
fullest extent permitted by law, you hereby waive and release any claims that you may have against Bank of America and the Lead Arranger with respect to any
breach, or alleged breach, of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any transaction contemplated by this Commitment Letter.
5
This Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York; provided,
however, that (a) the interpretation of the definition of “Company Material Adverse Effect” (as defined in the Acquisition Agreement) (and whether or not a
Material Adverse Effect has occurred under the Acquisition Agreement), (b) the determination of the accuracy of any Acquisition Agreement Representation and
whether, as a result of any inaccuracy thereof, you and any of your affiliates have the right to terminate your and its obligations thereunder or decline to
consummate the Acquisition (in accordance with the terms thereof) as a result of a breach of such representations in the Acquisition Agreement and (c) the
determination of whether the Acquisition has been consummated in accordance with the terms of the Acquisition Agreement, shall, in each case, be governed by,
and construed in accordance with, the laws of Delaware, regardless of the laws that might otherwise govern under applicable principles of conflicts of laws thereof.
Each of you, Bank of America, and BofA Securities hereby irrevocably waives any and all right to trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim (whether
based on contract, tort or otherwise) arising out of, or relating to, this Commitment Letter, the Fee Letter, the Transactions, or the actions of Bank of America and
BofA Securities in the negotiation, performance or enforcement hereof. Each of Bank of America, BofA Securities, and you hereby irrevocably and
unconditionally submits to the exclusive jurisdiction of any New York State court or Federal court of the United States of America sitting in the Borough of
Manhattan in New York, New York, in respect of any suit, action or proceeding arising out of, or relating to, the provisions of this Commitment Letter, the Fee
Letter, and the Transactions, and irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of any such suit, action or proceeding may be heard and determined in any such court.
Nothing in this Commitment Letter, the Summary of Terms, or the Fee Letter shall affect any right that Bank of America, BofA Securities, or any affiliate thereof
may otherwise have to bring any claim, action or proceeding relating to this Commitment Letter, the Fee Letter, and/or the Transactions, in any court of competent
jurisdiction, to the extent necessary or required as a matter of law to assert such claim, action or proceeding against any assets of the Borrower or any of its
subsidiaries, or to enforce any judgment arising out of any such claim, action or proceeding. Each of Bank of America, BofA Securities, and you agree that service
of any process, summons, notice or document by registered mail addressed to you shall be effective service of process against you for any suit, action or
proceeding relating to any such dispute. Each of Bank of America, BofA Securities, and you waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, any objection
that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of the venue of any such suit, action or proceedings brought in any such court, and any claim that any such suit,
action or proceeding brought in any such court has been brought in an inconvenient forum. A final judgment in any such suit, action or proceeding brought in any
such court may be enforced in any other courts to whose jurisdiction you are, or may be, subject by suit upon judgment. The commitments and undertakings of
Bank of America and the Lead Arranger may be terminated by us if you fail to perform your obligations under this Commitment Letter or the Fee Letter on a
timely basis.
The provisions of the immediately preceding seven (7) paragraphs shall remain in full force and effect, regardless of whether any definitive
documentation for the Senior Credit Facility shall be executed and delivered, and notwithstanding the termination of this Commitment Letter or any commitment
or undertaking of Bank of America or the Lead Arranger hereunder.
This Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter may be in the form of an electronic record (in “.pdf” form or otherwise) and may be executed using electronic
signatures, which shall be considered as originals and shall have the same legal effect, validity and enforceability as a paper record. This Commitment Letter and
the Fee Letter may be executed in as many counterparts as necessary or convenient, including both paper and electronic counterparts, but all such counterparts shall
be one and the same Commitment Letter or Fee Letter, as applicable. For the avoidance of doubt, the authorization under this paragraph may include, without
limitation, use or acceptance by Bank of America and/or BofA Securities of a manually signed Commitment Letter and/or Fee Letter which has been converted
into electronic form (such as scanned into “.pdf” format), or an electronically signed Commitment Letter and/or Fee Letter converted into another format, for
transmission, delivery and/or retention.
This Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter embody the entire agreement and understanding among Bank of America, the Lead Arranger, you, and your
and their respective affiliates with respect to the Senior Credit Facility, and supersede all prior agreements and understandings relating to the specific matters
hereof and thereof. However, please note that the terms and conditions of the commitment of Bank of America, and the undertaking of the Lead Arranger,
hereunder are not limited to those set forth herein or in the Summary of Terms. Those matters that are not covered or made clear herein, or in the Summary of
Terms or the Fee Letter, are subject to the mutual agreement of the parties. No party has been authorized by Bank of America or BofA Securities to make any oral
or written statements that are inconsistent with this Commitment Letter. This Commitment Letter is not assignable by you without our prior written consent, and is
intended to be solely for the benefit of the parties hereto and the Indemnified Parties.
6
This Commitment Letter, and all commitments and undertakings of Bank of America and the Lead Arranger hereunder, will expire at 11:59 p.m. (Pacific
time) on February 11, 2020 unless you execute this Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter and return them both to us prior to that time (which may be by fax
transmission or other electronic mail transmission), whereupon this Commitment Letter and the Fee Letter (each of which may be signed in one (1) or more
counterparts) shall become binding agreements. Thereafter, all commitments and undertakings of Bank of America and the Lead Arranger hereunder (except to the
extent that any provisions expressly survive termination of this Commitment Letter) will expire on the earliest of: (a) May 11, 2020, unless the Loan Documents
are executed and delivered prior to such date; (b) the closing of the Acquisition without the use of the Senior Credit Facility; (c) the acceptance by the Target or
any of its affiliates of an offer for all, or any substantial part, of the capital stock or property and assets of the Target and its subsidiaries, other than as part of the
Transactions; and (d) the termination of the Acquisition Agreement prior to the consummation of the Transactions. In consideration of the time and resources that
the Lead Arranger and Bank of America will devote to the Senior Credit Facility, you agree that, until such expiration, you will not, and will cause the Target not
to, solicit, initiate, entertain or permit, or enter into any discussions in respect of, any offering, placement or arrangement of any competing senior credit facility or
facilities for the Borrower and its subsidiaries with respect to the matters addressed in this Commitment Letter.
7
We are pleased to have the opportunity to work with you in connection with this important financing.
Very truly yours,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.
By: /s/ David R. Barney
Name: David R. Barney
Title: Senior Vice President
BOFA SECURITIES, INC.
By: /s/ Mark N. Post
Name: Mark N. Post
Title: Managing Director
Accepted and agreed to as of the date first above written:
FOX FACTORY HOLDING CORP., a Delaware corporation
By: /s/ John E. Blocher
Name: John Blocher
Title: Interim Chief Financial Officer
Exhibit 21.1
Company Name
Fox Factory, Inc.
FF US Holding Corp.
FF US Acquisition Corp.
ST USA Holding Corp.
RT Acquisition Corp.
Fox Factory Austria GmbH
Fox Factory GmbH
Fox Factory Switzerland GmbH
Fox Factory UK Limited
Fox Factory Holding Corp.
List of Subsidiaries as of January 3, 2020
State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization
Name under which Business is Conducted
California
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Indiana
Austria
Germany
Switzerland
United Kingdom
Fox Factory, Inc.
FF US Holding Corp.
Tuscany
Sport Truck, USA
Ridetech
Fox Factory Austria GmbH
Fox Factory GmbH
Fox Factory Switzerland GmbH LLC
Fox Factory UK Limited
Race Face / Easton
FF US Holding LLC
FF Indiana Acquisition Corp.
RFE Holding (Canada) Corp.
British Columbia, Canada
FF US Holding LLC
FF Indiana Holding LLC
Georgia
Indiana
Exhibit 22.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We have issued our reports dated March 3, 2020, with respect to the consolidated financial statements and internal control over financial reporting included in the
Annual Report of Fox Factory Holding Corp. on Form 10-K for the year ended January 3, 2020. We consent to the incorporation by reference of said reports in the
Registration Statement of Fox Factory Holding Corp. on Form S-8 (File No. 333-192238).
/s/ GRANT THORNTON LLP
San Francisco, California
March 3, 2020
EXHIBIT 31.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Michael C. Dennison, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Fox Factory Holding Corp.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting.
/s/ Michael C. Dennison
Michael C. Dennison
Chief Executive Officer
March 3, 2020
EXHIBIT 31.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF
THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, John E. Blocher, certify that:
1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Fox Factory Holding Corp.;
2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act
Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and
have:
a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that
material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the
period in which this report is being prepared;
b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles;
c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the
disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter
(the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal
control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting.
/s/ John E. Blocher
John E. Blocher
Interim Chief Financial Officer and Interim Treasurer
March 3, 2020
EXHIBIT 32.1
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2020 of Fox Factory Holding Corp. (the "Company") as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, Michael C. Dennison, Chief Executive Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18
U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, that:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ Michael C. Dennison
Michael C. Dennison
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
March 3, 2020
This certification accompanies the Report to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by
reference into any filing of Fox Factory Holding Corp. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether
made before or after the date of the Report), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.
EXHIBIT 32.2
CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906
OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
In connection with the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 3, 2020 of Fox Factory Holding Corp. (the "Company") as filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the "Report"), I, John E. Blocher, Interim Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to
18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, that:
1. The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and
2. The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.
/s/ John E. Blocher
John E. Blocher
Interim Chief Financial Officer
(Interim Principal Financial Officer)
March 3, 2020
This certification accompanies the Report to which it relates, is not deemed filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is not to be incorporated by
reference into any filing of Fox Factory Holding Corp. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (whether
made before or after the date of the Report), irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.